Search results

(81 - 100 of 181)

Pages

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog Supplement, 1991-1992
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: - - - . Table of Contents ACADEMIC CALENDAR .....................................Page 2 . PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3 1991 .1992 TUITION AND FEES ........................Page 4 CLASS SCHEDULE. FALL 1991 ...........................Page 5 CLASS SCHEDULE. WINT'ER 1...
Show more - - - . Table of Contents ACADEMIC CALENDAR .....................................Page 2 . PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3 1991 .1992 TUITION AND FEES ........................Page 4 CLASS SCHEDULE. FALL 1991 ...........................Page 5 CLASS SCHEDULE. WINT'ER 1992 ..................... Page 8 CLASS SCHEDULE. SPRING 1992 ....................... Page 11 Augsburg Weekend College 1991 - 1992 Academic Calendar 1991 Fall Trimester Application Deadline Aug 19 1992 Winter Trimester 1992 S p e Trimester Dec 2 Mar9 Applicant pile Completion Deadline Aug 30 Dec 16 Mar 23 New Student Orientation sept 7 Apr 4 Jan 4 Class Scheduling (course selection) Begins: June 2 Oct 25 Ends: Aug 2 Nov 22 Jan 31 Mar2 Registration (schedule confirmation) Mail Deadline Aug 23 Dec 16 New Students/ Sept 7 Jan 4 Make-up Mar 23 Apr 4 Classes Begin Apr 10-12 Sept 13-15 Jan 10-12 Last ~ a ~ t o A or d dDmp &ss Without Record Notation Sept 15 Jan 12 Apr 12 - - - ~p Last Day to Change Grade Option Oct 27 Feb 16 May 17 Last Day to Drop a Class Nov 24 Mar 15 May 31 Classes End Dec 6-8 Mar 27-29 Jun 12-14 Final Exams Dec 13-15 Apr 3-5 Jun 19-21 Dec 23 Apr 13 June 29 Sept 13-15 Sept 27-29 Oct 11-13 Oct 25-27 NOV8-10 NOV22-24 Dec 6-8** D ~ 13-15 C Jan 10-12** Jan 17-19 Jan 31-Feb 2 Feb 14-16 Feb 28-Mar 1 Mar 13-15 Mar 27-29** Apr 3-5 Apr 10-12* Apr 24-26** May 1-3 May 15-17 May 29-31 June 12-14** June 19-21 Final Grades Due Classes Meet Program Information Sessions Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encomged to attend one of the infbrmation sessions that are scheduled throughout 5the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Office (330-1652) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the fbllowing dates: - For Pall Trimester, 1991 Saturday, May 18 Tuesday, June 4 Saturday, June 22 Thursday, July 11 Saturday, July 27 Saturday, August 10 - For Winter Trimester, 1992 Saturday, October 12 Saturday, November 9 Saturday, November 2 3 For Spring Trimester, 1992 Saturday, February 1 Tuesday, February 18 Saturday, February 29 For more infirmation write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Phone: 612/330-1652 FAX: 612/330-1695 1991 - 1992 Tuition and Fees Application Fee (payable once, non-rehndable) Tuition (per trimester course) $15 .OO $768.00 (one c o r n is 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Tuition (per summer course, 1991) $595.00 Activity Fee (per trimester) $7.00 Audit a Course $384.00 Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning $100.00 $50.00 Nursing Clinical Fee $150.00 Student Teaching Fee (per course) $300.00 Late Fee (per day) $50.00 Five working days after registration (schedule conhnation) are allowed to complete late registrations. Per day k e is charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date. Late registration also includes incomplete registration as defined: a) unsigned registration form; b) unapproved payment plan. Registration change after first class meeting $5.00 (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (first is fiee, per copy after first) $2.00 Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Fall Trimester, 1991 Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO - 9:30) BIO 185 Biology ofAging BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 355 Marketing Communications BUS 362 International Business BUS 391 Business Law ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (9/13-11/8) (.5) EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (9/13-10/11) (.25) EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (10/25-12/13) (.5) EDE 387 K-El Language Arts (10/25-12/13) ( 5 ) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (9/13-11/8) (.5) EDU 264 Orientation to Education (9/13-11/8) (.5) EDU 388 Human Relations (10/25-12/13) (.5) ENG 272 European Literature: Renaissance to Modem INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts * NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111:Families PHY 101 Astronomy PSY 105 Principles of Psychology PSY 361 Personality REL 356 History of Religions SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 345 Organizational Communication SWK 260 Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:30 - 12:OO) BIO 103 BUS 221 BUS 222 BUS 242 BUS 324 CHM 109 CSC 271 ECO 112 ECO 113 ECO 313 EDE 376 EDE 377 Human Anatomy and Physiology * Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Management Managerial Cost Accounting General Chemistry * COBOL Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics K-El Social Studies Methods (10/26-11/23) (.25) K-El Science Methods (9/14-10/12) (.25) rnn v 200 CI U L - I ~ L I#-LL->- /n /-A q n 1x-i / -F\ PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy POL 342 Mass Communications in Society PSY 105 Principles of Psychology REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 363 Religion in America SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 495 Topics: The Selfand the Organization SWK 463 Community Development and Organization Saturday Afternoon (1:15 - 445) ART 240 Art History Survey BUS 221 Principles ofAccounting I BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 391 Business Law CSC 170 Structured Programming ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (11/23-12/14) (.25) EDE 386 Children's Litelature (9/14-11/9) (.5) EDS 353 Creating Leaming Environments EDU 341 Media Technology (9/14-11/9) (.5) ENG 111 EEctive Writing ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing * ENG 250 Readings in American Literature HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877 HPE 114 Health and !hfkty Education (E/S) (9/14-11/9) (.5) POL 160 World Politics POL 342 Mass Communications in Society REL 345 Lutheran Heritage REL 339 Television and Religion SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SWK 361 Social R c p n s e to Human Needs - Sunday Afternoon (1:15 - 445) ART 132 BUS 221 BUS 252 BUS 331 BUS 423 Photography Principles of Accounting I Principles of Marketing Financial Management Auditing E r n 21 2 T..+--~A:-+- l i ~ : ~ ~ . . ~ ~ ~ . . . . ~ : ~ ENG 111 ENG 351 HIS ~ ~ ~ MIS 175 MIS 279 MIS 375 REL 420 SOC 121 SOC 265 SPA 111 Efictive Writing * American Literature Since 1920 (To be announced) 1 1 and5 Chemical Dependency Education (10/27-12/15) (.5) Health Computers in Business, Economics and MIS Quantitative Methods h r Business, Economics and MIS Inhrmation Systems in the Organization Eastern Orthodoxy Introduction to Human Society Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Beginning Spanish I * Thursday Evening CSC 330 Theory of Computation NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I * ** Minnetonka College Center (To be announced) Lifetime Sports HPE 002 Racquet Sports (Saturday Afternoons) Time - to be Arranged EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5) Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approml and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* - EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS EDS EDS 48 1 K Student Teaching 481 K-EL Student Teaching 481 EL Student Teachiig 482 K Student Teaching 482 K-EL Student Teaching 482 EL Student Teaching 483 K Student Teaching 483 K-EL Student Teaching 483 EL Student Teaching 484 EL Student Teaching 481 Student Teaching 482 Student Teaching 483 Student Teaching 484 Student Teaching Winter Trimester, 1992 Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO- 9:30) ART 224 Publication Design ART 352 Women's Art History BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 388 K-El Health Methods (3/13-4/3) (.25) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education Methods (1/31-2/28) (.25) EDU 341 Media Technology (1/10-2/28) (.5) ENG 111 EEctive Writing * ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing* ENG 245 Introduction to Literature NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I * PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology * PSY 373 Or@nizational Psychology REL 486 Psychology of Religion SOC 121 In~oductionto Human Society SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race SOC 375 Social Psychology SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SWK 260 Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:30- 12:OO) BIO 101 Human Biology BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analys'i BUS 391 Business Law BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice CHM 110 Organic and Biological Chemistry CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Achitecture ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 379 K-El Art Methods (1/11-2/1) (.25) EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (1/11-2/29) (.5) EDE 387 K-EL Ianguage Arts (1/11-2/29) (.5) EDU 264 Orientation to Education (1/11-2/29) ( 5 ) EDU 388 Human Relations (2/15-4/4) (.5) ENG 111 EEctive Writing n-T- --- n ..- .. 1~ I . n . . -- - - > X E ---. 2.-- PSY 485 Counseling Psychology REL 363 Religion in America REL 471 Jesus and His Interpreters SPC 111 Public Spealang SPC 355 Small Group Communication SWK 363 Basic Methods (by demand) SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Saturday Afternoon (1:15 - 445) BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 465 International Management ECO 113 Microeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 415 Managerial Economics EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (2/154/4) (.5) EDE 377 K-El Saence Methods (1/11,1/18,2/1) (.25) EDE 386 Children's Literature (2/15-4/4) (.5) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments EDS 477 School and Society ( l / l l - 2/29) (.5) ENG 216 American Indian Literature ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions * HIS 104 The Modem Non-Westem World HPE 115 Health and ChdDependency Education (E/S) (2b-3/28) (5) MAT 121 Finite Mathematics MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care PSY 264 Research Methods I REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 356 History of Religions SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1 * SPC 329 Intercultural Communication SPC 351 Argumentation SWK 364 Field Work I (by demand) SWK 466 Field Work I11 Sunday Afternoon (1:15 - 4:45) ART BUS BUS BUS BUS 102 222 242 326 440 Environmental Design Principles of Accounting 11 Principles of Management Tax Accounting Operations Management EDE 376 K-El Sodal Studies Methods (1/12-2/2) (.25) EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (1/12-2/2) (.25) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (1/12-3/1) (.5) i sAge ENG 332 Milton and H FRE 111 Beginning French I GER 111 Beginning German I* HPE 114 Health and S t y Education (E/S) (1/12-3/1) (.5) HPE 353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise MIS 175 Computers fix Business, Economics and MIS MIS 475 Inbnnation Systems Analysis and Design SPA 111- Beginning Spanish I SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1 Day Schedule Evening Courses CSC 352 Database Management & Design (meets Feb. - May) ECO 414 We&e Economics (meets Feb. - May) (required b r Economics major) Minnetonka College Center - - (To be announced) Lietime Sports HPE 002 Lifetime Fitness (meets weekly fbr 8 weeks) To be Arranged EDE 363 Clinical Experience (.5) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5) HPE 489 Coaching Practicum (.5) Travel Seminars (To be announced) Student Teaching (Prereq.:Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * * EDE 481 K Student Teaching EDE 481 K-EL Student Teaching EDE 481 EL Student Teaching EDE 482 K Student Teaching EDE 482 K-EL Student Teaching EDE 482 EL Student Teaching EDE 483 K Student Teaching EDE 483 K-EL Student Teaching EDE 483 EL Student Teaching EnF.484 F.T.Sfiident Tearhinv Spring Trimester, 1992 Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO - 10:OO) BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 466 International Marketing ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (5/15-6/19) (.5) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies Methods (4/10-5/1) (.25) EDE 380 K-El Music Methods (5/29-6/19) (.25) EDE 382 K-El Math Methods (5/1-6/12) (-5) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments EDU 265 Orientation to Education (4/10-5/15) (.5) EDU 388 Human Relations (E/S) (4/10-5/15) (.5) ENG 111 EEctive Writing ENG 261 Modem Fiction HPE 114 Health and Safkty Education (E/S) (4/10-5/15) (.5) Women's Studies course (To be Announced) INS MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the F i e Arts PHY 101 Astronomy PSY 105 Prinaples of Psychology REL 111 Introduction to Theology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionalCommunication SWK 260 Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:OO - 12:OO) BIO 108 Microbiology * BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 391 BusinessLaw CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 318 Management Science EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 377 K-El Science Methods (5/30-6/20) (.25) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (4/11-5/16) (.5) EDU 341 Media Technology (4/11-5/16) ( 5 ) ENG 111 EEctive Writing * ENG 226 Introduction to Creative Writing ENG 438 Shakespeare HIS (To be announced) HTE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (4/11-5/16) ( 5 ) MAT 114 Elemenmy Functions * MTs 17< f ! r \ r n n ~ ~ t ~ rfor c R ~ ~ c i n ~Ernnr\m;m n c o n A MTC POL 342 PSY 105 PSY 362 REL 353 REL 483 SOC 336 SPC 352 SWK 461 SWK 467 Mass Communications Principles of Psychology Behavior Disorders Denominations and Religious Groups Christian Ethics Introduction to C u l d Anthropology Persuasion Advanced Methods (by demand) Social Worker as Professional Saturday Afternoon (1:OO BIO 231 BUS 221 BUS 252 BUS 331 BUS 425 BUS 438 BUS 450 CSC 210 ECO 112 ECO 311 ECO 360 EDE 386 EDE 388 ENG 223 ENG 345 HPE 475 MIS 370 PHI 230 POL 158 PSY 265 REL 221 REL 369 SOC 349 SPC 351 SPC 355 SPC 360 SWK 462 SWK 469 Biology of Women Principles of Accounting I Principles of Marketing Financial Management Advanced Accounting Investments Marketing Management DataStructures Principles of Macroeconomics Public Finance International Trade and Finance Children's Literature (4/11-5/30) (.5) K-El Health Methods (4/11-5/2) (.25) Writing for Business and the Professions Introduction to the English Language Prevention and Care ofAthletic Injuries (4/11-5/16) (SO) Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS Logic Political Patterns and Processes Research Methods I1 Biblical Studies Religious Imagination in Modem Literature Complex Organizations Argumentation Small Group Communication Interpretive Reading Field Work I1 (by demand) Field Work IV SundayAfternoon (1:OO ART 250 BUS 242 BUS 340 ECO 113 - 5:OO) - 5:OO) Ceramics1 Principles of Management Human Resource Management Principles of Microeconomics ECT) 31 3 Intermediate Microeconomics ENG 340 FRE 112 GER 112 HPE 482 MIS 175 MIS 476 REL 263 SOC 265 SOC 365 SPA 112 Advanced Expository Writing Beginning French I1 * Beginning German I1 Coaching Theory of Sport Computers for Business, Economics and MIS Structure SystemsAnalysis and Design World Hunger and Justice Culture: Ethniaty, Gender and Race Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation Beginning Spanish I1 Minnetonka College Center (To be announced) Lifetime Sports HPE 002 Beginning Aerobics (meets weekly for 8 weeks) T i e to be Arranged EDE 363 EDS 352 HPE 489 NUR 311 Clinical Experience (.5) Clinical Experience (.5) Coaching Practicurn (.5) Community Health Nursing 11*** -- Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* ** EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS EDS EDS 481 481 481 482 482 482 483 483 483 484 481 482 483 484 K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching *Extm class or lab sm'onsrequired. * *Acirlitionallabfee chaged. Au(qsbur2 Col lem
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1991-1993
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ble of Contents .....................2 GENERAL INFORMATION .............................. . ..................... 3 Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ................................ 3 FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS Characteristics of the Educational Program .....................
Show more ble of Contents .....................2 GENERAL INFORMATION .............................. . ..................... 3 Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ................................ 3 FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS Characteristics of the Educational Program ............................... 4 Student Support Services ............................................................. 5 Career Placement .................................. ...,.. .........................5 Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) ............................................. 5 Veterans of Military Service .................................................... 5 Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services ..................... 5 ACADEMIC INFORMATION .......................,................................ 6 Degrees/Majors ..................................... .A Business Administration ..................................................1 1 Communication ..................................................................... 13 Computer Science ............................................................... 15 Economics ......................................................................... . ,..16 Education .............................................................................. 16 Teaching Licensure .............................................................. 16 Coaching Endorsement ..................................................... 18 English ......................... .................................................. 18 Management Information Systems (MIS) ...............................20 Nursing .......................... ................................................ 21 Psychology ............................................................................. 22 Religion ................................................................................ 22 Social Work ................... .................................................. 23 Minors ..................................................................................... 24 Math Placement Group Requirements .................... ............24 Dean's List ............................................................................... 25 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal .............................. 25 Attendance Policy ..................................................................... 26 Department Course Limits ..................................................... 26 Grading Procedures ................................................................ 26 Incomplete Grade .................................................................27 Withdrawal fi-om College ....................................................... 28 Graduation with Distinction .................................................. 28 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ................................... 29 . . .. . . . . COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ........................................................... 30 ADMISSIONS/FINANCIAL INFORMATION ............................. 70 Admissions Requirements and Procedures ................................ 70 Financial Aid ......................................................................... 71 Fees and Payment Schedule ....................................................... 73 Payment Options ...................................................................... 73 Refund Schedule ................................. ................................ 74 Tuition Refund Policy ............................................................... 74 . . .............................................. 75 CAMPUS GUIDE .................................... ...... ...............................76 ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE CAMPUS LOCATION ................................................................ IBC Telephone Nzzmbers Frequently Called Telephone Numbers ................................................. Weekend College Office 330-1782 Director, Rick Thoni .....................................................330-1640 Operations, Nancy Schmiclde .........................................330-1740 Admissions, Jeanette Wittmer .........................................330-1792 Inquiry/Office Coordinator, Robin Sanderson ............... . 330-1652 Operations Assistant, Scott Ball ........................ .,.....,......330-1782 Enrollment, Deidre Middleton .................................... . 330-1777 Other Campus Numbers: Boolcstore, Christensen Center .......................... ...,.,... ...330-1122 Business Office, Science Hall: Cashier: 8:30 a.m.- 4:00 p.m. ......................................330-1028 Billing: 8:00 a.m.- 4:30 p.m. .......................................330-1790 Education Department, Library Building .................... .,. 330-1130 Financial Aid Office, Science Hall ................................... 330-1046 Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall ............. 330-1162 Library .......................................................................... 330-1017 Nursing Department, Memorial Hall .............................330-1209 Registrar (transcripts, grades), Science Hall ..................... . 330-1036 Summer School ............................................................. 330-1786 General Information ...................................................... 330-1000 Weekend College Off~ceHours: Monday-Friday - 8:00 a.m. - 4:30 p.m. (evening hours by appointment) Office Hours on Class Weekends: Friday- 5:30 p.m. - 6:15 p.m., Old Main Lobby Saturday - 8:00 a.m.- 1:30 p.m., Old Main Lobby or WEC Office Sunday - 12:30 p.m.- 1:30 p.m., Old Main Lobby Weekend College Office hcation: The Weekend College Office is at 2222 Murphy Place, located on the comer of 23rd Avenue and 7 '/, Street on the Augsburg College Campus (see #11 on map on page 76 ). This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog. The Augsburg College Catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum and programs. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to change without notice. I t is the res~onsibilitvof each student to know the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions about anything in the Augsburg College Catalog, consult a faculty member or Weekend College adviser, the Dean of the College, or the Registrar. Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Purpose Augsb~~rg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who worlc or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which Inen and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain slulls for professio~laladvancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a persolla1 interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. The Adult as a Student The Augsburg Weelce~ldCollege program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumpill be tion that the Inen and women who enroll in Weekend College w mature, self-dsciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and i~ldividualizedstudy. Each course is therefore divided into periods of co~lce~ltrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. Alternate Weekends T o accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weelce~ldsfor three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected by the student involves commitme~ltto one of these four class periods. Weeltend College students may talce from one to four different courses by attendng class every other weekend. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of A ~ ~ g s b uWeelce~ld rg College is participation in a com~nu~lity of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportu~ityand e~lcourageme~lt to become i~lvolvedin i~lteractio~l both in and out of the classroom. This community d l be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety ofwork and life experiences. T o facilitate this kind of commiulity interaction, Ailgsburg encourages Weelrend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and Christensen Center, to talce the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee brealcs, to participate in optional lu~lchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. *Laboratovy sections or additional class hours may be scheduled duY-in~the week. Characteristics of the Educational Program Educational Mission For over a century, Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the hture. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a hlgher level of personal growth. Accreditation and M i a t i o n s Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, the Minnesota Private College Council, and the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. Paculty Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the premajor stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. Library Students and faculty use a carellly selected library of some 175,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Internships Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. Student Support Services Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishingthe academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience d have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center (Tutoring) This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center, Counseling/Support Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or interests. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.) American Indian Support Program Staff from this program are available to assist students in the areas of financial aid, admissions, academic and personal counseling. Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (C.L.A.S.S.) Learning disabled students have average or above average intelligence but have difficulty achieving their f d l potential. Services available to such students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning, learning aids and remedial instruction. If students are concerned that difficulties in school are more than just temporary problems, they can discuss their learning style with the Coordinator of Disabled Students or the learning disabilities specialists, and arrange assessment and structures assistance to increase their potential for academic success. Physically challenged students also are served through ths office. Individuahzed attention and services are provided for and/or coordinated to meet the mobility needs of students. . II ademic Information Degrees and Majors Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.) Bachelor's Degree I I The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fdfilled through combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of previous learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, 11 upper division courses, and courses selected fiom the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses talcen in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements). I I1 I I I Stude~~ts entering (transfining)to Augsb~rgin 1991-'92 who are classified as Sophomores,Juniors,or Seniors,those entering (transferring)in 1993-'94 dassilied as Senion should follow the general educationdistribution requirements as listed below. (F~u-therexplill~ationof classi6catio11can be fbund on page 27.) One approved course from each of seven areas: 1. Art/Music 2. History/Philosophy 3. Economics/Political Science 4. English/Speech, Communication and Theater Arts (devoted to the study of literature) 5. Psychology 105/Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer course) 6 . Chemistry/Biology 7. Mathematics/Physics 1 A course in writing (English 111)or demonstrated proficiency I Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language E Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies 1 One course in the area of Urban Concerns, Women's Studies or Minority StuQes In addition to the 35 total courses, a student must demonstrate proficiency in two lifetime sports. ALL other students will follow the Augsburg Curriculum adopted by the College faculty beginning in 1990. Freshman students (transferring less than seven Augsburg course equivalents) entering in 1991-'92 and Freshman and Sophomore students (transferring less than 15 Augsburg course eq~livalents)entering in 1992-'93 will complete the following skills and liberal arts perspectives along with their approved major program. The Augsburg Curriculum Rationale for the Augsburg Curriculum Components: The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supporting courses and elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal arts as expressed in the General Education component of the curriculum. Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists "To develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings: liberal arts perspectives and skills. The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciplinary reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant in society. The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with the L~ttheranChurch, its insistence on the value of knowing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College, and its location in the city, deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational program. The third feature - that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution -is embodied in the other General Education Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life - of what it is to be human - form the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines. Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person. Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in which we understand ourselves derives largely fiom our Western heritage, students need to learn Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric: we live in a global society. Hence this Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Finally, the College has a concern for values. Attention to moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. Attention is paid to aesthetic values in the Perspective on Aesthetic Values. Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entry-level skill requirements in a number of critical areas; including reading, writing, quantitative reasoning and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience. The proposed General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do they guarantee that students who graduate fiom Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes, and an opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity ofwhat it is to be human and Christian in an urban setting. Skills Component: A. En* Level Skills.All students who are entering Augsburg classified as Freshman (fewer than seven college credit courses) are required to take inventory assessments in the skills of reading, writing, quantitative reasoning (along with Math Placement) critical thinking, and word processing. Placement in writing courses and math courses is determined by these inventories. Students with demonstrated deficiencies in critical thinking will be enrolled in a critical thinking course, students with demonstrated deficiencies in reading, quantitative reasoning, or word processing will be given advice on how to prepare for retaking the respective tests. Students are required to have taken the assessments before registering for the second trimester and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year (three trimesters) at Augsburg. All entering students; whatever their classification, who have already received college credit for a course which has been accepted as the equivalent of Effective Writing are considered to have already completed the inventory assessment in writing. Students with a transfer mathematics course accepted for college credit by Augsburg College are exempted fiom the quantitative reasoning inventory and will be given information about taking the Math Placement test based upon previous college mathematics courses. Entering Freshman or Sophomore transfer students with demonstrated word processing skulls; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt from the word processing i~lventory.Entering Freshman or Sophomore students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt fiom the critical thinltiilg inventory. Entering Junior and Senior transfer students are exempt from word processing, reading, and critical thulking assessments. 13. Graduation Level Skills. Ge~leralEd~~cation includes e~lhancementof certain slds during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking, speaking, and quantitative reasoning are deliberate componellts of certain co~mes.Completion of the requisite courses with a mnhim~ungrade of 2.0 or Pis required for grad~lation.Sh~dentsare required to have two courses with writing comnpone~~ts and one course each with critical thi~ddng,spealhg and quantitative reasonu~gcomponents. These courses can simultaneo~sly satisfjr slcill requirements and graduation req~ureme~lts for the major or general education perspectives. Two comes in Lifetime Sports are also required. Liberal Arts Perspectives: The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for begi~lni~lg to understand what it means to be a human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each Perspective. Students will choose courses from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives. These choices are controlled by the following policies: A student will choose one course from each category. No single course can fi~lfllthe requireme~ltsin two or more categories. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from the same department in meeting perspective requirements. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective except: 1.Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith." 2. Up to two courses in a year-long sequence may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World." 3. Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness." The followi~lgsummary of the Perspectives will suggest their general goals and breadth. A description of the Liberal Arts Perspectives appears in the more detailed Augsburg College Catalog. A. l%e Character and Mission of Aujsburj Colleg-e: The Christian Faith. This Perspective focuses on A~~gsburg as a College of the ELCA. Augsburg accepts as its basis for its educatio~lalprogram the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. Three courses are required to meet this Perspective. B. The Character and Mission of Augsburg Collge: The City. Students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations; cultural, governmental, and economic institutions; and opportunities and challenges which this environment presents. Students should experience the community and shodd explore opportunities for service in the community. Internships, cooperative education, field placements and other approved experiences, as well as courses which focus upon the metropolitan area are used to meet this perspective. One course or approved experience is req~dred. C. WesternHevitage:This perspective is intended to help students critically examine ideas and themes (found in, for example, literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that historically have shaped Western civilization.Attention is paid to the contributions to or critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities.Two comes are required to meet this perspective. D. Human Identity: This perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons; men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences, and behaviors. One course is required to meet this perspective. E. Aesthetics:Aesthetic creations convey hndamental insights and values, express beauty, and enhance life: This perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities ul artistic expressions by oneself and others. One course is required. F . The Social World:This perspective is intended to help students learn to identify, examine, and critique social, economic, or political systems: to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems, and to use this laowledge as a participant in society. Two courses are required for this perspective. G. Intercultural Awareness: This perspective is intended to complement the Western Heritage perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural baclcgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream North American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by leanling to speak and read a language other than their native language. For thispart of the perspective, students are required to have demonstrated proficiency in a foreign language. The foreign language requirement wdl be based upon placement: Foreign Language Placement 111 112 211 212 311 Course Requirement 111-112 112 211 212 No course required H . The Natural World:This perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers, and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts, and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. Two courses, one of which is a laboratory course, are required. Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 11 separate majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor also is available in several of these academic areas as well as in Sociology and Women's Studies. (See page 24 for details.) Business Administration This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, marketing and international business. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of 10 business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will co~nplete the following core courses: BUS/MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS BUS 221 Pri~lciplesof Accou~~ting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Pri~lciplesof Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Eco~lomicsand MIS BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 391 Business Law ECO 112 Principles of Macroeco~lomics 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO Public Finance ECO 3 11 or ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 3 15 Money and Ballking ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics Accounting Concentration Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a co~lcentrationin accounting will co~npletethe following courses in addition to the core: BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 326 Tax Accounting or BUS 423 Auditing or BUS 425 Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence. Finance Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will co~npletethe following courses in addition to the core: BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice BUS 438 Investment Theory ECO 318 Management Science or ECO 415 Managerial Econo~nics MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 326 Tax Accounting BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics International Business Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in international business will complete 11 of the 12 core courses (ECO 31 1 or 312 or 315 is not required) and the following: BUS 362 International Business BUS 465 International Management BUS 466 International Marketing BUS 399 Internship or BUS 499 Independent Study ECO 360 International Trade and Finance Three semesters of a foreign language Management Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in rnanagemellt will co~npletethe followi~lgcourses in addition to the core: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 318 Management Science PSY 373 Organizational Psychology or SOC 349 Complex Organizations Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC SOC SPC SPC 375 265 111 354 Social Psychology Racial and Minority Group Relations Public Speaking Interpersonal Communication Marketing Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 352 Marketing Research and klalysis BUS 450 Marketing Management ECO 415 Managerial Economics BUS 355 Marketing Communication Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics SPC 351 Argumentatio~l SPC 352 Persuasion Business Minor BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 242 Principles of Management \BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Financial Management BUS 331 ECO 112 Principles of Macroeco~~omics 11 3 Principles of Microeconomics ECO Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with the department chairperson. Cornrnunication Our quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality of our communication. The communication major at Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a variety of contexts and to improve communicatio~lskills. All communication majors must complete a core group of eight required courses, supplemented by five electives in one of the following concentrations: public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management. Prospective majors should meet with a departmental adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Required Communication Core SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 342 Mass Communication in Society Argume~ltatio~l SPC 35 1 SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Commu~lication SPC 355 Small Group Communication Any two of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227 Communication Electives With the help of an academic adviser, students select five elective courses in one of the following concentrations:public relations and advertising, marketing communication, human relations, or supervisory management. Listed below are some of the electives recommended for each concentration: Public Relations and Advertising Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged to take ENG 227 (Journalism) as part of the major. BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS/MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS BUS 35 5 Marlteting Communications ENG 226 Creative Writing ENG 227 Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 349 Complex Organizatio~ls SPC/ART 132 Photography SPC/ART 224 Publicatio~lDesign SPC/ART 225/230 Visual Communications I, I1 SPC 345 Organizational Communicatio~l SPC 399 Internship SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotionalal Communications Marketing Communications BUS BUS BUS BUS SPC SPC 252 352 355 450 399 480 Principles of Marlteting Marlteting Research and Analysis Marketing Communications Marlteting Management Internship Public Relations/Promotion Communications Human Relations PSY PSY SOC SOC SOC SPC SPC SPC SPC 373 485 231 265 349 329 345 399 480 Organizational Psychology Counseling Psychology Sociology of the Family Racial and Minority Group Relations Complex Organizations Intercultural Communicatio~l Orga~lizationalCommunication Internship Public Relations/Promotional Communicatio~ls Supervisory Management BUS/MIS 175 BUS 242 BUS/MIS 279 BUS 340 BUS 355 BUS 440 PSY 373 SOC 349 SPC 345 SPC 399 SPC 480 Computers in Business, Economics and MIS Principles of Management Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Human Resource Management Marlteting Communications Operations Management Organizational Psychology Complex Organizations Organizational Communication Internship Public Relations/Promotional Communications I I I Communication Minor \SPC 111 Public Speaking 'SPC 342 Mass Communication in Society \SPC 351 Argumentation or SPC 352 Persuasion 'SPC 354 Interpersonal Commu~lication SPC 345 Orga~lizationalCommunicatio~l or '' SPC 355 Small Group Communication Any one of the following: ENG 223,225,226, or 227 Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a communication faculty adviser. Computer Science I I At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing skills of critical thinlung, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Computer Science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these slulls. In addition, an increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This major serves students studying/working in a wide variety of fields. Some courses may need to be taken in an evening schedule. Students should meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to plan their course of study. Introductory Courses CSC CSC MAT MAT 170 210 171 124 Structured Programming Data Structures Discrete Mathematics Calculus I Core Courses CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 330 Theory of Computation CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 450 Principles of Programming Language Three electives from the following, two ofwhich must be selected from courses with an asterisk: *CSC 270 Fortran *CSC/PHY 261 Electronics *CSC 340 Digital Communicatio~lsand Computer Networlts *CSC 352 Database Management and Design CSC 399 Internship *CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science CSC 499 Independent Study '{ CSC 491 Computer Science Colloquium is required for all juniors and seniors. This no-credit course meets weekly. ' - Computer Science Minor Six courses including the four introductory courses and two of the core courses. Economics This major is also available in the weelte~ldschedule. However, one course (ECO 414) may need to be talten on an evening schedule. Stude~ltsare encouraged to meet with a faculty adviser as soon as possible to carefi~lly plan their program of study. BUS 221 Principles of Accou~lti~lg I BUS 222 Pri~lciplesof Accounting I1 ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 l'rinciples of Microeco~lornics Methods for Business, Eco~lornics ECO/MIS 279 Q~~antitative and MIS ECO 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 31 3 Intermediate Microeco~lomics ECO 414 Welfare Ecollo~nics MAT 114 Eleme~ltaryFunctions Three additional upper division economics courses Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the followi~~g list: ECO/MIS 175 Co~nputersfor Business, Econo~nicsand MIS MAT 124 Calculus I MAT 125 Calculus I1 MIS 370 Advanced Co~nputingfor Business, Eco~lo~nics and MIS Economics Minor ECO 112, 113, 312, 313 and one additional upper division course. Other co~lfiguratiollsmay be permitted on collsultatio~lwith the department. Education Teaching Licensure Teaching licel~sureprograms are offered for Itindergarten-Ele~nelltaryand selected Secondary fields through Weelce~ldCollege. I~ldividualized programs are worked out with an adviser in either Ele~nentaryor Seco~dary education. T o be adnlitted to the Education Department the student will have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in his/her major field. All professional courses with the exception of Cli~licalExperience and Student Teaching are available o n a weelte~ldschedule. In addition to IGndergarten-Ele~nentary,Augsburg Weeltend College grants secondary licenses in English-Language Arts and Social Studies. Students may also work individually on the followi~lgmajors offered in co~lju~lctio~l with day school: French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemist~yor Physics), Science (grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas ofArt (I<-12), Band (I<-12), and Classroom Music (5- 12), Orchestra (I<-12) and Classroo~llMusic (5- 12), Vocal and Classroom Music (I<-9),Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical Education (I<-12). Contact an Education Department adviser for infi~r~nation in your field of study and for an application for admission to the Department of Education. Students wanting I<-6 lice~lsuremust talte EDE 375. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department and take a PPST test before beginning professional education courses (those numbered in the 300-400 level). Any course grade below 2.0 must be retaken. Elementary Education EDE EDE E1)E EDE EDE ElIE EDE EDE EDE ElIE ElIE EL>E ElIE EDE ELIE EDE EDE ElIE EDU 350 351 363 364 375 376 377 379 380 382 386 387 388 389 481 482 483 484 264 Creating 1,carning Environments (.5 coursc) Techniques of Teaching l<eading Cli~licalExperiences (.5 course)* Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course) Discovery in the World of IGndergarten (.5 caul-se) IC-El Social Studies (.25 course) IC-El Science (.25 course) I<-El Art (.25 course) I<-El Music (.25 coursc) IC-El Math (.5 course) Children's Literature (.5 course) Language Arts (.5 course) IC-El Health (.25 course) I<-El Physical Education (.25 course) Studc~ltTeaching** Student Teaching** Student Teaching** Student Teachillg** Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course)" El>U 341 Media Tecllnology (.5 course) E1)U 388 H~umanl<clations (.5 course) HPE 1 14 Safety Education (.5 course) HPE 115 Chc111ical Dependency (.5 course) SWIC 260 H~urna~ls 1)eveloping College Level Math Course Academic Minor or Second Major *Field Evpe~ienceSepar'ate * *Tlgc.reC ~ M Y S C .r'cqui~v ~ an extra fee Students must be admitted to the Education Department bcforc they can be considered for student teaching. Applications for st~tdentteaching must be submitted to the Education 1Icpartment by the following deadlines: Application Deadline Tkimester Student Teachin8 October 30, 1991 Winter/Spring 1992 March 30, 1992 Fall 1992 October 30, 1992 Winter/Spring 1993 March 30. 1993 Fall 1993 Secondary Education EDS 350 lteading in the Content Areas (.5 course) EDS 352 Clinical Experience ( . 5 course)* E1)S 353 Creating Learning E n v i r o n ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ t s E1IS 477 School and Society Seminar (.5 course) EDS 48 1 Student Teaching* * EDS 482 Student Teaching** EDS 483 Student Teachi~~g** EDS 484 Student Teaching* * EDU 264 Orientation to E d u c a t i o ~in~ an Urban Setting(.5 course)* EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) ElIU 388 Human l<elations (.5 coursc) HPE 114 Safcty Education (.5 course) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course) SWIC 260 H~unansDeveloping Special Methods in Licensure Field *Field Expe~ienceSepalpate * * n i s cozwse f*equiresapz extrafee Students must be admitted to the Education Department before they can be considered for student teaching. Applications for student teaching must be submitted to the Education Department by the following deadlines: Application Deadline Trimester Student Teaching October 30, 1991 Winter/Spring 1992 March 30,1992 Fall 1992 October 30, 1992 Winter/Spring 1993 March 30,1993 Fall 1993 Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in Social Studies Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professio~lalrequirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must complete a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology (the History major is described below) plus seven courses (ECO 112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students consideri~lga career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. History Major: Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of these four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Coaching Endorsement Students interested in adding a coaching endorsement must complete these courses in Physical Education: 353,475,482, and 489. Individuals must hold a valid Minnesota Teaching License to qualify for the coaching endorsement. Prerequisite: BIO 103: Human Anatomy and Physiology English Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. Major: Nine courses above 111,including 225 and 245; one upper division course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number ofwriters (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to consult their departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that i~lvolves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an adviser in the department. Note on Prerequisites:ENG 111 is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division course is successhl completion ENG 245 or consent of the instructor. Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. English-LanguageArts Teaching Major: Ten courses, including those listed under the major, a course in the English language, and an internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in nonWestern literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Several of the required courses, including the internship, are not offered on weekends. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as requirements in the major. Students in this program who are transferring from other colleges should consult the English Department chair soon after enrolling. Minor: Five courses above 111,including ENG 245, an upper division literature course and an additional writing course. Management Information Systems (MIS) This MIS major prepares studelits to work in the growing field of information maiagement. The major co~nbinescourses and sltills from both the business and computer scieiice majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of inhnnatio~iin a busincss setting. Students slio~ildmeet with their adviscr as soori as possible to plan their program. MIS Major BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO ECO ECO CSC CSC MAT MIS MIS MIS or CSC MIS MIS MIS 221 222 242 252 331 112 113 313 318 170 210 121 175 279 370 Principles ofAccounting I Pri~iciplcsof Accounting I1 Principles of Management Principles of Marlccting Financial Manage~ncnt l'rinciples of ~ i c r o c c o n o ~ l l i c s Principles of Microecono~iiics Intermediate Microecono~nics Manageme~itScience Structured Programming Data Structures Finite Mathematics Computers for Business, Econo~iiicsand MIS Quantitative Methods for Busi~iess,Economics and MIS Adva~icedConiputing fix 13usi1iess,EconomicsandMIS 352 375 475 476 lhtabasc Management and lksign Managenlent Information Systems in Organizations Systems Analysis and Design I~ifor~nation Systems I'rojccts Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the following courses: 1'HI 130 Ix~gic MIS 479 Intermediate Qua~ititativcMethods for Business, Economics and MIS MAT 11 4 Elemental-\IF~mctions or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Bcha\~ioralSciences MIS Minor ~ S U S 221 CBUS 242 S ECO MIS MIS 252 113 175 370 Principles of Marltcting l'rinciplcs of Microecono~iiics Computers for Business, Eco~io~iiics and MIS Advanced Computing for R~rsincss,Economics and MIS CSC MIS /MIS 352 375 4-75 Database Management and Design Managcmcnt Information Systems in Organizations Systc~nsAnalysis and Design @ 6 l'rinciplcs of Accounting I Principles of Manage~ne~it ' Management Science OI' MIS 470 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Nursing Augsburg Weekend College oEers registered nurses an upper division nursing major as a second step toward the completio~lof the Bachelor of Science degree.* Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this major is a professional program that is accessible on weekends to nurses who are unable to attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major may have additional class or lab hours beyond the weekend schedule. Preparation for school nurse licensure is available. Admissions Procedures Admission to the ~lursingprogram includes first being accepted into Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page 70. As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate evidence of completion of an associate degree or diploma program, current nursing practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take general education courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major, fi~rtherprogress in the major is co~ltingentupon: 1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite courses: Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory Sociology and Introductory Psychology. 2. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.5. 3. Successfid completion of testing to validate lower division ~lursingIu~owledge. *Graduatesof the program are eligible t o apply to the Minnesota Department of Healthfir certzfication as a public health nurse. Please see the Augsburg College Catalog for complete information about the nursing major including additional special fees for entrance and exit testing. Required Courses in the Nursing Major NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR 305 306 310 31 1 330 350 403 404 Contemporary Nursing I: Comn~unication* Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* Community Health Nursing I* Community Health Nursing 11: Practic~un** Trends and Issues in Nursing* Introduction to Nursing Research* Contemporary Nursing 111: Families* Contemporary Nursing IV: Ixadership and Management* NUR 423 l'racticum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family** N U R 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management* * *Thesecourses may require extra class or lab sessions. **Thesecourses require extra time and costfor clinical work Required Supporting Courses PHI or 1aL I'SY 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care 483 353 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course Brain and Behavior Psychology Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other. Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology, human development, personality and computer applications. All psychology majors MUST have an adviser in the Psychology Department. The following courses in the Psychology core will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of their program: PSY 264,265,381, 493. This may delay an individual student's ability to complete the major in the Weekend schedule. Required courses will be available regularly in the Weekday schedule. Core Courses PSY 105 GeneralPsychology PSY 264 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I PSY 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I1 PSY 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective PSY 399 Internship PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Four additional upper division courses such as PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child, PSY 373 Organizatio~lalPsychology or PSY 485 Counseling Psychology. Students should consult with their adviser regarding these major electives. Minor Five courses including PSY 105, with a minimum of two courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from PSY 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Religion Augsburg College uriderstands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much greater than is sometimes recognized. The student encounters this influence in studying language, literature, history, values and political structures. The study of religion and theology is intended to malce such encounters more meaningfi~lthrough a better knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought. Large segrnents of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion also seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. Core Courses REL REL REL 111 221 356 I~ltroductionto Theology Biblical Studies History of Religions REL REL 481 495 Contemporary Theology Seminar Major Electives Three additional Religion courses approved by the department chairperson. Religion Minor Five courses approved by the department chairperson. Note: It is important for Religion majors to consult with the department chairperson during their first year at Augsburg College. Religion 111 or 22 1is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken at other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. Completion of this major may require enrollment in one or more courses offered in an evening schedule. Social Work Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professio~lallydirected field experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes seven courses from the Departments of Psychology, Biology, and Sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. Social Work Core Courses* SOC SWIZ SWK SWI< SWK SWIZ SWK SWIZ SWIZ SWIZ SWIZ SWIZ SWI( 365 257 260 361 363 364 461 462 463 465 466 467 469 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Exploring Human Services Humans Developing Social Response to Human Needs Methods and Skills of Social Work Field Work I Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Field Work I1 Community Development and Organization Social Policy: Analysis and Development Field Work I11 The Social Worker as Professional Field Work IV Required Supporting Courses * BIO PSY SOC SOC SOC SOC 101 105 121 231 265 375 HumanBiology General Psychology Principles of Sociology Sociology of the Family Racial and Minority Group Relations Social Psychology *Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. Social Welfare Minor Six courses incl~~ding SWIC 257 or department approved alternative internship, SWIC 361,463; PSY 351 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and POI, 121 or 158 or 325, or SWIC 465. Minors In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, Econo~nics, English, MIS, l'sychologp, lteligion and Social Welfare (listed under each respective major), Weeltend College students are able to complete minors in the followi~lgareas: American Indian Studies Minor This minor offers nine courses which encompass the range of A~nerican Indian contributio~lsto North American culture. A minimum of five courses, including an i~ltroductorycourse and one upper division course, are required. All students are encouraged to ellroll in these courses. These courses will be offered in the Weeltend College schedule on a 2-3 year cycle. I I ENG 216 American Indian L,iterature HIS 360 American Indian History Introduction to American Indian Studies INS 105 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective INS 233 INS 260 Contemporary American I~ldia~ls INS 320 A~nericanIndian Women OJB 111 Beginning Oji bwe OJB 112 Beginning Ojibwe Tribal Arts and Culture AltT 290 These courses will be added in the near future: American Indian spiritual it)^ and l'hilosopl~ical ' T h o ~ ~ g h t Indians in the Cinema Indian Law Sociology Minor Five courses including SOC 121 and two upper division courses (n~unbered 300 and above). Women's Studies Minor Five courses which must include INS 201, three electives (one of which ~ u u s be t upper division) and INS 495 or 499. A student's program IIILIS~ have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator. Approved electives from other academic depart~nents: AltT 352 Women's Art History ENG 282 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction Mathematics Placement Group Requirements MIS 175,279,479; C:SC 170,2 10; and all 100-level MAT courses l~avc Math l'lacemcnt Group rccl~~ire~nents. Since all majors in Business, Econonlics or Ma~iagemcntInfornlation Syste~nsm ~ ~take s t MIS 279, all students in thcsc areas nu st have at least MPG 111. Other specific courses such as SOC 365 and PHY 103 also have MI'G recl~~irements, Please refer to the course description for any given course to determine if there is an MPG required by thc department. Some instructors require MPGs in courses they ccach. This s h o ~ ~ bc l d noted in tlie s)lllabi for their coursc(s). The Math Placclnent Requirerncnt call be met by transfer courses, Augsburg coursework or the Math Placement Assessment. This Assessment is given at NCMJSt~ldentOrientation each trimester, or by appointment during the academic calendar year. (The Math Department may disregard math courses talren Inore than five years ago, or may choose to lapse an MPG given more than five years ago.) Dean's List The llcan's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of two fill1 courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with n o incompletes in courses offered for credit. Academic Progress, Probation and Disnlissal The College rccluires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman - a student who has talren fcwer than 7 courses cu~uulativcG1'A of 1.6 or liighcr Sophomore - a studelit who has talren fcwer than 16 courses cumulative Gl'A of 1.7 or higher Junior a student who has talrcn fewer than 25 courses cu~nulativcGl'A of 1.9 or liigher Senior a student who has talten 25 or more courses cunlulati\/c Gl'A of 2.0 or liighcr. It should be noted that a ~ i i i n i ~ n uGl'A ~ n of 2.0 is requircd for graduation with certain majors rccluiring a higlicr mini~n~uii GPA. Students whose acadc~nicacllieve~iientfdls below these guidelines will either be placed 011scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be continued on probation, or will be dis~iiisscdfro111 the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sopho~norewho receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal fi-0111the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor acadc~nicrecord may be strongly adviscd to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw fi.0111the College, as well as those who are dismissed, IIILIS~have special permission to re-enroll. Stude~ltsnay be removed fi.om probation when the cu~nulativeGPA reaches the minimu~nlcvcls stated above. Students placed on probation as fieshmcn h r Ila\~ingcarned two zero grades may be removed from probation if tlieir classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earlied additio~ialzero grades, and if their cu~nulativeGPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sopho~noresfor having carned three zero grades Inay be removed from probation if tlleir classification changes to junior and their cumulative Gl'A reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or slle may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Cornmittce on Student Standing. Attendance Policy It is expected that students attend every class. If a student knows she/he will miss more than one class meeting, she/he should not register for the course. Some faculty/courses require 100 percent attendance for a student to earn a passing grade. Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester plus Finals Class Weekend. Some courses meet for the entire period on Finals Class Weekend. Classes marked with an asterisk (*) on the Class Schedule require additional class meetings, the dates and times ofwhich are either listed on the course syllabus or determined by the class at the first meeting. Depending on the course, these additional meetings are either required or optional. Department Course Limits Augsburg College's graduation requirements allow a maximum of 13 courses from each department except in certain approved majors (Social Work, Nursing). Business Administration, Economics and Management Information Systems are considered different departments for graduation requirement purposes. Grading Procedures Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation are also used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P graded courses, or rank each as a "C". Transfer students are cautioned that P graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14 traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements in the Augsburg College Catalog. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is graded only on the P / N grading system and some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English 111 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.O/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. I11 courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/ N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to the dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes made after registration. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: Achieves highest standards of excellence. 4.0 3.5 Achieves above basic course standards. 3.0 2.5 Meets basic standards for the course. 2.0 1.5 Performance below basic course standards. 1.0 0.5 Unacceptable perfbrmance (no credit for the course). 0.0 Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments fiom the instructor; and must file the form with the Office of the Registrar. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a registration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year a new registration would be necessary. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).The charge for auditing a course is listed under Fees and Payment Schedule in the insert. Studentswho audit a come should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P / N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Cla~s~cation Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms as follows: Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Juniors - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Withdrawal fiom College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a &ling grade on the official record. Cancellation of comes or withdrawal h m college must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during h a l examinationweekend unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal From College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Graduation with Distinction I I Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude - 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude - 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg. Assessment of Previous Leariing (APL) A~~gsburg College recognizes that learning can and does talte place in Inally life situations. Some o f this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the discipli~lesthat compose the academic programs o f a liberal arts college. The A1'L program (Assessment o f Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is uansferred from anotl~eraccredited institution, may be presented for exa~ni~latio~l for possible credit toward the completion o f a bachelor's degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recog~litio~l at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: ( 1 )it is relevant to coursework in a field o f study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and ( 2 )it call be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Students who achieve acceptable scorcs in CLEP exams may receive academic credit at Augsburg College. CLE1' exams are available in a variety o f general and specific subject areas. For morc information, contact Weeltend College Admissio~ls(330.1792) or the regional CLEP center at the Uni\lersity o f Minnesota (624-3323). Departmental Assessment Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do 11othave transcript evidence o f completed work may request a departme~ltal assessment o f previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components o f the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office(330-1036). CAP (Credit Assessment Process) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluatioll o f a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio o f previous learning for credit assessmcnt. Students may apply for CAP after co~npleti~lg at least four courses o f academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA o f at least 2.5. For Inore information, contact the Registrar's Office(330.1036). ART 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies; Art/Music ART 106/ 306 Calligraphy Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on practice in calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundational, italic, Gothic and unicial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper divisio~lstudents are required to complete demonstration sheets in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Distribution: Art/Music ART 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental worlc. Distribution: Art/Music ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic and oil. Distribution: Art/Music ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm single lens reflex camera (materials will cost $150-175). Distribution: Art/Music Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major Publication Design An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating visual images and typography with content in publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters, books, and miscellaneous publications. Students design and produce a publication as a group project. Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising ART 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, symbols and pictorial images. Emphasis will be placed on the creative thought process. Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising major ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of New World art fiom prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Distribution: Art/Music ART 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Distribution: Art/Music ART 352 Women's Art History A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts including the fine arts, the "traditional" arts, and the work of Native American women. Distribution: Art/Music, Urban Concerns/Minority Studies/Women's Studies. Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper division) BIO 101 H u m a n Biology Basic biological concepts fiom an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem?What influences does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Required supporting course in Social Worlc BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major/Coaching Endorsement BIO 105 Biology and Society A co~lsideratio~l of the biological basis of some of the problems facing society, such as toxic polluta~ltsin air, water and soil, genetic engineering, AIDS, genetic diseases and counseling, extinction, wilder~lessethics, global warming, cancer, hunger, dmgs, and biodiversity. Distribution: Chemistry/Biolog)~ or Urban Concerns/ Women's Studies/Minority Studies BIO 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are co~lsideredas well as applications of microbiology to the field of ~nedicineand sanitation. For student nurses, health majors or collsellt of the instructor. (Prereq: C H M 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply to major or minor.) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major BIO 185 The Biology of Aging At some time in our lives most of us will directly experience aging or be i~lfluencedby people undergoi~lgagerelated changes. This course will concentrate 011 the biological aspects of such changes. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology BIO 231 The Biology of Women The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and f~~nctioning of the female human orga~lis~u as well as to evaluate rnisco~lceptio~ls about women that have arisen in the history of biology. Distribution: Chemist~y/Biology or Urban Concerns/ Women's Studies/Minority Studies Computers for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 175) BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I Introductio~lto business activities, basic concepts, and fi~~~damentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of fi~la~lcial statements. Major: ltequired for Business Administration, Eco~lornicscore and MIS rnajor BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 A co~ltilluatio~l of BUS 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations, basic concepts and fi~~ndamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-malting and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: BUS 22 1) Major: ltequired for Busi~lessAdministration, Eco~lolnicscore and MIS major BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, p l a ~ l ~ l i and ~ l g control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Major: Required for Business Ad~ninistrationcore and MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Supervisory Management concentrations in Communication major BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, ~narltetingchannel and pricing decisions. Major: Required in the Business Administration core and MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Marketing Communication major Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics, and MIS (See under MIS 279) BUS 322 Accounting Theory & Practice I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, inco~neconcepts, capital stock and surplus account, current and non-current assets. (Prereq: BUS 222, ECO 113) Major: Kequired in the Accounti~lgand Finance majors (upper division) BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 A continuation of BUS 322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves. actuarial tovics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq: BUS 322) ~ i j b rRequired : in the ~ c c o u n %major n ~ (upper division) BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting ~ c c o u i t i tools n ~ for planningand control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost system, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq; BUS 222,242,252, MIS 279 or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper diviyion) BUS 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: BUS 221, 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 331 Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of h n d s within the firm. Sources and uses of long and short term hnds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222, ECO 113, MIS 279) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper division) BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worlter with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in S~pervisoryManagement major (upper division) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marleting management; research methodology; marlteting research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252, ECO 113, MIS 279 or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Marlteting major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 355 Marketing Communications A look at the communications aspects of marlteting by integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and personal selling into a coherent pro~notionmix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marlteting communications programs, particularly advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort; advertiser-agency relationship; management of the personal selling function including sales force selection, compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252) Major: Required in the Marlteting major, elective in Marketing Communications major, Public Relations/ Advertising major, or Supervisory Management (upper division) BUS 362 International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. (Prereq: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 262, ECO 113, or two business and economics courses or consent of instructor) Major: Required in International Business major (upper division) BUS/MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics, and MIS (See under MIS 370) BUS 391 Business Law An introduction to law and a survey of different areas of law as they relate to the conduct of business. Topics covered include contracts, torts, employment discrimination, and labor law. (Prereq: BUS 221,222,252; ECO 112,113 recommended.) Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) BUS 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checlts and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq: BUS 323) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: BUS 323) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Advanced financial theory; a system approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case materials. (Prereq: BUS 331) Major: Required in finance major (upper division) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the rislt/retur~l relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital marltets and portfolio management. (Prereq: all core cqurses or consent of instructor) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating hnctions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: Required in the Business Management major and an elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352) Major: Required in the Marlteting major and an elective in the Marlteting Communications major (upper division) BUS 465 International Management A comparative study of management styles across cultures. Models will be reviewed and developed which consider the implications of culture on the effectiveness of particular styles of leadership, human resource management, and strategic management. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: Required in the International Business major (upper division) BUS 466 International Marketing This course is devoted to those issues and practices which are unique to marlceting a product and setvice in an international setting. Topics include international environmental scanning and analysis; comparative marlceting research; strategic planning; and marketing mix issues in rnulti~lationalmarlcets. (Prereq: BUS 252) Major: Required in the International Business major (upper division) BUS/MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Bush~ess, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 479) BUS 495 Topics: Risk Management and Insurance A study of risk management. E~nphasison the f~unctionof (1) determination of exposure to rislc; ( 2 ) analysis of rislc and losses; ( 3 ) methods of combating risks; and (4) administration of rislc insurance program. How to recognize and evaluate the property liability and personnel rislcs facing a business, a non-profit organization, a government unit, or an individual or family. How to select and deal with an insurer. Public policy issues such as availability of insurance are examined to identify and evaluate the role of insurance in the financial framework of the economy. Major: Elective for Busi~lessAdministration major (upper division) CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular boolc by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science baclcground. Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we talce a molecular look at the human condition. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry nor does it meet any prerequisite chemistry requirements. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology CHM 109 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry 1)esigned for s t ~ ~ d e nwho t s need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to other st~tdentsin the humanities and social sciences. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction t o organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. Will include arranged time fo1'1aboratdry work. This course does not apply toward the major or nli~lorin chemistry. (Prereq: High school chemistry) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Kequired prerequisite for Nursing major CHM 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Continuation of CHM 109. Organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. (Prereq: CHM 109) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major CSC 170 Structured Programming An iiltroduction to computers, problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. This course provides a foundation for hrther studies in cornputer science. (Prereq: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or MIS 279 or Math Placement Group IV) Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors CSC 210 Data Structures Data Structures and their implementation, recursion, searching and sorting algorithms, and continued development of programming methods using Pascal. (Prereq: CSC 170. Coreq: MAT 121 or 171) Major: Required for Computer Science and MIS majors Electronics (See under PHY 26 1) CSC 270 Fortran Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq: CSC 170 or another programming language course) Major: Elective for Computer Science major CSC 320 Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of alaorithms. the classes P and NP. NP-complete problems, and intractable problems. (Prereq: CSC 210 and MAT 124) Major: Elective for Co~nputerScience major (upper division) u CSC 330 Theory of Computation Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata, computability, and computational complexity. Topics include Turins machines, Church's thesis, the halting problem, and unsolvability. (Prereq: CSC 2 10 and MAT 124) Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 210) Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction sets, and assembly language programming. (Prereq: CSC 210) Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq: CSC 210) Major: Elective for Computer Science and MIS major (upper division) CSC 399 Internship A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a worlcplace. The internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education Office as well as the computer science internship supervisor. Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq: CSC 345) Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, BNF, parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures, and the run-time environment. (Prereq: CSC 210) Major: Required for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 491 Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developments in the field and about interesting ideas that don't arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. All seniors give a talk. Other sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors. Major: Required for Computer Science major (no credit) CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq: Consent of instructor) Major: Elective for Computer Science major (upper division) CSC 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and the department. ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be talten independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be talren in either order. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core, and MIS major ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be talten independently of ECO 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be talten in either order. (Prereq: MPG 11.) Distribution: Economics/Political Science Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core and MIS major Computers for Business, Economics and MIS (see under MIS 175) Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See under MIS 279) ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq: ECO 112,113; strongly recommend ECO 313) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core, elective for Economics major (upper division) ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analvzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq: ECO 112) ~ a i o r : - o n of e a choice of three reauired courses in the Business Administration core, required for Economics major (upper division) ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: ECO 113) Major: Required for Business Administration, Economics core and MIS major (upper division) ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq: ECO 112,113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core, elective for Eco~lo~nics major (upper division) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to malte better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313) Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major, one of a choice of three required courses for the Finance major, elective in Economics and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) ECO 360 International Trade and Finance A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Developme~ltof the basis of international trade; balance of payment; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113 or consent of instructor) Major: Required for International Business major, elective for Eco~lomicsmajor (upper division) ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and correspondillg practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: ECO 313, MIS 279) Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice of three required courses in the Finance major, elective for Economics major (upper division) ECO/MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS (See MIS 479) EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments: IGndergartenElementary (.5 course) The study of strategies, methods, and evaluatio~lof teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and neuro-scientific theories. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 351 Techniques for Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniqi~esand resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading proble~ns.Field placement requirement included in this class. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: l<ecluired fi)r Elementa~yEducation major (upper division) EDE 363 Itindergarten-ElementaryClinical Experiences (.5 course) Stirdc~itsshould enroll for Clinical Experience by the second trimester of their I<-Elementary course secluence. Includes 160 hours held experience and is arranged by the instructor in the Education ~ e p a r t ~ l ~ at e i least l t two months prior to the term they intend to take Clinical. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (l'rereq: l'.l'.S.?'.) Major: Required for Elementary Educatio11major (upper division) EDE 364 Itindergarte~l-Ele~nentary Curriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course) Examinatio~~ and preparation of ruatcrials and resources for integrating specific slcill developmcnts through various subjects at the Itindergarten and elementary levels. (l'rerecl: P.l'.S.T.) Major: I<ecluired fi)r Elementa~yEdi~cationmajor (i~pperdivision) EDE 375 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course) Stitdy and utilization of a variety oftechniclucs and resources h ~teaching Itindcrgarten. (IZcquired for all persons seelcing Itindcrgarte~llicensure ~ 1 1 0take their first education course in the Fall of 1989 or later.) (Prcreq: P.P.S.T.) Major: l<equired fix I<-6 licensurc (i~pperdivision) EDE 376 IGndergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at the Icindergarten and elementary levels. (l'rerccl: l'.l'.S.T.) Major: l<ecluired fix Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 377 Itindergartell-Elementary Curriculum: Science (.25 course) Examination and prep'lration of ~iiaterialsand rcsoiu-ccs k)r science at the kindergarten and elementa~ylevels. (l'rcrecl: P.l'.S.T.) Major: l<equired for Elemcnta~yEducation major (upper division) EDE 379 Itindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art (.25 course) Examination a ~ preparation d of materials and resoivces k)r art at the lcindergartcn and elementa~yle\~els.(Prereq: P.1'S.T.) Major: l<ecl~~ired fix Elementary Ectucation ~najor (upper division) EDE 380 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Music (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 386 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature ( .5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Art (.5 course) Examinatioll and preparation of materials and resources for language arts instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 388 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Health (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 389 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education instruction at the lindergarte~land el'ementary levels. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 481,482, Student Teaching K, I<-6, or 1-6** Students must apply to student teach by Oct. 30, 483,484 1991, for Winter/Spring 1992 Student Teaching; March 30, 1992, for Fall 1992 Student Teaching; Oct. 30, 1992, for Winter/Spring 1993; and March 30, 1993, for Fall 1993. A minimum of three courses (481,482,483) unless otherwise advised by the department. Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Admission into the Education Department is required prior to student teaching placement. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: All I<-Elementarycourseworlr satisfactorily completed or permission of Department for exception; P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) **Thesecourses involve an additional clinicalfee. EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5 course) Students should enroll for Clinical Experience by the second trimester of their secondary course sequence. Includes 70 hours of field experience. Seminars are arranged by the instructor in the Education Department. Students should pick up an Application for Placement form in the Education Department at least two months prior to the term they intend to take Clinical. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary The study of strategies, methods, and evaluation of teaching and learning in the context of educational, psychological, and sociological theories. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq: EDU 264 and EDS 353 or consent of instructor; P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Secondary Education English Language Arts major (upper division) EDS 366 Foreign Language Methods (.5 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Secondary Education Foreign Language major (upper division) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of social studies and history in secondary classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq: EDS 353, P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Secondary Education Social Studies major (upper division) EDS 477 EDS 481,482 483,484 School and Society (.5 course) The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society. Current major issues in education will be studied. Students should enroll as closely as possible to the same term as their st~tdentteaching. (Prereq.: P.P.S.T., EDU 264, EDS 353 and Methods in Subject Area) Major: Required for Secondary Ed~icatio~l major (upper division) Student Teaching** Students must apply to student teach through the Education Department by Oct. 30, 1991, for Winter/Spring 1992 Student Teaching; March 30, 1992, for Fall 1992 Student Teaching; October 30, 1992, for Winter/Spring 1993 Student Teaching; and March 30, 1993, for Fall 1993 Student Teaching. Observing a ~ i d directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Major department nus st recommend student for student teaching. A minimum of three courses, except four courses rcquired of Art, Music, Physical Educatio~l majors. Membership in a professional organization is req~iired.(Prereq.:P.P.S.T., all Secondary Educatio~l and major coursework successf~~lly completed or permission of the Department for an exception.) Major: l<equired for Secondary Education major (upper division) * *i%ese couyses invohe a n additional clinical fee. EDU 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course) Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability for a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as first course to be taken. Major: ltequired for Elementary and Seco~ldary Education major EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective aitdio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. (Prereq: P.P.S.T.) Major: Required for Elementary and Secondaql Education major (upper division) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of co~nmunication techniques, and of the minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations slcills applicable to teaching and other professiollal vocations. Open to all. (Prereq: P.P.S.T. needed by education students) Major: lcequired for Elementary and Secondary Education majors (upper division) ENG 111 Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is givcn t o increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinlting critically, and revising for clarity and style. A writing lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minirnurn passing grade for this course is 2.0. Distribution: ltequired for graduatio~l ENG 2 0 9 Grow Old Along With Me This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and lovel lists have to say about the aging process. Students will be expected to interview older people to discover how they feel society regards the aging. Distribution: English/Speech ENG 2 1 6 American Indian Literature A study of representative works of poetry and tiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussio~land analysis will ti)cus on ways in which the literature reflect and illu~ninate. Distribution: American Indian culture and traditions ENG 2 2 3 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing sltills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use the material from their own areas of specialization. (Prcrcq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent) Major: ltecom~nendedelective for Business Administration major, meets one writing requirement for Co~nmunication major, an elective for English major. ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG 111. Its worltshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation, and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq: ENG 1 11 or equivalent) Major: ltequired for English major, meets one writing requirement for Communication major. ENG 226 Introduction to Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to introduce st~~dcnts to the process of creative writing and to various genres, empllasiz ing poeny and short fiction but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent) Major: Meets one writing requirement for Communication major, an elective for English major. ENG 227 Journalism This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and television as well. Students will consider how to recognize news, how to gather and verify facts, and how to write those facts into a news story or news feature. This course will cover basic copy preparations and editing practices and includes an introduction to legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq: ENG 111 or equivalent) Major: Required for Public Relations major, meets one writing requirement for Communication major, an elective for English major ENG 245 Introduction to Literature In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature, Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop students' critical analysis skulls in reading and writing about literature. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Required for English major ENG 250 Readings in American Literature An introduction to representative worlts by ten to twelve American authors focusing on themes that yield an understanding of the Western heritage and American world views. These themes could include the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humanlund and God, the nature of nature, definitions of American self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of American thought, and the continuity of Western culture in America. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English major ENG 261 Modern Fiction Signjficant worlts of selected prose writers; chiefly European, of the Twentieth Century. Some non-Western writers will be included. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English major ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major worlts of Greek and Roman literature. For example, the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These worlts will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence 011 later literature, and their enduring relevance. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets Western tradition requirement ENG 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period A study of masterpieces of literature; chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Cervantes, Rablais, MoliCre, Voltaire and Ibsen. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets Western tradition requirement ENG 282/ 482 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian Literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, The Short Story and Women and Fiction. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of the instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English major ENG 327 Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is placed on interviewing and then on organizing and writing the interview story. The second half of the course will concentrate on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: ENG 227) Major: An elective for English and Communicatio~l majors (upper division) ENG 331 British Literature: Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 336 British Literature: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 337 British Literature: The Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century; emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 350 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some works of selected American writers from colonial times to World War I. We will study established writers such as Hawthorne, Dickinson, and Twain along with some less known writers who also demonstrate the rich variety of written responses to American civilization. Attention will be given to the ways writers approach issues relating to race, class, and gender. Conception of the individual in relation to society, the nature of nature, and regional differences will also be studied. The approach will be historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets American literature requirement (upper division) ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary worlis. Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic, and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary worlrs to the changing conditions of modern American life. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech, Urban Concerns/ Women's Studies/Minority Studies Major: Meets American literature requirement (upper division) ENG 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing or English as a Second Language and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. (Upper division) ENG 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its Eighteenth Century beginnings up to the Twentieth Century. Novels studied will be selected from the worlis of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Diclcens, Bronte, Thackray, Eliot and Hardy. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the Twentieth Century as the d o ~ n i ~ l aliterary ~ l t form. (Prereq.: Eng 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, historics, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shalrespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Distribution: English/Speech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 499 Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. FRE 111 Beginning French Aim is to develop com~nu~licatio~l sltills of understanding, spealcing, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroo~npractice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Distribution: Foreign Language FRE 112 Beginning French Co~ltinuatio~l of FRE 1 11. Distribution: Foreign Language GER 111 Beginning German For students with no previous background. Aims at developi~lgbasic sltills. Classroom practice in spealung, understa~ldi~lg and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. Distribution: Foreign Language GER 112 Beginning German Continuation of GER 1 11. Distribution: Foreign Language HIS 101 The Beginning of Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizatio~~s in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and ltome, and the middle ages of Europe into thc 13th Century. HIS 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in Western civilizatio~lfrom the time of Napoleon to the present. Distribution: History/Pliilosophy 1 HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 162 20th Century South Asia This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today. It is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-Western subjects. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 331 Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332, Augsburg College Catalog). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Prereq: College History course) Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division) HIS 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (Prereq: College History course) Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division) HPE 114 Health and Safety Education (.5 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) This course is designed to help hture teachers become more aware of the substance abuse problem among school-age children and adolescents. Prevention strategies as well as recognition of abuse, student assistance programs, and treatment will be discussed. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary majors HPE 353 Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise and Sport Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological pri~lciplesapplied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq: 1310 103) Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper division) HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq: HPE 353) Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper division) HPE 482 Coaching Theory of Sport The psychology of coaching, coaching theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching athletics. Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper division) HPE 489 Coaching Practicum (.5 course) Theory and practice of sports techniques included with supervised field experience in coaching consisting of no fewer than 40 clock hours. Certificate: Required for Coaching Certification (upper division) INS 201 Introduction to Women's Studies This multi-disciplinary course will introduce students to the contributions of women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen fiom women's perspectives. Students will also study the history of the women's movement, diversity of women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation and class, and other contemporary issues raised by feminists. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies Minor: Required in Women's Studies minor INS 231 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience; e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Distribution: Religion or Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/Minority Studies INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historic origins of womei's roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This com~&isonwill include such North American models as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the Middle East and rural China. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor I INS 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations; the class will collectively assess the position of Black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by Illdial1 women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies Minor: Elective in Women's Stitdies ~ninor INS 495 Seminar Selected topics. llequired of minors who d o not elect to d o an Independent Study. T o be completed after the introductory course and electives. Minor: Elective in Women's Studies minor (upper division) INS 499 Independent Study Stitdent must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq: SOC 121 or 2 1 1 and consent of instructor.) Minor: Elective in Women Studies minor (upper division) MAT 103 Basic Mathematics A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decirnal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals, and evaluation of algebraic expressions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Aitgsburg Mathematics Placement Test. Meets weeldy. (Prereq: Placement Group I. P/N grading only. ) MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra " A self-paced course for stitdents needing to review basic algebraic slulls and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission ol~ly by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Math Place~nentGroup 11. P/N grading only.) MAT 114 Elementary Functions A study of fi~nctions:algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For students planning to take MAT 124 or 171. Students who have completed 124 or 171 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Meets weeltly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Math Placement Group 111) Distribution: Math/Physics I Major: Strongly recom~nendedfor Business Administration major prior t o talting MIS 279 MAT 121 Finite Mathematics Topics in finite ~nathematics(combinatorics, probability, ~natrices,linear programmi~lgand graph theory) of primary interest to students in the social and behavioral sciences, business and information science. Stude~ltswho have co~npletedMAT 171 may not register for credit. (l'rereq: MAT 104 or MI'G 111) Major: lkquired in MIS major MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calc~~lus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. St~tde~lts who have co~npletedMAT 124 may not register for credit. Meets weelrly. (l'rereq: MAT 104 or Placement Group 111) Distribution: Math/Physics MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 Differe~ltialand integral calculus, including calculus of several variables and series, with applicatio~lsprimarily from the physical scie~ices,integrated with topics from plane and solid analytic geometry. Primarily fix students in mathematics or the sciences. (l'rereq: MAT 114 or Placement Group IV for 124; MAT 124 for 125.) MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the develop~ n e n of t ~nathematicsand that of civilization. l'riniarily for students not intending filrther mathematics. (Prerecl: MAT 104 or Placement G r o ~ ~111) p Distribution: Math/l'hysics MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics Topics in discrete ~nathematicssuch as sets and logic, combinatorics, probability, relations and fiunctio~ls, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra, and graph theory of primary interest to students in Computer Science and Mathematics. Students who have comvleted MAT 121 map register for credit only with consent of the instructor. (Prerecl: MAT 114, 121 or Placement G r o ~ ~IV) p Major: 1Lequired for Computer Science major MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS An i~ltroductionto microcomputer-based i~~fi)r~nation systems. St~ldyfeatures of hardw'lre, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSIIOS, Lotus 123 (graphic, database and logical fiullctions) and dBASE (index, c1ue1-y and vie^/). May study other applications (Microsoft Worlts, Word Perfect, and Minitab). T o test o ~oft MIS 175, pass either a comprehensive exam or MIS 370. (l'rcrecl: Math Placement Gro~~ 11por Pass in MAT 103) Major: Iceq~~ired in Business Administration and Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory Management major. MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation. Emphasis is placed on their use in applied problems in Business and Economics. Minitab may be required. (Prereq: MIS 175 and either Math Placement Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104) Major: Required in the Business Administration and Economics core, MIS major, elective in Supervisory Management and Public Relations majors MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS An investigation of programmable systems. Examine basic algorithms and associated flowcharts and psuedocode. Apply these concepts by programming some of these software: BASIC, DOS, Lotus, dBASE, Minitab, and Word Perfect. (Prereq: Math Placement Group I11 or Pass in MAT 104; MIS 175 or CSC 170 or with extensive lcnowledge of Lotus and DOS which has been verified by instructor. Major: One of two choices in MIS major (upper division) MIS 375 Management Information Systems in Organizations Use of a systems approach in analyziilg the role of information systems in organizations. Review the features of computers (hardware and software) and various types of information systems. May involve several case studies: review the business needs, summarize the relevant finding (hardware, software, systems, etc.), identify the options and communicate the recommendations. Learn to use a CASE tool such as Excelerator for systems analysis. (Prereq: BUS 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175 or 370. Consult with the instructor about variances in prerequisites. Recommended: PHI 130 and ENG 223.) Major: Required in MIS major (upper division) MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Prereq: MIS 375) Major: Required in MIS major (upper division) MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Using slulls developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq: MIS 475) Major: Required in MIS major (upper division) MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Utilize computer systems relevant to quantitative analysis: Lotus, Minitab, SPSS or MathCad. Investigate statistical descriptions, statistical inference and analysis of variance. Investigate linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq: MIS 175,279 and either Math Placement Group IV or grade of 2.0 or higher in MAT 114,121,122, or 171. Recommended: MIS 370 and ECO 318) Major: Recommended in MIS major and one of a choice of three required courses in the Finance major (upper division) MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music NOR 111 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language NOR 112 Beginning Norwegian Continuation of NOR 111. Distribution: Foreign Language NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication A transitional course that introduces the components of the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. A communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group and learning theories are explored for their applicability to changing professional roles and practice. A teaching project is required. (Prereq: or concurrent enrollment: PSY 355) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Clinical application of a holistic assessment is required. (Prereq: NUR 305) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on community health delivery systems and the practice of public health nursing. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content includes the assessment of an elderly person and definition of a framework for the assessment of a specific community. Ethical issues related to community health decision making with aggregate groups are explored. (Prereq: NUR 330) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum** This course provides a cli~licalexperience in the practice of public health nursing in which the st~tdentprovides direct care to culturally diverse clients and groups. The student will provide care to both disease and disability and health promotion clients. The student will analyze a specific c o ~ n ~ n u ~ lsystem i t y and the community's provision of health related services. This practicurn lnay require weekday hours. (Prereq: NUK 310) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) * * This coulaseinvolves an additional clinicalfee. NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Current economic, social, political and professio~laltrends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for ~lursingpractice. (Prereq: N U R 306, REL 483 or P H I 380, or concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to ~lursi~lg are emphaized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice and design a research proposal. (Prereq: N U R 330, may be talcen concurrently with N U R 3 10) Major: Required for Nursing major ( ~ ~ p pdivision) er NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Fanlilies This course provides a theoretical basis for ~lursi~lg of c~llt~~rally diserse families throughout the life span as a social system and explores theories related to family structure and fiu~~ctioning as well as families with psychosocial problems. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq: N U R 31 1, N U R 350, may be talcen prior or concurrently with N U R 423) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV:Leadership and Management This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emcrging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, cornm~u~~ication, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accou~ltabilityand advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (l'rereq: NUR 403) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family * * A clinical practicu~noffering the student an opportunity to apply content from NUR 403 in providing conlplex nursing care to families in selectcd practice setting. (l'rereq: N U R 403 o r concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper division) **Thiscourse involves an additional clinicalfie NUR 427 NUR 432 Practic~unin Nursing 11: Leadership and Management * * This clinical practicu~nutilizes knowledge and sltills f i o ~ n NUR 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected agency setting. This ~xacticummay require weeltday hours. (Prereq: NUR 404 or co~icurrcntenroll~nent) Major: Required for Nursing major (upper divisio~i) * * This course involves an additional cli~iicalfee Topics in Nursing A course dcsig~iedto provide in-depth exploration of selectcd topics in nursing. Tlie subjects studied will vary dcpe~idi~ig upon the needs and interests of tlie faculty and studcnts. (Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instruct()~-. 011 demand.) Major: Electi\le for Nursing major (upper division) NUR 499 Independent Study This learni~igexperience provides tlie opportu~iityfix tlie students to study a selected topic or issue in depth. St~tdc~lts consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. Major: Elective for N ~ r s i ~major ig (upper division) PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Methods 'Tliougli each person I~ashis or her own set of ideas and belieti, rarely arc tliey critically analyzed or e\~aluatedfor their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed slrills. Another is tliat they may liavc had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to Western culture. Tlie purpose of this course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical slrills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. 1)istribution: History/Pliilosopliy PHI 120 Ethics Ethics studies our ~iioralbeliefs, helping students to consider the basis which tliey use to ~nalremoral judgments. The course explores tlie ~najorphilosophical approaches to evaluation of moral actions, and then applies tlic~iito contemporary personal and social ~iioral issues. This e~iablesstudcnts to be aware of tlie nature o f value disputes, tlie different perspectives talren, and tlie reasoning used to resolve them. Tlirouglio~~t the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Distribution: Histor)~/l'l~ilosopl~y Major: Recommended elective in Business Ad~iiinistrationmajor PHI 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration and MIS major PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing major (upper division) PHY 101 Astronomy A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies that requires elementary algebra. In addition, the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an 8-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are important components of this course. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 103 Conceptual Physics An int&oductoG course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of vhvsic~to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: Math/Physics L PHY 106 > Introductory Meteorology A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere. The cdurse is designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic principles required for understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather vatterns of the earth and to the manv varied aspects of weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influence of weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and optical phenomena of the slty. Laboratory exercises are included as an intregal part of the course. The course is designed to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physicd science. Attention will b e given to the interaction of physics and its associated tech~lologywith philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussio~lof the meaning of Twentieth Century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the course. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq: PHY 103, 111or 122; and MAT 122 or 125) Major: Elective for Computer Science major POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Distribution: Economics/Political Science POL 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmalung, entertainment and public affairs programming. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies or Economics/Political Science Major: Required for the Communication major (upper division) Topics in American Politics: Uses of Mass Communications This course offers advanced study in mass communications. Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media Systems," "The Role of Government Regulations and Law in Shaping American Mass Media," "The Impact of Media on American Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is desirable to have taken POL 342 Mass Communications. If not, talk with instructor before registration.) Distribution: Economics/Political Science (upper division) PSY 105 Principles of Psychology An introductio~lto the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Major: Required for Psychology and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in Psychology PSY 264/ 265 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I, I1 A two-term sequence includillg experimentation in human learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without co~ltinuingin Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both courses in sequence in consecutive terms. (Prereq: PSY 105) Major: Required for Psychology major PSY 355 Brain and Behavior A survey of the h~lctionsof the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakeh~lness,motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental disordcrs. (Prereq: PSY 105 and o ~ l course c in biology) Major: Required prerequisite course for Nursing major (upper division) PSY 356 Environmental Psychology This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq: PSY 105) 13istribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies Major: Elective for Psychology major (upper division) PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizatio~~s of organizational behavior. The study of the individual, group, structure, and change and development in organizations. (Prereq: PSY 105) Major: Required for Business Management major and elective for Psychology major and three Co~nmunication majors (upper division) PSY 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical develop~nentof psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq: PSY 105 and one other PSY course) Major: Required for Psychology major (uppcr division) PSY 399 Internship Prior to the beginning of the trimester in which a student desires an internship, interested students should consult with the Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register for this course. (Prereq: PSY 105 and Junior class standing) Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division) PSY 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq: Three PSY courses and Junior class standing) Major: Elective for Psychology and Human Relations major (upper division) PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq: PSY 105 and four other PSY courses) Major: Required for Psychology major (upper division) REL 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major REL 215 Archaeology and the Bible Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Distribution: Religion Major: An elective for Religion major REL 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major REL 263 World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust of global hunger including the root causes, the inter-connectedness of other issues, the biblical mandate and the roles of justice, charity, oppression and liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for action and responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for social justice. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major REL 345 The Lutheran Heritage The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th Century and its development and cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. (Prereq: REL 111 or 221) Distribution: Religion REL 353 Denominations and Religious Groups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division) REL 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world; including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confbcianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major (upper division) REL 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major (upper division) REL 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division) REL 369 Religious Imagination in Modern Literature Particularities of religious discernment, symbolism and world view. Reading and discussion of nine works (novels, poetry, etc.). Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division) REL 445 The Bible, Language and Interpretation A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective for Religion major (upper division) REL 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old ~estamentperiod to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chataqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division) REL 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major (upper division) REL 483 Christian Ethics The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Distribution: Religion Major: Required for Religion major, REL 483 or PHI 380 required for Nursing major (upper division) REL 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, Vikta Frankl, Ernest Beclter, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Distribution: Religion Major: Elective in Religion major (upper division) REL 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in their junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. Major: Required for Religion major (upper division) SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. Distribution: Sociology/Psychology Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View A cross-cultural examination of the family as an institution interacting with other social institutions. Effects of position in the social structure are examined to explain diversity in families in terms of class, race, and gender. Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major and an elective in the Human 1Xelations major SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an opportunity for off-campus participant observation. Members of the class call expect evaluatio~lto be based on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies/ Minority Studies Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective supporting course in the Business Management major SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culhlru ex;mlineil in m~thrrlpology,TIie way we see and livc in tlic world. An ;lnalysis of basic assu~nptionsundorlyiiig tllc idens of t'narurc," "primitive," "civilized," and "pmp~rss."Tl~cpcrstrtl's rclation to culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq: SOC 121 or consent of instructor) Major: lcequired for Social Studies major, recom~nended elective in Business Management major (upper division) SOC 349 Complex Organizations There is little in contemporary American life that is not sornehow affected by organizations. This course sociologically exnr~iii~cs (both tllccl~.eticallyand rnrpirir3lly) ho\v org,~niz.~tions survive ns elititlcs and ~viiatl i l i is like L'nr iwoplr within r hosu organi~ations.Tlirmrgti lcchrrc, distiissio~l,gunt spuakcw, and participation w w rvill explore the topics of orgal~izatiol~al goals, technology, structure and process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance, gender issues, and orgallizatio~lalchange. (Prereq: SOC 121 or permission of instructor) Major: Recommended elective in Human Relations, Public Relations/Advertising, and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SOC 365 Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation Overview of commonly-used research methods in social science and their application to program evaluation. Consumer overview of organization, comparison and i~lterpretationof quantitative i~lformationas evidellced in statistical analysis. Designed for Social Work majors. Not to be taken by Sociology majors. (Prereq: Level I11 Math Place~nentTest) Major: Required in Social Work major SOC 375 Social Psychology An exa~ninationof the idea of "group," its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self' and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A loolc at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for- granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: SOC 121) Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major, elective supporting course for Business Management major (upper division) SPA 111 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Distribution: Foreign Language SPA 112 Beginning Spanish Continuation of SPA 111. Distribution: Foreign Language SPC 111 Public Speaking Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students have the opportunity to give several speeches and receive feedback about their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on such topics as developing self-confidence,speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening. Major: Required for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major SPC 222 Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art: major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Distribution: English/Speech SPC 224 Publication Design (See under ART 224.) SPC 329 Intercultural Communication This course will explore both the problems and potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols will be examined in this course. Major: Recommended supporting course in Human Relations major (upper division) SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under POL 342.) SPC 345 Organizational Communication An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizatio~lalsettings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings, and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication skills of both managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the literature on organizational communication and attempt to apply it to their own experiences in organizations. Major: Elective for three of the Communication majors (upper division) SPC 351 Argumentation Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. IZey objectives include increasing skill in a~lalyzingargumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding test for evidence and fallacies in reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity to enhance their skulls in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. (Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor) Major: Required for the Communication major (upper division) SPC 352 Persuasion Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to persuasion, cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals, empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects. (Prereq: SPC 111 or consent of instructor) Major: Required for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Marketing major (upper division) SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively. Major: Required for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division) SPC 355 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership and conflict management. This course combines lecture with practical experience to help the student become a more effective and productive member of a small, taskoriented group. (Prereq: SPC 354) Major: Required for Communication major, recommended for supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division) SPC 360 Interpretive Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Study, understanding and practice in reading prose, poetry and drama before small and large groups. Distribution: English/Speech (upper division) SPC 421 Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics (See under POL 421 .) SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotional Communication Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations. Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division) SWK 257 Exploring Human Services With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professionals, clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration: open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major SWK 260 Humans Developing This course provides the lcnowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. Open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary/Secondary Education major SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and diversity of professional and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq: Junior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups with a diversity b f professionals and client groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. (Prereq: SWK 361, Junior) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: SWIZ 361, Junior, concurrent with SWK 363) Major: Required in the Social Worlc major (upper division) SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class w o r l c ~ ~ n l a r ~ e mof e nsocial t group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches with focus on diversity of professionals and ciiknt populations. Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each weelc. (Prereq: 2.0 in SWK 363 and 364, candidacy status, concurrent with SWK 462) Major: Required in the Social Worlc major (upper division) SWK 462 Field Work I1 Progressively responsible supervised professional and social work experience including worlc with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per weelc, plus one supportive/ discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: concurrent with SWK 461, candidacy status) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 463 Community Development and Organization Locality developmen&d social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms of community organization and socid change; 2) understanding the theories, basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change; 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations; and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and tqhniques of organizing. Open to all students. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor) Distribution: Urban Concerns/ Women's Studies/ Minority Studies Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed firsthand through work with an elected public policy maker. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq: SWK 361, 463 and Senior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 466 Field Work I11 Continuation of SWK 462. Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment for work in field site. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK461,462,463) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 467 The Social Worker as a Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK 461,462,463) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 469 Field Work IV Continuation of SWK 466. Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment for work on field sites. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWIC 466, concurrent with SWK 467) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) Financial Information Admissions Requirements and Procedures Who May Apply Men or women who have: 1. Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2. Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. Admissions Process 1. Complete the application form and return it along with the application fee to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2. Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. 3. The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notif) students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student submit a personal statement or have a personal interview with a Weelzend College faculty/staff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. 4. Students who are transferring previous college worlz to the Weekend College program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the bachelor's degree. 5. Students who wish to apply for financial aid should refer to that section of thls bulletin. Transfer Credits From a Two-Year Community College Students with a Junior status equivalent to 18 or greater Augsburg courses will not be granted additional transfer credit toward graduation &om courseworlz talzen at a two - year community college. Financial Aid Company Tuition Assistance Program Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer f d lor partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment plan by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Grants and Scholarships Pell Grant This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from $250-2,300 per year. Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state residents who take one course at Augsburg. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on financial needs. Awards ranged from $100 to $3,867 for 1990-1991. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application, please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need. Loan Assistance Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5%and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $9,000, and $18,000 if graduate study is included. Stafford Student Loan (formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan) These loan hnds, which are based on need, are obtained drectly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8% (10%after the fourth year of repayment) on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum loan is $2,625 for the first two years and $4,000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250 and $54,750 for graduate students. Applications are available at the College and some banks. SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) -A federal loan program. Independent students may borrow up to $4,000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12%and accrues from the date borrowed; payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Students must apply for financial aid. SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) -A Minnesota State Loan Program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as an undergraduate with a $25,000 maximum for graduate students. ($1,000 minimum.) Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal and interest begin 12 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall, or the Weekend College Office). 3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. Tuition, Fees and Payment Schedule Below are descriptions of Augsburg College's tuition, fees and payment schedules. For the exact tuition and fees amounts, please refer to the insert covering the academic year of enrollment (or planned enrollment). Tuition Tuition is set on an annual basis payable in three equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Tuition is charged per trimester course to a maximum of four course credits per trimester. Courses with values of .5 or .25 are charged one half or one fourth of the per course tuition. Therefore a student registering for 2.5 course credits would be charged as follows: Per course tuition x 2.5 courses. Weekend College students may register for Day schedule courses on a space available basis. A student with a combination schedule (Day and Weekend) carrying 3.0 or more course credits will be charged hll time tuition for that trimester. Pees Fees are also set on an annual basis and are payable in the trimester in which they were incurred. Fees are charged according to the following: Application Fee Activity Fee Late Fee Lifetime Sports Nursing Clinical Fee Registration Change Student Teaching Fee Transcript Fee Payable once, non-rehndable Per trimester Charged per day, up to 5 working days, for late completion of registration Payable on course regis~ationor completion of Assessment of Previous Learning Payable upon course registration After first class meeting for a cancel/add/change grade option, or a combination at one time Per student teaching course, payable upon registration Per copy after the first, which is free Payment Schedule Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until a student's account is paid in fdl.This also applies to student loans administered by the College (i.e. Perkins Student Loan). They must be current according to established repayment schedules. Augsbwg offers the following payment options: 1) Trimester payments in l l l on day of registration. 2) Payment Plan - Upon application and after College approval, a 3-payment plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be approved only if previous plans have been adhered to. * 3) Company Reimbursement - F d courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 50 days fiom the end of the term. *A non-sufficient h n d check used for payment at registration will declare that registration invalid and could affect hrther credit extended by the College. Refund Schedule A per course tuition rehnd will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition rehnd.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100%(less a $75 Administrative Fee if withdrawing &om current term entirely) Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No rehnd after the third scheduled class meeting. The rehnd schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. All rehnds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash rehnd of any resulting credit balance is determined. Please d o w two weeks for a rehnd. Tuition Refund Policy If a student is forced to withdraw because of accident or illness, whether a physical or mental health problem, the rehnd may include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment. Requests for this additional rehnd must be made to the Petitions Committee and must be accompanied by a written report fiom the attending health professional stating the inability for, or inadvisability of, continued study. Students charged on a single-course fee basis who have completed payment of assessed tuition may choose between this partial tuition rehnd or a tuition-fiee course retake credit. A retake credit may be used only to repeat the same course from which the student withdrew. This choice between rehnd and tuition-fiee retake credit must be made at the time of the request to the Petitions Committee, and the choice of monetary refind or retake credit may not be changed subsequently. Students should be aware that their choice of rehnd or retake credit may adversely affect their financial aid eligibility and that they bear hll responsibilityfor the effects of their choices. Retake credits must be used within one academic year or the next time the course is offered if that is longer than one year. oat Aqgsbuvg College - History I I I I I I Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are the Riverside Medcal Center, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 10 of the 15 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music Hall and Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Accessibility We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-mn program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with dsabilities. Church M i a t i o n Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran, 15 percent other Protestant and 15 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. mpzts Gztide Augsburg College 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall (S) Old Main (OM) West Hall Mortensen Tower Urness Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Ofiedal Memorial Hall Music Hall (M) 2222 Murphy Place (MP) Melby Hall (MH) Ice Arena Stage I1 Theatre Center for Global Education Scandinavian Center Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication (F) 18. 19. 20. 2 1. Youth and Family Institute Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center Tutor House American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Admissions Parking Student Parking Visitor Parking The Quad Faculty/Staff Parking Murphy Square Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts Resident Parking Only I. J Accessible Entrance
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1992
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Starting April 22 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course scheduled must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is non-refundable except when a...
Show more Starting April 22 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course scheduled must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled. When this happens, you may elect to receive a deposit refund or substitute another course. To avoid disappointment in course selection, schedule as soon as you can. Many courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term. Students must confirm registration in person at the Business Office or they will be dropped from the course. Term I Summer School students are required to finalize their registrations on May 26 or 27. Term I1 registrations must be finalized on June 22 or 23. This procedure applies to all courses, including internships and independent studies. Finalizing registration will take place at the Business Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 26 and 27, and June 22 and 23. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is finalized. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous term/s must be paid in full before you can finalize registration. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on May 28. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 24. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To change your registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $50.00 for changing a registration after the second day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on May 28 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 24 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." Summer 1992 Term I Term I1 Beginning of scheduling Registration (must be confirmed in person at the Business Office) April 22 May 26-27 April 22 June 22-23 Classes begin Balance of tuition due May 26 May 26-27 June 22 June 22 May 28 May 28 May 28 June 24 June 24 June 24 None July 4 June 12 June 19 June 24 July 17 July 31 August 5 Last day to: *Change grading option *Drop class without notation *Register with late fee of $50 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) Holiday (Saturday) Last day to withdraw from class (W) Classes end Grades due in Registrar's office NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, a s amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. FEES The tuition charge for 1992 Summer School courses is as follows: $650.00 for full-credit courses, $350.00 for half-credit courses, and $175.00 for fourth-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition rates listed above. Tuition Refund Policy The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds: *Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 100%of the refundable portion of the fee. *Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 75% of the refundable portion of the fee. *Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% of the refundable portion of the fee. Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedule of refunds. Financial A i d Financial aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for Financial Aid for Summer School is April'l5,1992. You must have a complete file in the Financial Aid Office by April 15 in order to receive an award for Summer. Please pick up a Summer School Financial Aid Application from the Financial Aid Officer or from the Summer School Office. 1 , . Admissions House 2, George Sverdrup Library 3 , . Science Hall . Mortensen Tower , Urness Tower Christensen Center 22: A. Partnership Center for Global Education Admissions Parking 35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left of Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. Campus Location 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25t Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue Sc " 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1 35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. II 1'' I Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful - and broadening experience. Augsburgin the Summer Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships and independent studies. Term I runs from - June 19, Term I1 runs from June ~ay-26 22 - July 31. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. Summer students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution and perspective requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. I 7 F l Course levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Courses regularly taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the S u m 1 1 . School ~~ Office. Independent study and internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students who need housing may obtain information from the Director of Residence Life. The College Reserves the Right to cancel listed courses ,d kformation and Forms Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCOOL OFFICE Murphy Place 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free 1-8001788-5678 Elizabeth Bruch, Director Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those m. wishing to begin a degree program at the College should apply for admission though the Office of Admissions. 1 1 4 ART ART 107-8100 DRAWING Bollman Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors, exteriors, experimental work. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics. M,T, W,Th OM 17 6:OO-9:00 p.m. ART 352-8101 WOMEN AND ART Anderson A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the work of Native American women. Dist.: Art/Music, Minority Studies; Persp.: None M,T, W,Tli Foss 43 1:00-4:OO p.111. BUSINESS AUMIKISTRATIC HUS 175-8102 COMl'Uf ERS FOR BUSINESS, ECONOMICS AND MIS Schwalbe An introduction to microcompu ter-based information systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical functions) dBase I I I t and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). (Prereq.: MPG I1 or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course) Dist.: None; Persp.: None M,T, W,TIi Foss 20 6:OO-9:OO p.m. BUS 221-8103 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Stoller Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accou~itingcycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: None; Persp.: None 8:30-10:50 a.rrl. M,T, W,Th OM 10 BUS 242-8104 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: None; Persp.: None M,T, W,Th OM11 6:OO-9:OO p.~tl. - . I I 5 - I w I BUS 322-8105 ACCOUNTING THEORY ANDPRACTICEI Kader An analysis of financid accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and EC0 113) M,T, W,Th MII.7?( 6:OO-9:00 p.m. BUS 331-8106 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT LaFave Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long an short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222, ECO 113) Dist.: None; Persp.: None M,T, W,Th,F OM 11 8:30-10:50 n.111. ECO 110-8107 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problclns facing a nlctro-urban environment. By ~ndepcndcntstudy. Dist : Urban Collccrns; Pcrsp : None AI ~.nrl~ed ECO 112-8108 PRINCIPLES OF MACRO ECONOMICS Gupta Introduction to macro-economics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/ Polttical Science; Pcrsp.: Western Heritagc 6:00-9:00 p.l!r M,T, W,TIi,F M 24 EDU 264-8109 ORIENTATION TO EDUCATION IN AN URBAN SETTING Germundsen Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession Dist.: Yes, when combined with EDE 363 or ED5 352 (1 12 course); Persp : Thc City 6:OU-9:00 p.rrr M,W 1. 1 EDS 282-8110 INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION Metcalf Introduction to the field of special education Examines the nature, causes, and educational intcrventiol~sfor such exceptionalitics as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and gtftcdness. Dist.: Nonc 1:OiJ-4:00 p.111. M,T, W,TII OM 13 EDU 341-8111 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Hackney Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the ~ l s of c instructional technology. Selection, prcparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for tcaching/leaming situation Computer training will be included in this course Dist.: None; Pcrsp.: None 9:30-11:50 n ! I ! . T,T11 I-.~JSS 175 , EDE 382-8112 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS Drelow Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Dist.: None (112 course); Pcrsp.. None 6:00-9:00 p.trl T,TII 1. 4 EDU 388-8113 HUMAN RELATIONS Mueller Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations Open to all. Required for all Elementary and Secortdary Education majors. Dist : Nonc. (112 course) 5:30-8:30 p.111. M,W OM 13 ENG 225-8114 INTERMEDIATE EXPOSITORY WRITING Schmit The dcvclopment of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes. Particular attmtion will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format. (Prcreq.: ENG 111) G:O0-9:fJO p.r!r. M,T, W,TII SC1212 ENG 245-8115 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Miskowiec 111 this course studcnts arc initiated into the for~nalstudy of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate morc fully the plcas~~rcs of 1iterature.Thc course alms to expand students' cxposurc to literature and thcrcforc draws on works from several periods, from different cultures and races, f m ~ nmale and fcmalc writers. As the prerequisite for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature. Dist.: ILitcrature; Pcrsp.: Aesthetics 9:30-11:50 n.111. M,7', W,TII,F OM 18 GER 111-8116 BEGINNING GERMAN 1 Quanbeck Classroqm practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for studcnts with no previous background in German. Dist.: Foreign Language; Persp.: Intcrculh~ralAwarc~,essI1 8:30-10:50 ~ . I I I . M,T, W,Tlr,F OM 27 SPA 111-8117 Kiugsley BEGINNING SPANISH 1 (Section 1) SPA 111-8118 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elelnc~itary Spanish. Introduction to cul turc of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.:.Foreign Language; Persp.: Intercultural A w a r c ~ l c s I1 s 8:30-20:50 n.lrr. M,T,W,Tlr,F (Ssctiorr 1) 5:30-7350 p.rlr. M,T, W,TIi,F fS~.ctiorr11) OM 25 H P E 320-8119 S C H O O L HEALTH C U R R I C U L U M Murphy Techniques for developing a course of s t u d y based u p o n g r o w t h a n d development for g r a d e s K-12. Special w o r k units in nulrition and diseases. (Prcreq: All courses in t h e major sequence numbered in the 100 and 200 series a n d consent of instructor) 5:30-9:30 p , ~ ! , W O M 22 HIS 348-8120 RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET Kimball UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY Tlic coursc offers an introductory historical survey of Llic Sovict Union. It begins with a brief examination of Russian history before turning to the Russiaii Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and Lenin's consolidation of power. Idatcr topics include: tlic rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejcctio~iof Stalinisin culminating in an examination of recent cvciits since L11c emergence of Gorbacliev. The coursc will emphasizc political, diplomatic, cconomic and cultural liistory by focusing on Sovict political practices and institutions 9:30-11:50 0 M,T, W,T/I,F 111 O M 23 INS 1991399-8121 INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in wliich a student designs a learning agreement (witli a faculty member) which links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City PHI 110-8124 INTRODUCTION T O PHILOSOPHY Apolloni This course provides tlic student with some experience in examining ideas and thereby sliarpcniiig the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. Dist.: I-listory/Philosopl~y; Pcrsp.: I-[unian Identity 8:30-10:50 n.111. M,T, W,TII,F SCl712 PHYSICS PHY 101-8125 ASTRONOMY Stenstrom A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In addition the coursc traces the development of scientific t h o ~ ~ g lfrom l t early civilizatioli to the present day, The necessary optical instrun~eiitsarc cxplai~lcdand use is made of 12-inch reflecting telescope, an eight-incli Cclcstron and a tlircc-inch Qucstar. Night vicwiilg and laboratory sessions are important components of the coursc. (Three one-hour lccturcs) (Prcrcq: Matliematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: MatIi/Physics; Pcrsp.: Natural World I1 5:30-8:30 / ~ . r i r . M , T , W,TIi SC1205 Arrnnged INS 225-8122 INTRODUCTION T O ISLAM Kader This coursc is designed by a practicing Muslim Lo present his perception of Islam to non-M~~slims. Thc coursc will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of lifc. Tlierc will also be a consideration of the differences between tlic Islamic sects (Sunnis, Slii'its, Sufis, etc.); some effort to deal witli the similarities and differences bctwccii Islam and both Christianity and Judaism; and a visit to one of the mosques in tlic T w'~ n Cities. Dist.: Mii~ority-UrbanStudie? R:30-10:50 f l . r r r . MATHEMATIC M , T , W,Tlr,F - MATH O F INTEREST Foss Have you ever wondered why women liave been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women liave paid less than men for life insurance? Or how lifc pay~neiitsare figured out? Or liow muc11 money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Tlicn this coursc may bc meant for you. These and otlicr interesting and useful topics in the ~iiatlicmaticsof financial transactions will be covered. This coursc should be uscf~ilfor students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in finance-related fields. Math Placement Group I11 Dist : MatIi/Physics M,T, W,UI POL 342-8126 SPC 342-8127 MASS COMMUrJICATIONS IN SOCIETY Rueter Effects of mass cominunications on iildividual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming Dist.: Urban Concerns 5:30-8:30 u.111 M,T,W,Th,F MP 3 PSYCHOLOGY M H 323 MAT 173-8123 12:OO-3:00 p.111. POLITICAL SCIENCE SC1772 PSY 325-8128 SOCIAL BEHAVIOR Attridge Social factors wliicli influei~ccindividual and group behavior in naturalistic and cxperimcntal settings, Topics include: cooperation, competition, affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102 or 1 0 ) 1:OO-4:00p.111 M,7', W,Tlr,F O M 16 RELIGION REL 472-8129 THEOLOGY O F PAUL Quanbeck A study of the Apostle Paul including his liistorical background, his relationship to the early cliurcli and some of the tl~eincsfound in his writings. Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 8:30-10:50 fl.111. M,T, W,Tlr,F SC1273 REL 483-8130 CHRISTIAN ETHICS Olson The bases of Cliristian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Uist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2, 3 M,T, W,TIi OM 78 SOC 1991399-8131 INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning cxpcriencc in wliicli a student designs a leariiiiig agrccmcnt (with a faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and methods of sociology to tlie opportunities found in tlie placcinciit. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City Arrnrrgccl SOC 265-8132 CULTURE, ETHNICITY, GENDER AND RACE Gerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (l'/N grading only) Dist.: Minority Studies; I'crsp.: lntcrcultural Awareness 1 6:OO-9:OO ~ I . I I I . M,T, W,TII,F MP 4 SOC 375-8133 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY Gerasimo An examination of the idea of "group," its .elationship to individual behavior and society. An 111alysisof the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in ~~iidcrstailding interpersonal relations and h u ~ n a nbehavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at tlic major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life-a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issucs in tlic course. (Prcrccl.: 121, junior or senior students 011ly) 8:30-11:OO o.111 M,T, W,Tlr OM 29 - - COMMUNICATI~GTI~ SPEECH, THEATRE ARTS SPC 347-8134 DOCUMENTARY VIDEO Bart A video production coursc wliicli intcgra tcs lccture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing will1 non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production tcams, gainiilg cxpcricncc in field production and editing. 9:30-11:50 ~ . I I I . M,T, W,TIi,F Fuss 170 SPC 351-8135 ARGUMENTATION Hayes Application of standards for sound cvidencc and reasoning in public speaking, discussion and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in analyzing argumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in reasoning and learning to apply pri~lciplcsof argu~neiltationto contemporary public issucs. Students have tlic opportunity to enhance their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and critique argi~~nciits they encounter in their daily lives 12:00-3:00 )J.III. M,T, W,Tlr,F O M 10 SPC 352-8136 PERSUASION Lapakko Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and bcliavior. Tlie course deals with a broad range of topics, iiicluding obstacles to persuasion; the usc of logical and psycl~ological appeals; empirical rcscarcli in pcrsuasion; how pcrsuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movemcnts and campaigns; the impact of tlie mass media on persuasion, and ethical issues related to pcrsi~asion.Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects. 9:30-11:50 0.111, M,T, W,TIi,F M 22 . JUNE 22 ART 132-8200 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ART 132-8201 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and white photographic processes. Need access to a 35mm camera. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $150.00-$175.00. (Class size limited.) M,W (Section I) 1:30-5:00 p.m. 5:30-9:00 p.m. M,W (Section 11) BUSINESS MIS 175-8202 COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS, ECON AND MIS Schwalbe An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MSDOS, Lotus 123 (graphics, database and logical functions) dBase IIIt and Minitab. May study other applications (Microsoft Works, Word Perfect). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course). M,W Foss 20 5:30-9:00 p.m. BUS 222-8203 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 Solnick Introduction to business activities, accountina for corporations. Basic concepts and fundament& of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221) Dist.: None 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F OM 10 BUS 323-8204 ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE 11 Kader A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial sta tements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.: BUS 322) M, W MH 323 6:OO-9:30 p.m. BUS 340-8205 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito Personnel functions in business, acauisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective intearation of the worker with the goals o'f the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242) M,W OM 10 6:00-9:00 p.m. BUS 440-8206 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Cerrito Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) T,Th OM I1 6:OO-9:00 p.m. ECO 110-8207 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study only. Dist.: Urban Concerns Arrat~ged ECO 113-8208 PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS Sabella Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World M,W Foss 43 6:OO-9:30 p.m. ECO 315-8209 MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I) Gupta ECO 315-8210 MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: Eco 112,113) Dist.: None 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M, W (Section I) 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th (Section 11) Foss 42 INDIVIDUAL LEARNER Metcalf, A class for Elementarv and Secondarv students designed to address the educational needs of ;diverse studen? body. Includes strategies for teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk. Students are encouraged to take introduction to Special Education (282) prior to . registering for this course. 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,T, W,Th EDE 375-8212 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Graves Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lab arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Dist.: None. (1/ 2 course) 1:301:30 p Dntes: J I I I I23,24,25,30, ~ L1 J~rly1,2,7,8,9,10 EDU 377-8213 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SCIENCE Stangl Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the cindergarten and elementary level. (114 course) 10:OO-12 p.tn. M,W Dntes: J~rly6,8,13,15,20,22 OM 4 EDE 386-8214 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURR1CULUM:CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: None. (1/2 course) L4 5:30-9:00 p.m. T EDE 387-8215 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM LANGUAGE ARTS Therres Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: EDE 255 or EDS 265) (1/2 course) 11:30-1:30 p.tn. Dotes: 1u11e23,24,25,30 OM 11 July 1,2,7,8,9,10 EDE 388-8216 HUMAN RELATIONS Clemmons Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Required for all Elementary and Secondary Education majors. Open to all. Dist.: None. (1/2 course) OM 18 10:05-12:lO p.ti~. M, W Miskowiec Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. The minimum passing grade for this course 2.0. Dist.: Writing-entry level skill 10:05-11:30 ~ . I I I . M,T, W,TIi,F OM 13 ENG 2401342-8218 THE SHORT STORYELEMENTS OF FICTION Swanson In this course, students will read a variety of fictional works and learn to better understand fiction by writing their own story. The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of tlie basic critical terminology. Students are expected to read the assigned stories and novel, participate in class discussions, write an analysis paper on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Students taking this course for upper division credit will write an additional critical analysis essay and will read an additional novel and prepare a substantial paper/class presentation on it. All students will be asked to contribute $5 to enable printing and distribution of selected original fiction from class. (Prereq.: Completion of Effective Writing) Dist.: English/Speech; Persp.: Aesthetics T,Th OM 13 6:OO-9:30 p.111. ENG 241-8219 INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both features length and short films illustrating the international development of film form and selected aesthetic movements such as the American Studio Film and its Genres, German Expressionism, Soviet Montage, Italian Neorealism and the French New Wave. Dist.: None: Persp.: Aesthetics 6:00-9:30 p.111. T,TIi OM 27 ENG 282-8220 TOPICS: LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION Miskowiec Examining the political, religious, and geographical factors behind the literature of "magic realism," we will read short stories and novels by authors such as Carpentier, Fuentes, Garcia Marquez and Allende. We will also compare the written text with contemporary Latin American painting and sculpture. OM 13 11:40-1:25 p.m. M,T, W,Th ENG 282-8221 TOPICS: THE HEROIC JOURNEY Griffin This course will study archetypal patterns of tlie heroic journey, as well as specific examples of such journeys. It will emphasize the ideas of Joseph Campbell, but will also consider other interpretations of heroic journeys. Since Western civilization usually assumes that the hero is a man, usually a white man belonging to a warrior class, we will analyze the heroic warrior myth both as it is depicted in ancient and medieval epics and myths, but also as it appears in contemporary American popular narratives. But the heroic journey is a human journey, and thus the course will also emphasize the heroic journeys of women and men who may be neither white nor warriors as they are depicted in folktales and novels. Dist.: En~lish/Sueech GER 112-8222 BEGINNING GERMAN 11 Quanbeck Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Foreign Language; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I11 M,T, W,TIi OM 27 8:lO-955 I 1 1 SPA 112-8223 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I) Kingsley SPA 112-8224 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Iiitroduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Foreign Language; Persp.: I~~tercultural Awareness 111 M,T, W,TIi (Sectio~i1) M,T, W,TIi (Sectioii JJ) PHI 175-8228 PHILOSOPHY OF LOVE AND SEX Appolloni What is the nature of romantic love, sexual desire and friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? We will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? (b) Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c) Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversion? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Dist.: History/Pliilosophy; Persp.: Human Identity M,W 6:OO-9:30 prrr. HPE 410-822ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320) Arrnrlged PHY 106-8229 INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY Jasperson A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphere. The course is designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Laboratory exercises are included as an integral part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution/general education requirement for the liberal arts student. (Five 1 1/2 hour lectures) (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: Math/Physics; Persp.: Natural World I or I1 M,T, W,TIi,F SCJ 205 10:05-11:30 n.1i1. HISTORY POLITICAL SCIENCl /- HIS115-8226 MODERN MIDDLE EAST Zehnder This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from the rise of nationalism and the decline of the Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th Century to the current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how the Middle East reached its contemporary complexity, its role in the wider world. T,Th OM 13 6:OO-9:00 p.m. TERDISCIPLI INS 199/32;7?~ INTERNS P... -.Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member) which links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City Arrnnged POL 121-8230 AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS Rueter The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas, the pattern of participation, the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policy making, and current issues in American society. Dist: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World I 6:OO-9:30 ~ . I I I . M ,W OM 23 POL 475-8231 THE LEGAL PROCESS Fishman The course seeks to provide the undergraduate student with an introductory understanding of the functioning of our legal system. As such, it will explore: the law's interdependence with the social environment; the law's social junctions; the social and moral limits of the law; and, the law as a system, describing the aspects and problems of each of the law's agencies (courts, legislative, administrative, and executive agencies). Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: None T,TIi Foss 2 l A 5:30-9:30 y.rrr. POL 499-8232 INDEPENDENT STUDY Noonan Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Arrniigtd PSY 362-8233 BEHAVIORAL DISORDERS Leitschuh An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: PSY 105) Dist.: None; Persp.: None 8:30-10:OO 17.111. M,T, W,TII,F Foss 42 PSY 373-8234 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Leitschuh Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq.:PSY 105) Persp: None M,T, W,TII,F OM 23 10:05-11:30n.m. RELIGION REL 440-8235 VARIETIES OF CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY Holt A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-Step Spirituality, Feminist, Ecological, and NonWestern Christian Spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spiritualities, especially prayer and meditation. (Prereq.: REL 111 or 221) Dist: Religion; Persp.: None 6:OO-9:30 p.rrr. T,Th OM 18 REL 441-8236 Holt & Stratton FEMINISM AND CHRISTIANITY This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible, and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor. "Minorities and men are especially urged to enroll." Dist.: Religion or Women's Studies; Persp.: Christian Faith I, 11, or 111 6:OO-9:30 p.111. M,W M 22 SOCIOL SWK 257-8239 EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH & SOCIAL SERVICES IN THE 901S, US-UK COMPARISONS Link This course identifies different approaches to family health and social services in both theory and practice in the USA and UK. Through inter-disciplinary dialogue and a blend of classroom and field encounters, strategies for preventive, community-based service are analyzed and evaluated. A unique feature of this course is the opportunity to prepare with an intensive first week's orientation in the USA and to work with British professionals and students in family health and social services and debrief with USA- based faculty. All students will have a personal British tutor in addition to group leaders, to help focus on their particular interest and to facilitate connections with resources needed to achieve their objectives. Dist.: None; Persp.: The City Arrnrlgcd OM 25 SPEECH, COT THEATRE AI SPC 24-8240, INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION Lapakko This course explores both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western and non-Western cultural rules, values, assumptions and stereotypes and how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general theoretical understanding of the dynamics of crosscultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how these principles relate to particular cultural groups. Dist.: None; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness M,W Foss 21 B 6:OO-9:30 p.nr. SPC 414-8241 INS 414-8242 FEMINIST RHETORIC Nilsson The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical perspective on American feminism, and 2) to develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.: Women's Studies; Persp.: None T,TII 530-9:00 p.m. INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member) which links the ideas a n d methods of sociology to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: The City Arranged SOC 356-8238 ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to correctional institutions and the government offices. Dist.: None 1:30-5:00 p.rrr. T,TIi OM 23 Augsburg, College Summer Schoo I Non-Profit Org. U.S. Postage PAID Minneapolis, MN Permit No. 2031 L I
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1993
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: ...................................................................... 2 ..........................................................................3 ..........................................................4 .....................................................4 ............ .................
Show more ...................................................................... 2 ..........................................................................3 ..........................................................4 .....................................................4 ............ ................................................................5 ................................................................-6 ................................................................39 .................................................................40 lntroductlon Calendar About Thls Catalog optlons . . . . . . Vlsltlng Students lnterlm Courses UMAlE Courses Other Courses Augsburg Ufetlme Sports ...............................................42 Contents Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/ No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title D( of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973,as amended, in its admissions policies, educa tional programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) - Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025; Interim Director, Dr. Diane Pike, 3301025. October 26 - October 30 ............................Interim Registration November 30 ...................................Late Interim Registration t Day of Interim January 4 ............................................. Class 1990 a.m. (first day only) Class I1 1:00p.m. Last Day for CancellAdd January 5 . Last Day for Determining Grading System ........... January 15 with Registrar January 15 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses A Ends January 27 .................... February 1................... S P M Semester Begins February 5 .............................................. Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class.The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 590 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be o b d at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday,January 18, at 1:OOp.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. I The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for InternationalEducation(UMAlE).Thesecourse opportunitiesare listed near the end of this catalog. Internships: Deadline: Friday, December 11.January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmentalrequirements and present a signed internshiplearning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 11).The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim.Studentschoosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the Introduction I direded/independent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 30. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools -Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretarywill help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during theInterim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the religion requirement. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $825 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing feeof $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. I Introduction 1 Alt 247-A lnstructoc Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings. The poses will extend from 3minutes toan hour.You willbe introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils, and the felt tip pen. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $35 to be paid on the first day of class. Dlstrlbution:Alt/Muslc General Educatlon Perspectlve:Aesthetics Maxlmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Old Maln 17 610 102-A lnst~ctocErwln Mlckelberg A discussion of the many contributions and impacts made by plants in almost every area of society. Historically, plants have influenced explorationof the planet, militarycampaigns,health care, religious beliefs, crime, and many other areas. We will look at everything from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and the influence of plant life on each occurrence. Two multiple choice examinations will be the evaluative instruments. Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chernbtry General Educatlon Perspectlve: Natural World I or 2 Madmum Enrollment: 30 lime: 1 I Room: Sclence 205 BIO 105-A Instructor Esther McLaughlln This class will develop an increased understanding of the current environmental and health implications of such topics as nuclear power (fission and fusion), genetic engineering, waste disposal, biological warfare, carcinogens, agricultural fertilizers, and pesticides. Additional topics of class interest may also be discussed. Three written examinations, of equal point value, will be required. A four to six page referenced research paper on a p r e approved topic may be substituted for one examination. The papers will be evaluated on style and content, reflecting a thorough understanding of the subject. Photocopy fee of $10. Dlstrlbutlon: Blology/Chemlstry or Urban/Women/ Mlnorlty General Educatlon Perspective: Natural World-2 Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: I Room: Sclence 2 13 BUS 22GA Instructor: Stuart Sfoller Extensive use of the board game Monopoly to introduce nonbusiness students to the fundamentals of accounting and finance. The game is somewhat modified, requiring students to record Monopoly transactions on double entry accounting ledgers. Financial statements must be prepared to obtain money from the banker, and a banking committee must r e view these financial statements to approve all loans. The outcomes of this course will provide non-business majors with the basics to: record business transactions, understand and use financial statements and communicate effectively with financial institutions. Evaluation by quizzes, assignments to be handed in, and a final. Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 10 BUS 30 1-A Instructor Mllo Schleld An analysisof ethical arguments which uphold the morality of a market-based economy. The course has three components: a review of critical thinking (with emphasis on ethical concepts), an indepth review of two author's arguments, and a review of market failures, their causes and their remedies. Students will complete worksheets on critical thinking, prepare written analysis of each authors' arguments, take three quizzes, prepare a final report, and take a final comprehensive exam. Since class participation is necessary to demonstrate verbal fluency with this subject, attendance is a factor in grading. Students will not be judged on their individual beliefs or ideologies. Students will be judged on how well they can analyze, defend, and attack the arguments. Prerequlsltes: One course In ethlcs or upper class status or Instructor's permlsslon General Educatlon Perspectlve: Crltlcal ThlnklngSklll Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln 23 BUS 368-A Instructor Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be em- ployed, involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20 minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a midterm and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequlsltes: BUS 242 or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:20 Time: I Room: Muslc 22 INTRODUCTION TO COBOL CSC 27 1-A Instructoc Noel Petlt A study of the COBOL programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequlslte: One course wlth a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170) Madmum Enrollment:20 rime: I Room: Foss 42 Computer Science ECO 112-A lnstructoc Jeanne Boeh An introduction to macroeconomics, national income analy- sis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade and economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Science General Education Perspectlve: Maximum Enrollment:25 rime: I Room: Fos 43 ECO 1 13-A lnstructoc Ed Sabella An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the house- hold, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dlstrlbutlon: Economlcs/Polltlcal Sclence General Educatlon Perspectlve: Soclal Wodd Maximum Enrollment: 25 77me: 1 I Room: Old Maln 29 ECO 495-A Instructoc Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp Students will critically review the failures and successes of the Soviet Planned Economy from 1917-1985. The main focus of the coursewillbe Perestroika-restruduringtheSoviet economy - and evaluating Gorbacheds economic program in terms of economic growth, income distribution, consumer welfare, technological performance, military power and environmental quality. The historic events of August 1991and their impact on the future of the Soviet Union will be discussed in an interdisciplinary manner. Method of evaluatlon: Actlve class parflclpatlon; flnal take-home research essay. Prerequlslte: ECO 1 12 or consent of Instructor Madrnum Enrollment: 15 Tlme:I Room: Foss 43 EDE 375A Instructor: Bruce Drewlow This class prepares students for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. The course will stress issues associated with adult/child relationships, curriculum design and development, classroom organization, research plans, and developmental instruction practices. Fieldwork is a key component of this course. Guest speakerswill be included to share their unique experiences and perspectives. Grades wlll be based on projects, dlscusslon, and examlnatlon. Thk; Is a one-half credlt course. Madmum Enrollment:20 nme: I Room: Ubrary 1 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rlch Germundsen This seminar style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Madmum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Ubrary 12 EDU 388-A lnstructoc M.I.K. (Mlke) Mueller This course is the study of prejudice, discrimination, and oppression as it affects persons of color, the handicapped, limited English speakers, and females. Topics include racism, sexism, homophobia, and economic issues.Emphasis is placed on preparing potential (or practicing) teachers for classrooms which will include minority students, different religious backgrounds, the less abled and students at risk. Students will be expected to summarize readings, view appropriate films, and complete a project. This coursesatisfies the Minnesota Human Relations requirement for teachers and social workers. This is a onehalf credit course. It is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequlslte:Passlng of PPST and admlttance to Education Dept. In process. Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I1 Room: Llbrary 1 ENG 2 19-A Instructor: John Schrnlt Language plays an important role in our socialization and acculturation. The way we speak tells others who we are and tells us who others are. Our speech is a reflection of our social and economical standing and our cultural background. For this reason we should expect women to speakdifferently from men. And yet somehow we do not. We should expect anyone from a different background to have differences of language. Even more importantly, we must understand these differences in order to make sure that we understand speakers from different language communities. This course will examine the dialects of various Englishspeaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech:their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. It will include lectures, student presentations, and student-led discussions. Besides presenting a topic, students will write a paper on the presentation topic and take a final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Urban/Women/ Mlnoriiy General Education Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 rime: 1 I Room: Old Maln 27 ENG 249-A Instructor: Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s, the '80s, and the '90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.)For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities.There will be moderate fees for the local productions. I Students keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (There may also be occasional quizzes.)A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, conclude the course. Prerequlslte:Engllsh I I I (Effectlve Wrltlng)Is strongly recommended. Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech General Education Perspective:Aesthetics Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme:1 I Room: Old Maln I8 ENG 282-A ENG 482-A Instructor: John Mltchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contempo- rary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War IIor mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonableinterpretationsof selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpretivepapers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the instructor. Prerequlsltes: lntro to Uterature - for students enrolling for upper dlvlslon credlt Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 21 English I ENG 282-8 Instructor Joan GrlftYn An introduction to the mythology, heroic literature, and poetry of fifth to fourteenth century Ireland and Wales, this course will also be an excursion into the Celtic culture that produced works like the Tain and Mabinogion, stories that influenced later Arthurian literature and modem fantasy. We will consider how Celtic literature preserves ancient IndoEuropean traditions and how those traditions were changed by the coming of Christianity. Finally, we will consider Celtic contributions to medieval civilization. Course grades will be based on participation in class discussion (and attendance), papers, and two exams. Dlstrlbutlon: Englkh/Speech Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Fos 42 THEATREINAND AROUND LONDON ENG 269-A InslTuctoc Ron Palosaad A study of live theatre in London. Students see at least ten performances and visit museums, galleries, historical sites, and other attractionsof London and s m u n d i n g areas including Stratford, Stonehenge, and Oxford. Evaluation will be based on attendance at required plays, participations in discussions, three short papers, and a short final exam. Cost includes travel, accomodations, breakfast daily, ten theatre performances and four group dinners. Dlstrlbutlon: Engllsh/Speech Madmum Enrollment: 30 FRE 243-A lnst~ctocRuth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What will we be reading? A bit of Rabelais and Montaigne, of Descartes and Pascal. We will explore the classical theater, the social critic Voltaire, and the 19th century novel. Twentieth century authors like Gide, Codeau, Sartre, and St. Exupery will reveal concerns of life that supersedenational boundaries. We will sample one piece of francophoneliterature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Westem culture. At mid-point each student will choose another short work for personal study and presentation for the class. Evaluation of your work will be based upon your active participation in class, your timely reading and discussion preparations, four quizzes, your independent study project, and an endaf-the course discussion of the papers. This literature course is intended to help you in further reading, critical thinking, and communication about literature. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore standlng orpemlsslon of lnst~ctor Dlstrlbutlon: Uterature Madmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Old Maln 27 GER 2 B A lnst~ctocDon Stelnmelz What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Rool"), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They were written in Yiddish. How did expressionslike "chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. w77y 7'1 ~7ySl i t c 013 Grades wlll be based on performance and at least two tests. Prerequlsltes: One year of college German or pemlsslon of lnst~ctor Madmum Enrollment: 15 nme: I Room: Foss 2 1B HPE 232-A Instructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Tlme: I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 HPE 475A Instructor:Ed Saugestad The purpose of this class is to equip students with theskillsand knowledge needed to assist in the prevention and caring for trauma associated with physical activity. Content includes: the identification and care of common injuries related to various sports, procedures for preventing injuries, taping and wrap ping, therapeutic measures, medical resources and legal considerations. Ledure, discussion, demonstration, and A-V r e sources are utilized. Students will practice various training techniques. Evaluation includes both written and practical skill examinations. Small fee for taping materials. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequlslte:BIO 103 Madmum Enrollment:20 Time:I Tuesdays,Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby 1 1 1 HPE 477-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Time:I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby l l l HPE 483-A lnstructoc Marllyn Florian This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade will be based on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on tests. Thls Is a one-half credlt course. Time:1 I Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby l l l neurrn urla rnysrcur taucurrorl UPâ¬48 I-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball.Therewillbe practicalscperienceonthe floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the MinnesotaHigh SchoolAssociation. Gradeevaluationwill be b a d upon tests, papers prepared and perbrmance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit course. rime: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 UPâ¬47CFA Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: proce dures in umpire certification, rules of slow pitch softball (Federation), rules of fast pitch softball (Federation), the m e chanics of pmper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences. There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of umpiring softball. Thk Is a one-half credlt course. Madmum Enrollment:20 Time: I Tuesday, Thursdays,and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 UPE 487-A lnstructoc Jeff Swenson The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary, junior high, high school or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of program will be covered. This is a one-half credit course. Time:1 I Tuesdays, Thursdays, and alternate Frldays Room: Melby 203 HIS 22GA HIS 32GA Instructoc Khln Khln Jensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United Statesin themid-19th centuryand turn of the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will r e ceive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S.immigration laws in the postWorld War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the mle of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Upper division students will be required to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. Prerequlsltes: None for lower level; more requirements for upper level. History Dlstrlbuiion:Hlstory/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I Room: Old Maln 13 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: A HISTORY OF HIS 33 I-A lnstructoc Chris Mmball Thepoet Walt Whitmanoncecalledbaseball"Americalsgame." In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball has occupied a pmminent (and permanent) place in American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion and race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship between the United States and its national pastime. Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country. Some of these include: pmfessionalization and its impact on amateur baseball, the mle of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this region. Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisites: One (I) hktory course or consent of Instructor Dlstrlbutlon: Hlsto~y/Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment: 30 lime: I Room: Old Maln 29 I History INS 12GA lnstructoc Ann neener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.Studentswill read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars and evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Method of evaluation will include interviews with students and observation of students participating in seminars, reflective writing related to seminar content, and seminar participation. Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: 1 Room: Sclence 3 19 INS 210A lnstructoc Wlllam D. Green This course introduces college students to the experiences of first year law students. We will examine the nature of American jurisprudence and legal theories that law students study in their first year, discuss the academic and emotional pressures that first year students typically face, and explore ways to cope with these pressures. Madmum Enrollment: 15 lime: I Room: Muslc 23 Interdisciplinary INS 225A I n s ~ c t o rAmln : Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari'ah), Islamic economicand political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similaritiesand differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty/Urban Studles Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time:1 I Room: Foa 20 INS 245-A lnstructoc Dlane Budco Women assume multiple roles within the work and family domains in contemporary society; for example, the roles of executive, wife, and mother. Each role has related expectations for behavior, presents an opportunity for personal growth and also exerts pressure. When the roles are considered jointly, they may competefor time and energy and require conflicting types of behavior. The subject of this course is the interaction of the work and family roles of women. To investigate this topic, students will read several books related to women's roles in the work and family domains. The assessment of this component of the course is based on written responses to questions assigned for small group discussion. A second component of the course is a group project on the work and family roles of women. The assessment of this project is based on the group's presentation of their work to the class. Examples of past student projects include an historical overview of the work and family roles of women, an overview of the possible choices for the combination of the work and family roles over the life course, a summary of issues related to the work-role, a summary of issues related to the family-role, a survey of the work and family issues most important to women in different age brackets, and an indepth case study of the lives of three women. Dlstrlbutlon: Women/ Mlnorlty /Urban Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Maln 10 INS 275A Instructor: Bruce Relchenbach The conquering Spaniards discovered in the Americas highly developed and intricately structured cultures. We will study three of these ancient cultures from the viewpoint of the anthropological archaeologist, analyzing their history, religion, government military codes, agriculturaltechniques, and daily life. The course will be taught with lectures, slides, and student presentations. Evaluations will include objective tests and a paper. Madmum Enrollment: 30 Time: 11 Room: Music 22 Interdisciplinary MAT 173-A lnstructoc Ken Kamlnsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits thanmen? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participationand quizzes. This course should be usehl for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careers in financerelated fields. Prerequlslte:Math Placement Level 111 Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Madmum Enrollment:20 Vine: I1 Room: Old Maln 16 MAT 253-A Insfructor: Bev Durkee Our objectives are the explorationof this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. Mathematics The class will observe the pattern of self-similarity and consider the transformationsused to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of self-similarityregardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Studentswill be tested on themathematicsthrough a midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of thosevisuals and including a major creative project. Finally students will keep a journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequislte: Math Placement Group 111 or higher Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematics/Physlcs General Education Perspectives:Aesthetics Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: I Room: Science 1 12 MUS 204-A lnstructoc 0. Nlcholas Raths An introductionto the fundamentalsof music and musicology as they occw within the context of Rock's inception (1950s)and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paperexam and a group performance project. For Music non-music majors. Dlstrlbutlon:Art/Muslc Mcudmum Enrollment: 30 77me: I Room: Choral Room M-2 MUS 129 Instructors: Stephen Gabrlelsen l'Improvisationin Music" meets everyday for three hours, and each student will improvise daily at class meetings, using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles. Prerequlslte:Mlnlmal ablllty on a muslcal Instrument or the Instructor's pemlsslon. Madmum Enrollment:Permlsslon of Inslructor requlred to enroll 77me: I Room: Muslc 4 MUS 394-A Instructor Cynthla Lohman "How can I use my creativity when I sing?" "How can I stop feeling tense and inhibited when I perform?" "How can I reach my full potential as a singerlactor?" These are common questions voiced by performers. To answer these questions it is necessary to acknowledgethat performing is a holistic activity, involving mind, body, and spirit. Because all people possess a creative spirit which can directly empower their performing, this course focuses on exploring each participant's unique ability for selfsxpression. Through exercises, designed to acquaint them with their own performing power, students learn and practice the basic pro- cess of singing/ading, and apply it to the study and performance of scenes from opera and musical theatre. Students will participate in the course through study and re hearsal of the assigned literature, completion of reading and listening assignments, daily inclass experience of singinglacting exercises, and participation in a final paformance of all scenes. Prerequlsltes:Pennlsslon of prlvate volce Instructor, or audlllon. Dlstrlbution: Flne Arts Madmum Enrollment:20 Tlme: I Room: Muslc 10 (Cholr Room) NOR 1 I 1-A Instructor: Frankle Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, a midterm, and a final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages General Education Perspecthe: InterculturalAwareness Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 25 PHI 175A lnstructoc Davld Apollonl We will begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love, and look at some philosophers' definitions of it. We will try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends, liking that person, and desiring that person sexually. In the remainder of the course, we will consider the following ethical issues concerning sex: (a) Sex and morality -Is there such a thing as ethics for sex? Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? (b) Sex and marriage -Is the use of birth control moral? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? (c)The morality of alternative sexual preferences and lifestyles -Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and lesbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Dlstrlbutlon: Hlstory/Phllosophy General Educatlon Perspective: Human ldentlty Madmum Enrollment:30 Tlme: I Room: Old Maln 16 PHI 2 W A Instructor Mark Fuehrer This course aims to provide an analysisof the natureof human sleep and dreams and relate this analysis to states of waking consciousness. We shall read philosophical texts on these topics by Aristotle, Freud and Malcolm. Evaluation shall be by final examination and reports. Student discussion will also be a factor. Prerequlslte: 1 course In Phllosophy Madmum Enrollment: 15 Tlme: 1 Room: Old Maln 22 mrrosopny PHY 151-A lnstructoc Jeff E. Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheetsallow the student, who is not an expert in mathematics, to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Cotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projettile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areasother than physics. Grading willbebased on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequlslte: Math Level 111 Dlstrlbutlon: Mathematlcs/Physlcs Maximum Enrollment:20 7ime: I Room: Sclence 30 PHY 325A Instructor Stuart Anderson From the realm of subatomic particles to molecular clusters and beyond, the study and manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of what we know as modern high technology would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under these conditions. Experiments will exploit a variety of chambers, pumps and gauges as well as a quadruple mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences;only one-third of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequlsltes:PHY 121, 122,245 (or equh~~lent), MAT 124/ 125 (or 145/ 146),224 (or 245). Madmum Enrollment: 10 lime: 1 I Room: Sclence 30 POL 359-A Instructor: Maya G. Pankratova The former Soviet Union was, among other things, a huge experiment showing the possibilities and failuresof a totalitarian government to change at will people's traditions, values, and customs. Numerous peoples living in the territory of the former Soviet Union had differing beliefs and customs which influenced women's lives. In the early stages after the revolution, the Bolshevik authorities sought to destroy all the institutions supporting the old regime, including the family and religion. Accordingly, they encouraged women's independence and denied their family obligations. In a later stage, the policy was reversed and family values positively stressed. But, objective situations contradicted the policy in both cases. Students will be expected to read several books, plus some articles. There will be discussion and some written assignments. A final paper will be assigned. Prerequlsltes:Sophomore status; one course deallng wM FSU or number of Department Dlstrlbutlon: Polltical Sclence Madmum Enrollment:20 lime: 1 I Room: Muslc 24 PSY IOSA lnstructoc Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The field of psychology, including its major sub-areas is emphasized. Lectm, lab, and discussion. Evaluation by tests, lab reports, computer exercises, and class participation. Dlstrlbution: Psychology/Soclology Madmum Enrollment:20 nine: 1 I Room: Murphy Place I PSY 20 1 -A lnsfructoc VlctortaUhYeileld The methods of Psychology are used to study behavioral and socialinfluencesonhealth,includingtheinteractionof though ts, emotions, and biological systems. Consideration will be given to life styles, health system policies, stress management, and illness prevention and treatment. Prerequlslte: PSY 105 MaAmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:I Room: Old Maln 23 REL 343-A Instructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books will be required. Prerequlsltes:REL I I I or REL 22 1 or permlsslon of Instructor Dlstrlbuifon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be used to meet rellglon requlremenis) Madmum Enrollment:25 77me: I Room: Muslc 24 REL 345A lnstructoc Eugene Sklbbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16thcentury, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology including several monographs and the professor's lectures, together with reserve reading, will provide an overview. Ledure and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequlsltes REL I I 1 or REL 22 1 Dlstrlbutlon: Rellglon (only one lnterlm course may be used to meet rellglon requlremenis) General Education Perspecifve: Chrlstlan Falth Maxlmum Enrollment:25 rime: I Room: Old Maln I8 REL 366-A lnstructoc Brad Holt This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The new "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian Theology." A major &ion of the course will focus on contemporary r e sponses of churches in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. Prerequisite: REL I I I or REL 22 1 Distrlbutlon: Religion (only one lnterlm course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme:1 I Room: Music 23 REL 445 lnstructoc Phil Quanbeck A study of the use and function of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be based on class participation, two presentations to the class and an examination. Prerequisites: REL I 1 I or REL 22 1 Distrlbutlon: Religlon (only one Interim course may be used toward graduation rellgion requirements) Madmum Enrollment:25 Tlme: I Room: Old Main I I SWK315A Instructor: Blanca-Rosa Egas This course introduces students to a health system in a developing country.It helps to realize that people in Ecuador prefer holistic health care and facilitates students to develop awareness regarding Ecuadorians' values, attitudes and belief system. The course allows students to experience environmental and psychosocial contrasts in rural and urban settings in the coastal and highland regions of Ecuador. Students witness modem health delivery and folk practices and different health conditions. The visit to Vilcabamba, the world's well-known sanctuary of longevity, allows interaction with individuals over 100 years old. The assessment of the historic and current Ecuador's worth provides a creative perspective, a positive attitude, and abetter understanding of Latinos in the USA. The cost of $2,395 includes travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, two lunches and two group dinners. For more information contact Blanca-Rosa Egas at 330-1713. For registration contact Kathy Lutfi at 330-1655. Students are evaluated on course participation, one final examination and four reflection papers. SOC 23 1-A Instructor: Rlta Wekbrod The human family is examined as a social system within alternative contexts in American society and crosscultural variants. Students will select one crosscultural or subcultural variant for special study and analysis. Family problems are seen within their cultural and institutional contexts. Prerequlslte: SOC 121 prefened General Educatlon Perspective: Intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 1 I Room: Old Maln 13 SOC 265-A Insiiuctoc Gordon Nelson This course examines the nature of human groups who, for reasons of birth, accident, appearance, or behavior, have been "set aside" and viewed as "different" by the larger society. Members of the class are encouraged to reflect on the extent to which suchgroups havedevelopedmeaningful cultures which have made or could make significant contributions to the selfunderstanding of persons who are part of the larger society. In addition to lectures and films presented in class, the course will include an opportunity for off-campus participant observation during which members of the class will be asked to focus on a particular cultural group other than their own. This observation will become the basis for a class presentation by each member, either individually or as part of a group. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class participation, their respective class p r e sentations, and a final examination.This course is offered on a P/N basis only. Dlstrlbutlon: Mlnorlty./Women/Urban General Education Perspective: intercultural Awareness Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: I Room: Fos 20 socrorogy I BEGINNINGSPANISHI SPA I1 1-A Instructoc GabfielaSweet Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanationswill be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Dlstrlbutlon: Modern Languages General Educaffon Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 11 Madmum Enrollment:25 nme: 1 I Room: Old Maln 25 SPC 226-A lnstiuctoc Martha Johnson This course will explore principles and styles of movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to increase the student's ability to communicate through movement, by examining the principles of discipline, spontaneity, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Movement exercises will be based on short scenes, monologues, and poems. Some principles of Asian theatrical movement will be introduced. Course requirements will include assigned readings, exercises, a written play review of a live, professional performance students will attend, two graded movement pieces, and one final reflective paper. The class is designed for those who desire to increase their skills as actors, and also for those preparing for any field involving public presentation: teaching, law, ministry, etc. Maximum Enrollment:20 lime: I Room: ?j'ornhom-Nelson Theatre SPC 32 1-A lnstructoc James Hayes This "hands-on" course will give students the opportunity to refine their public speaking skills in a contest format.Students will be required to enter three different forensics events at three interscholastic tournaments held during the month of January. In addition, the class will prepare a videotaped program of their work as an instructional aid for future forensics contestants. Evaluation will be based on peer and instructor critiques of written and oral work, selfevaluation, and, to some degree, competitive success. Prerequlsltes:SPC 1 1 1 or consent of Instructor Madmum Enrollment:25 lime: 1 I Room: Foss 2 1a/2 1b SPC 495-A Instructor: Anne Holmquest The focus of this semintir is Conflict Resolution. The purpose is to consider conflict theories which are competing answers to the question: what causes conflict in communication and how should it be resolved? We will simulate small group conflicts in an attempt to study the application of resolution methods. e q wreading (onebook and Students will be evaluated on r articles), a paper, small group performance and occasionally Speech, Communication & Theatre I will be asked to give an oral report on research. Madmum Enrollment: 20 Tlme:I/ Room: Foss 43 UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office,620 21st Avenue South. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (3301025). Registration for these Interims ends October 23,1992. These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally carry a lower division number. Australia's Business Climate Brtaln: Focus on the Evolution of Ow Modern World Vlew The Caribbean:A Reglon of Cultural and Natural Diversity Communicaffon and CuRure in Japan An Ecological Study of Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawall Ecuadoc A Study of Hoilsffc Health Attltudes and Services Europe and The Rise of Modern Science Family In Focus: Policy and Servlces in Sweden and Denmark Field Blology In the Galapagos Islands and Mainland Ecuador Geography of the Baltic States A Greek Odyssey Hawaii: MuWCuHural Communicaffon in Organizational Settings The lndustrlal Revolution in England and Scotland International Business and Culture in a European Environment Law In London Uteraw Ireland Museums, Muslc, and Monuments In the Great Cltles of Europe In Search of the Anclent Romans South Afrlca: Cultural Plurallsm and Soclal Change Speclal Programs for Speclal Chlldren In The United Kingdom Theatre In and Around London Thls Is New Zealand 2000 Years In Trier:lntermedlate Geman Vamonos:Spanlsh Language and Culture In Venezuela These courses are offered by lnstltutlons or groups not connected wlth Augsburg College,but have been approved for credlt by the College. Most carry a tultlon cost plus other expenses whlch are the responslbllliy of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descr/ptlonsand details for registering are available In the Intertm Offlce. HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cnrising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with fivelsix other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on the water instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day studentsand quahfymg4-1-4 students.Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Total payment is due October 31,1992. Prerequlslte: Pennlsslon from Joyce Pfaff of the Health and Physlcal Education Department (6 12) 330 1247. Dlstrlbuiion: Ufeffme Sports: also one course credk HPE 2 12-A Check for information in theInterimOfficefor material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 26 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately$1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). POL 398-A POL 398-A Information on either of the above programs, housing, and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom, Memorial 117A, 330-1197. Other Courses lrls @ Printed on recycled paper.
Show less

Title: Master of Arts in Education (MAE) Catalog, 1992-1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1992 1994 .. ·1 .. - ·····- · ": - - ~ ,.. ,~.~ ! \... ;~ • I ... f I' , .a - ' n !- i:' 'Jc Jr ~n ~ f- - ----------------------- :-.1 :.~·. • ~ ~ : ~· :·:: ' • F·o;it. . y ProP<)::ir.il i ~' ·1 ':3-: '""-:1! '...
Show more MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATIONLEADERSHIP AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1992 1994 .. ·1 .. - ·····- · ": - - ~ ,.. ,~.~ ! \... ;~ • I ... f I' , .a - ' n !- i:' 'Jc Jr ~n ~ f- - ----------------------- :-.1 :.~·. • ~ ~ : ~· :·:: ' • F·o;it. . y ProP<)::ir.il i ~' ·1 ':3-: '""-:1! '•!.,1, ,.. 0tudsnts vvanting Continuino E.ducatiun :_;nit;:, iCi:.:.u ..:;1 i~jli·;,::, ;; 1<'.)ll ciedit fer ::··:1 C::•l!s~JE' '.':!,..:·,!_;Id rec:ists:· fc.r sn Foci:::>! (;:·zdua!e ic· •·=> i r,our.ses at fa:.ir:-1sb· 1 ..... audi\ of each course. - .. e - - - Courses taken as audit cannot be convl':-~ed to graduate Greclit 1n the futU! e. r-.1EL degree-seeki11q or non-dt::9ree Set;,:. ;ng studems can audi~ Focus I. MEL COUl'Se$. 11 ".'<. .,. '..-1 <:S:u!l\.I t'-'d ·. ~/1!'I he gr·;,int 0 d a , ) r:or11pl ..,: .- 0....... _. certificate of attendance by the Graduat.:;; Programs Offlc0 c>nd po;,i.ed on ilie rff;c·1~I b''j 4-hA . . t'""ffi ., ""S -~·.., ,·~;; 1_,\,{ 1rli~r ~1(T~ri· ... l • ;,,...", tr<>nsl"'r'Jpt c,t,. L ..,... Rr--nistr~r• ..::.;;;. "' :;-.. ,_...,..,. ..:J . 1 ~t" . . ..,... ""'\!!'"" ..... -:"- . 0C'J.llldPn"~ ·- l~ )~ \n.tant'111r1 ~ r -...1 _ CE Li's 1;1or cr..t•t <::e·~ ,! - I ~ ~, -..., .~:. ~"> • .._ r.'l ·~I,_,I r ..~,~-· . . ., -·.111-~ ~, ;;.~ i, ~:. W ..,.. v.. - ~ ;\udited courses that are not successfu!lf compioted wiil be inciic:::tted by a grade of '\f\/'. \ Hrr_ 1 he most important key to developing a collective will to overcome many of our commonplace problems is leadership. Certainly leadership is characterized by more than knowing. It is also more than acting. It is ultimately defined in coalescing others to act when they otherwise might not have. Leadership, including teacher leadership, is ultimately proven in the efforts of others to attempt to scale heights of human achievement and plunge depths of human caring not otherwise envisioned." -Ken Howey Augsburg College 731 21st A venue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 Table of Contents Introduction to the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership ... 4 Leadership Development Model ................................................. 5 Curriculum Design ....................................................................... 7 Course Descriptions ..................................................................... 9 Graduate Faculty ........................................................................ 11 Library ......................................................................................... 11 Accreditation and Affiliations ................................................... 11 Student Support Services ........................................................... 12 Student Rights ............................................................................. 12 Admission Requirements ........................................................... 13 Application Procedures .............................................................. 13 Evaluation Standards ................................................................. 14 Academic Policies ....................................................................... 15 Fee and Payment Information ................................................... 16 Financial Aid ............................................................................... 17 Campus Map ............................................................................... 20 Campus Location ........................................................................ 21 About Augsburg ......................................................................... 22 Faculty and Administration ....................................................... 23 Introduction to the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership Developing Leaders for Education The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership is a program for educators who value and enjoy their direct contact with students and want to retain that focus in their careers. It is a program that at the outset promotes the importance of teaching. It is also a program that values the roles educators can play as leaders in their places of work. People who become part of this Master of Arts program will have opportunities to: • Examine what '1eadership" is and who leads; • Explore who they are as leaders, both within an educational setting and outside of it; • Gain specific knowledge of education and leadership that can support their development; and • Develop skills that can increase the effectiveness of their leadership. This program values the role that good educators play in the lives of students and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishing the role of teacher. Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of working adults. TI1e program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll are employed, self-disciplined and wellmotivated individuals who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into periods of study, group efforts and class preparation. To accommodate this format for learning, each class meets on alternate Saturdays for three-and-one-half hours and alternate Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours. Leadership Development Model The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program promotes leadership as a process which 1) inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes productivity within and beyond the educational organization, and 3) works toward progress within the educational community. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to persuade and the ability to direct action. Th ese abilities and awarenesses, outlined in the diagram on page 5, Leadership Development Model Leadership Sense of Vision Orientation Toward Action ~ / Ethical + Long-term perspective + Flexibility • Adaptability • Innovativeness I Risk Assumptive + Curiosity + Achievement motivation • Self-esteem / Cofflmunicative Creative + Social awareness + Environmental awareness + Tolerance of religious and philosophical differences + Appreciation of situational complexity Facility for Persuasion Effective listener Effective speaker Effective writer Diplomatic ability + Effective team member + Interpersonal sensitivity + + + + \ Decisive + Self-confidence • Analytical ability + Ability to think critically • Understanding of research • Ability to manage conflict ""' Culturally Aware + Appreciation for cultural differences • World-view perspective + Tolerance of individual differences serve as specific outcomes for the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership. Augsburg's model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and refine these capabilities within the individual. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership is participation in a community of learners. Leaming can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement for active participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of men and women who bring to the program a variety of life and work experiences. -. ' ~· .. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities such as the library, meeting rooms and the Christensen Center; to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to participate in optional lunchtime seminars; and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. Leadership Practicum Master of Arts in Education-Leadership students enroll in a half course called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll in this professional assessment and development course for six terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum sequence, students receive a half-course credit. Early in the program, a major component of the practicum is a full day assessment to determine students' abilities and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Development Model. Assessment instruments include paper and p_encil exercises and simulation and group experiences. Following the assessment, students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal goal setting and in the creation of a professional development plan focused on dimensions of leadership. In subsequent terms, "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of students in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures, group processes and other professional development topics as identified and designed by participants. Also included is the opportunity for participants to develop and monitor a leadership project within their workplace. Curriculum Design The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership is composed of ten course credits composed of eight full credit and four half credit courses. Each course uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners including case study, debate, written and oral seminar presentations and small group activity. These courses develop targeted leadership abilities and understandings as a boundary crossing endeavor in need of the leadership skills and visions of people from all levels of an organization. The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership will provide opportunities for students to: • • • • • • Reflect • • • • Assess • • Exercise • • Integrate • • Study conceptual frameworks of leadership issues of leadership history of education current issues in education conceptual models of teaching and learning on the various natures of leadership on themselves as leaders options and opportunities for leadership in education on ethics and values in leadership themselves as leaders situations in which they lead programs, projects and ideas creative leadership both individual and collective a variety of thought processes viewpoints on leadership with personal experiences viewpoints on education from a variety of disciplines Core Courses (4 course credits) The following core courses are required of all students in the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program: EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership (.5 credit course) EDU 513 Diversity and Education OR ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation OR ML 514 Research Methods EDU 593 Thesis-Research Seminar I (.5 credit course)* EDU 594 Thesis-Research Seminar II (.5 credit course)* EDU 592 Thesis Consultation (.5 credit course) Elective Courses (4-6 course credits) The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program requires, at a minimum, that four of the six required elective courses be selected from the following list: EDU EDU EDU EDU 510 511 512 515 Ethics and Leadership Legacy of Education Models of Teaching and Leaming Creativity and Problem Framing OR ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process EDU 516 Models of Educational Process EDU 517 Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings EDU 599 Special Topics (.5or1 credit course) Master of Arts in Leadership Elective Courses (0-2 course credits) The Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program will allow up to two electives from the Master of Arts in Leadership program to be selected from the following list: ML 510 ML 520 ML 521 ML 530 ML 531 ML 540 ML 545 Foundations of Leadership Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth Methods of Critical Thought Ethics in Communication The Dynamics of Change Politics, History, and Leadership Decision Making I: Qualitative Process and Applica tion ML 550 Decision Making and Technology ML 599 Special Topics Please see the Master of Arts -in Leadership program bulletin for detailed descriptions of these courses. *EDU 590 and EDU 591 are now known as EDU 593 and EDU 594, respectively. During program updating, EDU 591 was listed as having a 0 course credit on student transcripts instead of 1 course credit. Course Descriptions EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership Practicum A professional assessment and practicum which spans six terms. Includes a full-day assessment, seminars designed by the participants in the practicum and opportunities to develop and monitor a leadership project within the workplace with the support of peer and faculty coaching. Half credit course. Graded on a P /Nbasis. EDU 510 Ethics and Leadership Study ofleadership within the context of personal and professional ethics, values and faith. Weighing and balancing competing values within an ethical framework will be explored as a part of experiential exercises. Leadership issues of gender, ethnic origins and culture will be explored. Leaders of past and present, recognized and unrecognized, will be studied. This course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a variety of disciplines and perspectives. EDU 511 Legacy of Education Comparative study of education through political, historical, economic and sociological perspectives. This course will provide a knowledge base for students to discharge their leadership responsibilities with wisdom gained from knowing the past. EDU 512 Models for Teaching and Learning Study of the teaching and learning processes. Recent researd1 findings about teaching and learning will be examined. Interpretation of the research findings in light of prejudgments concerning teaching and learning will be explored. Technological applications to the field of teaching and learning will be included. EDU 513 Diversity and Education An exploration of the interrelatedness of world concerns and cultural diversity as they impact on the field of education. EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects and ideas as they relate to educational policy and practice. Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed. Students generally take this course near the end of their graduate program, but before taking Thesis-Research Seminar I. EDU 515 Creativity and Problem Framing Study and application of the thi11king processes as they influence problem solving and decision making will be explored. 'foeories and myths of creativity will be investigated. Framing and examining challenges from a variety of perspectives will be experienced. EDU 516 Models of Educational Process Exploration of supervisory and consultative models, both within and outside the field of education. Major topics include mentoring, peer collaboration, varieties of administrative processes and procedures and observational techniques. Developing partnerships and collaborative ventures among programs and institutions within the community will be a part of this course. An underlying focus of this course is that of change: identifying where it's needed, initiating the process and adapting to the outcomes. EDU 593 Thesis-Research Seminar I: Research in Leadership This course provides each individual with the opportunity to develop a research topic and to synthesize previous study and work experience. Half credit course. Graded on a P /N basis. EDU 594 Thesis-Research Seminar Il: Synthesis of Findings This seminar focuses on the results of individual projects developed in Research Seminar I. Students will develop, write and discuss the thesis work during the class. Half credit course. Grad ed on a PIN basis. EDU 599 Special Topics Study of selected topics in educational leadership that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. Graduate Faculty Faculty who teach in the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program are full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professional degrees. Some courses are team taught by bringing together faculty from different disciplines or combining a faculty member with professionals from relevant fields. In these situations, at least one member of the team has a Ph.D. and substantial teaching experience. All of the program faculty have extensive experience teaching adult learners. Library The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, chemistry and art history libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over 1 million volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. Accreditation and Affiliations Students who successfully complete Augsburg's Education Leadership program will receive a Master of Arts degree. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The College is a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (necessarily) mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. Student Support Services The Augsburg Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Program assists students in making education and career plans, in working on their personal development and in participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice, academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisors and Master of Arts in EducationLeadership staff. Career Services Available Include: • Professional assessment through Leadership Practicum • Self/career assessment counseling through the Career Services Office (330-1162) • Development of a resume and a career-search plan through the Career Services Office • Work experience related to a student's field of specialization through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148) Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Students who wish to identify appropriate procedures for compJaints should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160). The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except when a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Admission Requirements Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited four-year college or university. Applicants are expected to have a minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a 4.0 scale) OR a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for graduate courses completed at an accreclited college or university, with a possible probationary term. Applicants holding a master's or other advanced degree from an accredited college or univcrsi ty are academically admissible. Applicants to the program must have two years of full-time experience (or equivalent part-time experience) in a position demonstrating lead ership potential in an educational setting. Admissions are handled on a "rolling" basis, with students admitted at the beginning of the fall, winter, spring and summer terms. Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's: • • • • • • previous college record letters of recommendation experience and organizational background Miller Analogies Test score written statement possible interview Application Procedures To apply, the following materials must be submitted to the Graduate Programs Office: • Completed applica.tion form • $25.00 application fee (non-refundable) • A brief (1-3 page) statement relating the applicant's career and life goals to his or her leadership aspirations • Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential • Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same level) describing the applicant's work style and potential as a leader • Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended listing all courses taken and any degree(s) conferred • Official transcripts from all graduate institutions a ttended Listing courses taken and degree(s) a:mferred, if any • Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test, or for students whose native language is not English, a minimum score of 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) • Possible interview with graduate programs faculty and/ or staff member. Evaluation Standards Evaluation of academic performance in the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards 2.5 2.0 Achieves the minimum passing standard " .: .·.· P Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) N Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and non-punitive - not computed in grade point average) W Grade given when a student withdraws from a course after the registration period . I Incomplete grade given when a student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Programs Office stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor and any other necessary documentation.) No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. Students who receive an N in a course must successfully petition the Master of Arts in Education-Lead ership Committee before being allowed to continue in their program. If a second grade of N is received, the student may be dismissed from the program. No more than two courses with a grade of or below 2.5 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Attendance Policy Because leadership issues are presented, discussed and analyzed in the classroom, regular attendance is highly important and should be considered a responsibility, not only to one's self, but to one's classmates and course instructor. Irregular attendance may, at the discretion of the instructor, adversely affect one's grade. Academic Policies Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of Nin a course, the student must petition successfully with the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Program Committee before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If a second grade of N is received, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Program Committee. Students may also be dismissed by the Master of Arts in EducationLeadership Program Committee for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit for Prior Education Transfer credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. The only courses that will be considered for transfer credit are those whose course content is comparable to those in the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program. No more than two courses will be accepted for transfer credit. Credit and Contact Hours Each full credit graduate course in the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 31.5 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either one or two courses per term plus Leadership Practicum. Enrolling in two courses per term enables a student to complete the program in under two years. All students are required to complete all components of the program within five years. Extensions beyond five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Program Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term must request a leave of absence in writing from the Associate Dean of Graduate and Non-Traditional Programs. A leave of absence may be granted for up to one calendar year. Time spent on an official leave of absence will not count toward the five year deadline for degree completion. Last Day to Withdraw from Class The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their records is published annually in the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership Program Supplement. Fee and Payment Information A schedule of fees is published separately in the Master of Arts in Education- Leadership Program Supplement. Tuition is set on an annual basis. EDU 592, EDU 593 and EDU 594 are half credit courses and are charged half of the current full credit tuition. EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership Practicum is a separate charge. Please refer to the current supplement. Various Payment Plans are Available:• 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. Three-Pay Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a three - pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if the student has adhered to previous plam. 2) 3) Company Reimbursement Full courses or equivalent, which are company reimbursed, require a deposit of $150 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days after the end of the term. A letter from the employer stating the company's reimbursement policy must be annually filed with the Business Office. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for students loan funds administered by the college (Federal Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. ,. A non-sufficient-frmds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. Refund Schedule In order to be eligible for a refund, students are responsible for canceling courses with the Registrar's Office. A per- course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: Prior to the first scheduled class meeting- 100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting- 90% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 70% Prior to the fifth scheduled class meeting- 60% Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% Financial Aid ln a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. One course is considered half-time enrollment The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic potential and have · financial need. Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of li mited financial means as well as individuals who work for volunteer agencies and other organizations that are not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-rela ted college programs. Augsburg College offers several payment plans by which employees may handl e tuition reimbursement. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply foT these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application, please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs TI1e Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any federal or state financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination is based on standard nationally accepted methodology. .... • Federal Perkins Loan Program - Joint Augsburg ColJcgefederally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time while you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after July 1, 1987). Repayment may extend up to ten years. The maximum which may be borrowed is $15,000 for undergraduate study and $15,000 for graduate, for a maximum cumulative amount of $30,000. • Federal SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) - Independ ent students may borrow up to $5,000 per year to a maximum of $20,000 and must be enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually with a cap of 12% (11 % beginning October 1, 1993). Payment usually begins within 60 days after disbursement. Principal may be deferred until the student ceases half-time enrollment. Interest may, at the lender's option, accumulate until the in-school deferment ends. Students must apply for financial aid. Aggregate maximum borrowing for undergraduates is $23,000 and for graduates is $73,000. • SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) -A Minnesota state loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as undergraduates with a $25,000 aggregate maximum when graduate study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payments begin 13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. • Federal Stafford loan Program - Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in certain states. While the student is attending at least half-time, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8% on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after leaving school. Beginning October 1, 1992, the rate for new borrowers is a variable rate of T-bill plus 3.1 % with a cap of 9%. Repayment may extend up to ten years. The maximum loan for graduate study is $7,500 per year ($8,500 after October 1, 1993). The cumulative undergraduate and graduate maximum is $65,500. To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up at the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall or at the Graduate Programs Office, 2222 Murphy Place). 3) All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if they did not receive financial aid. Forms are available from the College. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, by the deadline stated. Campus Map L I UJ i1 ' ® J !!!/".J < D /. ,r er tlj ® ' I 8'11ZeRPLAC£ 1Nr£11smrE _ 94 A".i -' . t. - I DouglasJ Mclaulfhlin 1991 • ReYi!IKl919:? 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main West Hall Mortensen Tower Urness Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Music Hall 2222 Murphy Place Si Melby Hall Ice Arena Stage II Theatre College Relations Nordic Center Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Center for Global Education Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership 22. Site of new residence hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking c. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty /Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H . Fairview /St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only K. Student/ Commuter Parking ~ Accessible Entrance Campus Location I I I I N -$- I ..... ..... ..... , ...... DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS ...... ...... ...... ..... ...... ...... ..... ...... From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside A venue, left to 21st A venue South, left at Augsburg sign. From Sl Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside A venue to 21st A venue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots, with the exception of resident parking lots in front and behind the residence halls, are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening and Monday through Thursday evenings after 4:30 p.m. until 8:00 a.m. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues, north of 8th Street on 21st Avenue and on Butler Place next door to the Nordic Center. Most street parking is four hour parking and available seven days a week, except for the parking meters on Riverside Avenue. The parking meters are as posted by the City of Minneapolis. Additional parking is available for a fee in the Riverside Medical Center ramp. About Augsburg History Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in 1530 in Augsburg, Germany. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes". Adjacent to the campus are Riverside Medical Center, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways. Accessibility Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of 14 major buildings - student housing towers, the Christensen Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library and the music building. In addition, there are programs for students with learning and physical disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. We are a diverse community with many strong religious traditions represented among the students, faculty and staff, including Lutheran, Protestant, Roman Catholic, American Indian Spirituality and Thought, Buddhist and Islamic faiths. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Faculty and Administration Elizabeth Bruch, Associate Dean of Graduate and Nontraditional Programs. B.A., Elmhurst College; M.S., Indiana University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Mary G. Endorf, Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S.A., SUNY-Cortland; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Laura L. Ericksen, Coordinator of Graduate Programs in Leadership. B.S., Illinois State University; M.A., University of Arkansas. Joseph A. Erickson, Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ethelind K. Garetz, Assistant Professor, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Richard Germundsen, Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.A., School of International Service, American University; Cand. Mag. Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ryan LaHurd, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Marie 0. McNeff, Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Vicki B. Olson, Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jacqueline 0. Richardson, Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Morris Brown College; M.S., Fort Valley State College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Barry Sullivan, Instructor, part-time. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of North Dakota; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements at any time within the student's term of residence. Printed on recycled paper with soy-based inks I . Augsburg.College_,; 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS , MN 55454
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog Supplement, 1992-1993
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: F ISupplement -- Academic Calendar Infbrmation Sessions -- Tuition and Fees Class schedules 1992 - 1 9 9 3 SUPPLEMENT - -. i Table of Contents ACADEMIC CmENDAR .................................. Page 2 PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3 1992 .1993 TUITION AND FEES .....
Show more F ISupplement -- Academic Calendar Infbrmation Sessions -- Tuition and Fees Class schedules 1992 - 1 9 9 3 SUPPLEMENT - -. i Table of Contents ACADEMIC CmENDAR .................................. Page 2 PROGRAM INFORMATION SESSIONS .............. Page 3 1992 .1993 TUITION AND FEES ........................ Page 4 CLASS SCHEDULE, FALL 1992-1993 .................. Page 5 CLASS SCHEDULE, WINTER 1992-1993 .............Page 8 CLASS SCHEDULE. SPRING 1992-1993 ............ Page 12 NOTE: Class schedule changes may occur afier this schedule is published . Students should consult the course list each term for the most current schedule of classes. 3/92/6M Augsburg Weekend College 1992 - 1993 Academic Calendar Fall Winter Trimester Spring* Trimester Nov 30 Mar 15 Applicant File Completion Deadline Aug 24 Dec 14 Mar 30 New Student Orientation Aug 29 4 r3 Trimester Application Deadline Aug 17 Jan 2 Class Scheduling (course selection) Begins: J ~6Y Oct 23 Ends: Aug 1 Nov 24 Jan 29 Mar 1 Registration (schedule c o d m a t i o n ) Mail Deadline Aug 21 Dec 11 New Students/ Aug 29 Jan 2 Make-up Mar 25 4 r3 Classes Begin Apr 16-18 Sept 11-13 Jan 8-10 Last Day to Add or Drop Class Without Record Notation Sept 13 Jan 10 Apr 18 Last Day to Change Grade Option Oct 25 Feb 14 May 23 Last Day to Drop a Class Nov 22 Mar 14 June 6 Classes End Dec 4-6 Mar 26-28 June 18-20 Final Exams Dec 11-13 Apr 2-4 June 25-27 Apr 13 J ~5Y Jan 8-lo** Jan 15-17 Jan 29-31 Feb 12-14 Feb 26-28 Mar 12-14 Mar 26-28** Apr 2-4 Apr 16-18 Apr 30-May 2 May 14-16** May 21-23 June 4-6 June 18-20** June 25-27 Final Grades Due Dec 21 Classes Meet Sept 11-13 Sept 25-27 Oct 9-11 Oct 23-25 Nov 6-8 Nov 20-22 Dec 4-6** Dec 11-13 * C1assc.s in Sping Trimester will be four hours in Iengh instead of three and one-half hour^. Seepage 13for exact timw. ** One week between clmes. Program Information Sessions Adults who are interested in Augburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Office (330-1652) to receive fUrther details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: For Fall Trimester, 1992-1993 Saturday, May 16 Tuesday, June 9 Saturday, June 20 Thursday, July 9 Saturday, July 18 Saturday, August 1 For Winter Trimester, 1992-1993 Saturday, October 10 Saturday, November 7 Saturday, November 2 1 For Spring Trimester, 1992-1993 Saturday, February 6 Tuesday, February 16 Saturday, February 27 For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Phone: 612/330-1652 FAX: 612/330-1649 1992 - 1993 Tuition and Pees $15.00 Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) $825.00 (one course is 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Tuition (per summer course, 1992) $650.00 Activity Fee (per trimester) $7.00 Audit a Course $412.50 Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning $100.00 $50.00 Nursing Clinical Fee $150.00 Student Teaching Fee (per course) $300.00 Late Fee (per day) $50.00 Five working days after registration (schedule confirmation) are allowed to complete late registrations. Per day fee is charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date. Late registration also includes incomplete registration as defined: a) unsigned registration form; b) unapproved payment plan. Registration change after first class meeting $5.00 (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (first is fiee, per copy afier ht) $2.00 Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. 1992-1993Class Schedule Fall Trimester Friday Evening (6:OO - 9:30) t ART 352 Women and Art t BIO 102 The Biological World* BUS BUS BUS BUS t CSC t ECO EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS t EDU t ENG t ENG t MAT MUS NUR NUR NUR t PHY t PSY PSY t REL t SOC t SOC SPC SPC t SWK 242 355 362 391 340 112 350 379 382 387 350 264 245 271 131 130 305 350 403 101 105 493 356 265 231 111 495 260 Principles of Management Marketing Communications International Business BusinessLaw Digital Communications and Computer Networks Principles of Macroeconomics Creating Learning Environments (9/11-11/6) (.5) K-El Art Methods (9/11-10/9) (.25) K-El Math Methods (10/23-12/11) (.5) K-El Language Arts (10/23-12/11) (.5) Reading in the Content Areas (9/11-11/6) (.5) Orientation to Education (9/11-11/6) (.5) Introduction to Literature European Literature: Homer to Dante Math for the Liberal Arts * Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Contemporary Nursing I: Communication * Introduction to Nursing Research Contemporary Nursing III:Families * Astronomy * Principles of Psychology Seminar History of Religions Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View Public Speaking Topic: Self and the Organization Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:30 BIO BUS BUS BUS t CHM CSC t ECO t ECO ECO EDE EDE EDE EDE ENG 103 221 222 391 109 330 112 113 3 13 376 377 388 389 111 - 12:OO) Human Anatomy and Physiology * Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting II BusinessLaw General Organic and Biological Chemistry * Theory of Computation Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics K-El Social Studies Methods (10/24-11/21) (.25) K-El Science Methods (9/12-10/10) (.25) K-El Health Methods (9/12-10/10) (.25) I<-El Physical Education Curriculum (10/24-11/21) (.25) Effective Writing Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * * EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS EDS EDS 481 481 481 482 482 482 483 483 483 484 481 482 483 484 K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching KStudent Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching *Extraclass or hb sessions required. **Additional clinicalfee required. t These coulses have been approved by the Augsburg General Education Committee as meeting the newLiberal Arts Perspectives. See the 1991-1993 Ausgburg catalog for more information about the Liberal Arts Perspectives. Students entering Augsburg in 1992-1993 and transferring less than 1 6 Augsburg course equivalents will complete Liberal Arts Perspectives along with their approved major program. Students who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992 academic year and transferred less than seven Augsburg course equivalents are also required to complete the new Liberal Arts Perspectives. Winter Trimester Friday Evening (6:OO- 9:30) t t t t t t ART BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO EDE EDE EDE EDE EDU ENG ENG ENG INS NUR NUR PHY POL PSY PSY REL SOC SPC SWK 224 242 252 3 31 450 112 382 387 388 389 341 111 225 245 320 306 310 106 122 105 373 343 121 354 260 Publication Design Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Financial Management Principles of Programming Languages Principles of Macroeconomics K-El Math Methods (1/8-2/26) (.5) K-El Language Arts (1/8-2/26) (.5) K-El Health Methods (3/12-4/2) (.25) K-El Physical Education Methods (1/8-2/26) (.5) Media Technology (1/8-2/26) (.5) Effective Writing * Intermediate Expository Writing* Introduction to Literature American Indian Women Contemporary Nursing IT:Paradigms in Nursing * Community Health Nursing I * Introductory Meteorology * Metropolitan Complex Principles of Psychology Organizational Psychology Theology of Marriage Introduction to Human Society Interpersonal Communication Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:30 - 12:OO) BIO 101 BUS 221 BUS 222 BUS 340 BUS 352 BUS 391 BUS 433 CHM 110 CSC 272 t ECO 112 ECO 3 13 ECO 3 18 EDE 351 EDE 379 t EDU 264 EDU 388 ENG 111 ENG 282 ENG 327 MAT 104 MIS 175 Human Biology Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting 11 Human Resource Management Marketing Research and Analysis Business Law Financial Theory: Policy and Practice General Organic and Biological Chemistry * Unixand C Principles of Macroeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Management Science Techniques of Teaching Reading K-El Art Methods (1/9-1/30) (.25) Orientation to Education (1/9-2/27) (.5) Human Relations (2/13-4/3) (.5) Effective Writing * Topics: Grow Old With Me Advanced Journalism: Interviewing and Editing Intermediate Algebra * (no credit) Computers for Business, Economics &MIS MIS NUR t POL/ SPC tPSY t REL t REL SPC SPC SWK SWK 279 Quantitative Methods fbr Business, Economics and MIS 404 Contemporary Nursing W * 342 Mass Communications in Society 105 363 471 222 352 363 465 Principles of Psychology Religion in America Jesus and His Interpreters Intro to Theatre A m Persuasion Basic Methods (by demand) Social Policy: Analysis and Development Saturday Afternoon (1:15 222 252 323 368 465 345 113 415 350 377 386 353 477 351 438 282/ 482 t HIS 222 HPE 115 BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO ECO EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS ENG ENG ENG MAT MAT MIS t PHI PSY t REL REL t SOC t SPA t SPC SPC SWK SWK 121 171 376 125 351 221 263 121 112 329 351 364 466 Principles of Accounting 11 Principles of Marketing Accounting Theory and Practice II Responding to the Challenges of Japan International Management Principles of Computer Organization Principles of Microeconomics Managerial Economics Creating Learning Environments (2/13-4/3) (.5) K-El Science Methods (1/9-1/30) (.25) Children's Literature (2/13-4/3) (.5) Creating Learning Environments School and Society American Literature Since 1920 Shakespeare Topics: Women and Fiction U.S. History Since 1877 Health and ChemicalDependency Education @ I S ) (1/30-3/27) (.5) Finite Mathematics * Discrete Mathematics * Project Management Ethics and Human Identity Developmental Psychology - Child Biblical Studies World Justice and Hunger Introduction to Human Society Beginning Spanish II * Intercultural Communication Argumentation Field Work I (by demand) Field Work III Sunday Afternoon (1:15 ART BUS BUS BUS - 445) - 445) 106/306 Calligraphy 242 Principles of Management 326 Tax Accounting 440 Operations Management t ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 ECO 313 ECO 315 EDE 282 EDE 364 EDE 375 EDE 376 EDE 380 EDS 374 EDS 375 ENG 336 t FRE 111 t GER 111 HPE 114 HPE 353 INS 232 MIS 175 MIS 475 t NOR 111 t REL 111 t SOC 265 t SPA 111 t SPA 112 Intermediate Macroeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Money and Banking Introduction to Special Education InterdisciplinaryStudies (3/14-4/4) (.25) Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (2/14-4/4) (.5) K-El Social Studies Methods (1/10-1/31) (.25) K-El Music Methods (1/10-1/31) (.25) Natural Science Methods (1/10-2/28) (.5) Social Studies Methods (1/10-2/28) ( . 5 ) British Literature: 17th & 18th Centuries Beginning French I * Beginning German I* Health and S&ty Education (E/S) (1/10-2/28) (.5) Kinesiology and Physiology of Exercise Afiican American Experience Computers for Business, Economics and MIS Information Systems Analysis and Design Beginning Norwegian 1* Introduction to Theology Culture: Gender, Ethnicity and Race Beginning Spanish I * Beginning Spanish II * Day Schedule Evening Courses ECO 413 Labor Economics (meets Feb. - May, Tuesdays 6-9) ENG 101 DevelopmentalWriting (meets Feb. - May, Tuesdays 6-9) Lifetime Sports HPE 002 Lifetime Fitness (meets weekly for 8 weeks) To be Arranged BUS EDE EDS HPE 299/399 Internship 363 Clinical Experience (.5) 352 Clinical Experience (.5) 489 Coaching Practicum (.5) Mexico Travel Seminar - Center for Global Education REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America Feb. 21-28 Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* ** EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE 48 1 481 481 482 482 482 483 K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching K Student Teaching EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS EDS EDS 483 483 484 481 482 483 484 K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching *Extra C h or Lab Sea-ionsRequired * *Additional Lab Fee Required f These courses have been approved by the Augsburg General Education Committee as meeting the new Liberal Arts Perspectives. See the 1991-1993 Ausgburg catalog for more information about the Liberal Arts Perspectives. Students entering Augsburg in 1992-1993 and transferring less than 16 Augsburg course equivalents will complete Liberal Arts Perspectives along with their approved major program. Students who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992 academic year and transferred less than seven Augsburg course equivalents are also required to complete the new Liberal Arts Perspectives. Spring Trimester Friday Evening (6:OO - 10:OO) t t t t t t t t BUS 242 BUS 466 ECO 112 EDE 350 EDE 376 EDE 380 EDE 382 EDS 353 EDU 264 EDU 388 ENG 111 ENG 361 ENG 272 HPE 114 MAT 131 MUS 130 NUR 330 PHY 101 PSY 357 REL 111 SOC 121 SPC 111 SPC 343 SPC 480 SWK 260 Principles of Management International Marketing Principles of Macroeconomics Creating Learning Environments (5/14-6/18) (.5) K-El Social Studies Methods (4/16-5/14) (.25) K-El Music Methods (6/4-6/25) (.25) K-El Math Methods (4/30-6/4) (.5) Creating Learning Environments Orientation to Education (4/16-5/21) (.5) Human Relations (E/S) (4/16-5/21) (.5) Effective Writing Modern Fiction European Literature: Renaissance to Modern Health and Safety Education (E/S) (4/6-5/21) (.5) Math for the Liberal Arts * Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Trends and Issues in Nursing* Astronomy * Learning Introduction to Theology Introduction to Human Society Public Speaking Broadcast Production I Public Relations/Promotional Communication Humans Developing Saturday Morning (8:OO - 12:OO) Microbiology * Principles of Accounting II BusinessLaw Chemistry for Changing Times Data Structures Algorithms Principles of Microeconomics Management Science Techniques of Teaching Reading K-El Saence Methods (6/5-6/26) (.25) Reading in the Content Areas (4/17-5/22) (.5) Media Technology (4/17-5/22) (.5) Effective Writing * Introduction to Creative Writing American Literature to 1920 U.S. Topics: History of the Twin Cities H e a l t hand Chemid Dependency Education (4/14-5/22) (.5) MAT 114 Elementary Functions * MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS BIO 108 BUS 222 BUS 391 t CHM 100 CSC 210 CSC 320 t ECO 113 ECO 318 EDE 351 EDE 377 EDS 350 EDU 341 ENG 111 t ENG 226 ENG 350 HIS 331 HPE 115 t PHI 120 Ethics t POL/342 Mass Communications in Society SPC t PSY 105 Principles of Psychology PSY REL t REL SWK SWK 353 Developmental Psychology: Middle and Older Adult (Upper Division to be Announced) 483 Christian Ethics 461 Advanced Methods (by demand) 467 Social Worker as Professional Saturday Afternoon (1:OO - 500) t BIO 105 Biology and Society BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC t ECO ECO ECO EDE EDE ENG ENG HPE 221 252 331 355 425 438 450 445 112 311 360 379 386 223 225 475 INS 495 MIS PHI t POL PSY PSY t REL t REL SOC SPC SPC SWK SWK 370 230 158 356 3 81 221 369 349 351 355 462 469 Principles of Accounting I Principles of Marketing Financial Management Marketing Communications Advanced Accounting Invesments Marketing Management Operating Systems & Computer Architecture Principles of Macroeconomics Public Finance International Trade and Finance K-El Art Methods (6/5-6/26) (-25) Children's Literature (4/17-5/22) (.5) Writing for Business and the Professions Intermediate Expository Writing Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (4/17-5/16) (.50) Seminar: Research Methods in Women's Studies Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS Logic Political Patterns and Processes Environmental Psychology Psychology in Historical Perspective Biblical Studies Religious Imagination in Modem Literature Complex Organizations Argumentation Small Group Communication Field Work IT (by demand) Field Work IV Sunday Afternoon (1:OO - 5:OO) t ART 107 Drawing BUS BUS t ECO ECO ECO EDE EDE 242 340 113 3 13 3 18 364 375 Principles of Management Human Resource Management Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Management Science Interdisciplinary Studies (4/18-5/16) (.25) Discovery in the World ofKindergarten (4/18-5/23)(.5) t t t t t t t EDE EDE EDE ENG ENG FRE GER HPE MIS MIS NOR REL SOC SOC SPA SPA 387 388 389 245 341 112 112 482 279 476 112 265 365 112 211 K-ElLanguage Arts (5/23-6/27) (.5) K-El Health Methods (5/23-6/27) (.5) K-El Physical Education Methods (4/18-5/16) (.25) Introduction to Literature Advanced Creative Writing Beginning French II * Beginning German I1 * Coaching Theory of Sport Quantitative Methods for Business & Economics Structure Systems Analysis and Design Beginning Norwegian IT* (Upper Division-To be Announced) Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation Beginning Spanish II * Intermediate Spanish I Thursday Evenings HPE 002 Beginning Aerobics (meets weekly for 8 weeks) NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership & Management* * * Time to be Arranged BUS EDE EDS NUR 299/399 Internship 363 Clinical Experience (.5) 352 Clinical Experience (.5) 311 Community Health Ntming 11* ** Day School Evening Schedule ECO 413 Labor Economics (Tues. 6-9 p.m., Feb-May) ENG 101 DevelopmenalWriting(Tues. 6-9p.m.,Feb-May) Student Teaching (Prereq.: Approval and Placement by Ed. Dept.)* * * EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS EDS EDS 481 481 481 482 482 482 483 483 483 484 481 482 483 484 K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching K Student Teaching K-EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching EL Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching Student Teaching *Extra clarr or lab sessiolzc required. **Additional labfee charged. t These courses have been approved by the Augsburg General Education Committee as meeting the new Liberal Arts Perspectives. See the 1991-1993Ausgburg catalog for more information about the Liberal Arts Perspectives. Students entering Augsburg in 1992-1993and transferring less than 16 Augsburg course equivalents will coiiiplete Liberal AIIS Perspectives along with their approved major program. Studen@who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992academic year and transferred less than seven Augsburg course equivalents are also required to complete the new Liberal Arts Perspectives. 7 3 1 2 1 s A~ V E N U E S O U T H M I N N E A P O L IM SN . 55454
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1993
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Starting April 19 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course scheduled must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is non-refundable except when a...
Show more Starting April 19 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course scheduled must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled. When this happens, you may elect to receive a deposit refund or substitute another course. To avoid disappointment in course selection, schedule as soon as you can. Many courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term. Students must confirm registration in person at the Business Office or they will be dropped from the course. Term I Summer School students are required to finalize their registrations on June 1 or 2. Term I1 registrations must be finalized on June 28 or 29. This procedure applies to all courses, including internships and independent studies. Finalizing registration will take place at the Business Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on June 1 or 2, and June 28 and 29. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is finalized. Augsburg students please note: (Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before you can finalize registration.) A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 3. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 30. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To change your registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $50.00 for changing a registration after the second day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 30 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." @ Printed on recycled paper Summer 1993 Term I Beginning of scheduling Registration (must be confirmed in person at the Business Office) April 19 June 1-2 April 19 June 28-29 Classes begin Balance of tuition due June 1 June 1-2 June 28 June 28 June 14 June 3 June 3 July 16 June 30 June 30 May 31 June 18 June 25 June 30 July 5 July 23 August 6 August 11 Last day to: *Change grading option *Drop class without notation *Register with late fee of $50 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) Holiday Last day to withdraw from class (W) Classes end Grades due in Registrar's office NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices The tuition charge for 1993 Summer School courses is as follows: $725.00 for full-credit courses, $362.50 for half-credit courses, and $181.25 for fourth-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition rates listed above. Tuition Refund Policy The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds: *Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 100%of the refundable portion of the fee. *Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 75% of the refundable portion of the fee. .Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% of the refundable portion of the fee. Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedule of refunds. Financial Aid Financial aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for Financial Aid for Summer School is April 15,1993. You must have a complete file in the Financial Aid Office by April 15 in order to receive an award for Summer. Please pick up a Financial Aid Application from the Financial Aid Officer. 13 Ice Arena K. Student/Cornrnuter Parking Accessible Entrance Campus Location 35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left of Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. I Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg in the Summer- fi Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships and independent studies. Term I runs from June 1 -June 25, Term I1 runs from June 28 - August 6. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. L Summer students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, tlie equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution and perspective requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. v Course levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sopliomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Courses regularly taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer Scl~oolOffice. Independent study and internships, i,, addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships iiivolve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students who need liousing may obtain information from tlie Director of the Right to cancel listed courses. Information and For-ulzs Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Murpliy Place 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free 1-8001788-5678 Elizabeth Bruch, Director Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary Eligibility Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities. graduates of sucli institutions, anc students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies tlia t the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer school work should contact tlie Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. , Acceptance as a summer student c' not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Tliosc wisliing to begin a degree program at the College should 'ipplv tor acl~nission tl~ouglitlie Office of Aclmissions or Weekend Collcgc. mw - ART 389-A AMERICAN ART Anderson A study of early Colonial through contemporary American art, architecture, and folk arts. M,T, W,TH Foss 43 1:OO-4:OO p.m. BIOLOGY - - BIO 101-A HUMAN BIOLOGY Mickelberg Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence d o humans have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Three-hour lectures. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Persp: Natural World 1 or 2; Dist.: Biology/Chemistry M,T, W,TII,F Sci 205 8:30-11:30 a.rt1. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 221-A PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Stoller Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: None M,T, W,TII OM 10 8:30-10:50 fl.111. BUS 242-A PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: None M,T, W,TII 6:OO-9:OO p.111. MIS 279-A QUANTITATIVE METHODS Morgan An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, samplillg distribution, inference and estimation. Emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. Students will use a computer-based statistics program to analyze data as part of a required statistical analysis project. (Prereq.: MIS 175 and either Math Placement Group 111or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104). 9:30-11:50 a.111. M,T, W,TII,F Foss 43 I 1 BUS 322-A ACCOUNTING THEORY Kader AND PRACTICE 1 An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and ECO 113) M,T, W,Th OM 23 6:OO-9:00 p.m. BUS 331-A FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT LaFave Theory of acquisition, allocation, and mauagcment of funds within thc firm. Sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, levcrage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prcreq.: BUS 222, ECO 113)Dist.: None 8:30-I 0:50 n.rt~. M , T ,W,TIr,F O M 11 ECONOMICS ECO 110-A ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problcms facing a metro-urban environment. This course will be taught on an arranged basis. Contact with students will be mutually arranged. By independent study. Students nccd signature of instructor beforc Term One begins (call 330-1152). P / N only. Dist.: Urban/Minority/ Women's Studies, Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or City Arrnr~gcd ECO 112-A PRINCIPLES OF MACRO-ECONOMICS Gupta Introduction to macro-economics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, inter~iatio~lal tradc, eco~lomicgrowth. Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp: Western Heritage 1 or 2 6:OO-9:00 y.rn. M,T, W,Th O M 17 EDUCATION EDU 282-A INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION Metcalf Introduction to the field of special education. Examines the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mcntal retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. Dist.: None. 12:OO-3:OO p.rrr. M,T, W,Tlr O M 25 EDE 382-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY Drewlow CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS Examination and preparation of materials and rcsources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and clemcntary levels. Dist.: None (1/ 2 course) 6:OO-9:00 p,~rr. T,Tlr 1. 4 EDU 388-A HUMAN RELATIONS Mueller Emphasis on thc study of values, of communication techniques, and of tlie major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal rclations skills applicable to teaching and othcr professional vocations. Required for all Elcmentary and Secondarv Education maiors. Owen to all. P / N only. Dist.: None (1/2 course) 5:30-8:30 y.rtr. M ,W O M 78 1 L ENGLISH ENG 245-A INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate more fully thc pleasures of literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures and raccs, from male and female writers. As tlie prerequisite for all upper courscs in literature, Introduction to Literature aims in particular to devclop studcnts' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics 9:30-71:50 o.111, M,T, W,TIr,F O M 18 ENG 282-A TOPICS IN LITERATURE: FILM ADAPTATIONS OF FICTION Schmit This course is designed to consider narrative fiction as a genre and tlic novel as a literary form. To do this we will look at what happens whcn novels arc recast in the strict thrce-act form of a scrccnplay and translated into thc medium of film. By focusing on differcnces with respect to point of view, narrative time, and modes of representatiml (linguistic vs. physical representation, for example), we will see what a novel does and llow it does it. We will read four novels as a class and view a film adapted from each. In addition, cnch studcnt will read a novel and view a film, then make a presentation to the class about tllc adaptation. In addition to thc prcsentatiou, there will be a six to cight page paper and a final exam. 6:OO-9:00 p.rrl. M,T, W,TIr MP 3 ENG 282-8 Griffin TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY In tlic city, remarks Alexis de Tocquevillc, "humanity attains its most complete development and its most brutish; herc civilization works its miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost into a savage." The powcr of the city to nourish or corrupt the human soul is a persistent theme in western tradition. This course will study primarily American novels, pocms, essays and films that explorc this theme. Texts will be supplemented by the resourccs of thc Twin Citics. Course work will i~lvolvediscussion of texts, papers, exams, and an out-of-class cxpcric~~tial component. 6:00-9:OO ~ . I I I . A4,T, W,TIr O M 29 ENG 265-A1365-A UNDERSTANDING AMERICA THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM Palosaari Introduction to significant works of American litcraturc and film. Selections will be studied as cultural documents as wcll as works of art. Dist.: Literature (Prereq.: ENG 111) 8:30-10:50 fl.111. M,T, W,TIi O M 17 MODERN LANGUAGES GER I l l - A Quanbeck BEGINNING GERMAN I Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for studcnts witli no previous background in German. Dist.: Language Lcvel 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 Language Level 1 8:30-10:50 n.111. M , T , W,Tlr,F SPA I l l - A BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I) O M 27 Kingsley SPA I l l - P BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Lcvcl 1; Persp.: Intcrcultural Awareness 2 - Language Level 1 8:30-10:50 n.11i. 5:30-750 p.111. M , T , W,Tlr,F (Sectioli 1) M,T, W,TIr,F (Sectioii 11) O M 25 INS 225-A Kader INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM This course is designcd by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to uon-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Sliari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also bc a consideration of tlie diffcrcnces between tlie Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with tlie similarities and differenccs between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of tlie mosques in the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's Studies; Persp,: Intercultural Awareness 1 8:30 - 10:50 n.111. M , T , W,Th,F 1. 4 INS 264-A AMERICAN INDIANS Allery IN THE CINEMA This coursc will bc an historical survey of Hollywood movies that created and continue to foster images of the North American Indian in Amcrica~isociety. Movies will include: Dr~rlris HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION Alorig tlle Molmruk; Shndoru Cntclier; Broke11Arrow; Little Big Mnrr; nlid Pozu-zuozu Highruny. Issues to bc HPE 499-A Staff INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study for Upper Division credit. discussed will be authenticity, misreprcscntation, stereotypes and the usc of Indian and uon-Indian actors. Arraiiged 8:30-10:50 o.111. M , T , W,TII OM 29 HISTORY HIS 348-A RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET Kimball UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY Tlic course offers an introductory historical survey of tlie Soviet Union. It begins with a brief examination of Russian liistory before t ~ ~ r n i ntog tlie Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and Lcnin's consolidation of power. Latcr topics include: tlie rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World War 11, the Cold War and tlie slow rcjection of Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent events since the emergence of Gorbacllev. Tlie coursc will empliasize political, diplomatic, economic and cultural liistory by focusing on Soviet political practices and institutions. 9:30-17 :50 n.1r1. M , T , W,Tlr,F O M 23 PHI 120-A Apolloni ETHICS Ethics studies our moral beliefs and lielps students considcr the basis for making moral judgments. Tlie course explores the major philosopliical approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies these approaches to contemporary personal and social moral issucs. This enablcs stude~itsto be aware of tlie nature of value disputcs, the different perspcctives taken and tlie reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking PHI 120 may not take PI-I1 125. Dist.: History/Pliilosopliy, Persp.: Christian Faitli 3 8:30-70:50 n.111. M , T , W,TII,F L1 INTERDISCIPLINARY PHYSICS INS 1991399-A Hesser INTERNSHIP A work-based lcarning experience in wliich a student designs a learning agreement witli a faculty member wliich links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunitics found in the placement, Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: City PHY 106-A INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY Jasperson A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphcre. The course is designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Laboratory exercises arc included as an integral part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution/gcncral education requirement for the liberal arts student. Plcase contact Bill Jasperson for schcdulc of additional lab sessions. (Prercq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: Matli/Pliysics; Pcrsp.: Natural World 1 or 2 Arrnlrgcd 1.00-4:00 p.111. M , T , W,Th SC1205 PSY 325-A SOCIAL BEHAVIOR Attridge Social factors which influence individual and group bchavior in naturalistic and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition, affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102 or 105) 1:00-4:00 p.111. M,T, W,TIi,F OM 18 REL 369-A THE RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN MODERN LITERATURE Skibbe "Particillarities of religious discerliment, symbolism, and world view. Reading and discussion of nine novels." Students who take this course must do work of 2.0 or better to get credit. Dist,: Religion, Persp.: Christian Faith 3 8:00-10:15 n.!n. M,T, W,TIi,F MP 1 SOC 199-Al399-A INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and methods of sociology to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly scminar is expected. Persp.: City Arrnrrged SWK 260-A HUMANS DEVELOPING Brennan This course provides tlie knowledge basic to an understanding of liun~angrowth through the life cyclc and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological and psychological factors wliicli influence the growth of iiidividuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is tlie role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to liuman growtli, the impact of "sustaining environment" and other special stresses rclevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent racial, disability and sexual minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through usc of their own experiences. Persp.: Human Identity 9:3il-11:SO ~ . I I I , M,T, W,TIi,F L 17 SWK 399-A SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP Brown Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) Arrn~~ged SWK 499-A SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives, methodology and evaluation of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor). Arrnllged SPC 323-A EFFECTIVE BUSINESS SPEAKING Olson The course is designed to increase studcnts' understanding of communication, theory and principles, and to improve presentation skills as they pertain to an organizational setting. Format of the class will include: text reading, lecture, individual and group presentation, and class participation. (Prereq.: SPC 111) 5:30-8:00 p.111. M,T, W,TII MP 1 SPC 347-A DOCUMENTARY VIDEO Bart A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. 9:30-11:50 n.~!!. M,T, W,TII,F Foss 170 1 JUNE 28 TO AUGUST 6 w :4 4:,a,.:-â¢ ART 107-A DRAWING Bollman An introduction to and definition of drawing methods and media. Drawing is presented as a diverse art form which can be experienced in a variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th OM 17 ART 118-A1355-A PAINTING Bollman Painting in opaque and transparent color. A variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th OM l 7 ART 132-AISPC 132-A PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ARTl32-PISPC 132-P PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION11) Fciederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single iens reflex camera. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp: Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $175-$200. (Class size limited to 14.) 1:30-5:00 p.ln. M,W (Section I) OM 6 M,W (Section 11) OM 6 6:OO-9:30 p.m. BUSINESS MIS 175-A COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS, ECONOMICS AND MIS Schwalbe An introduction to computing concepts and microcomputer-based information systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS, Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course). 530-9:OO p.ln. M ,W Foss 20 BUS 222-A PRINCIPLES or ACCOUNTING 11 Solnick Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: None (Prereq.: BUS 221) 10:05-ll:30a.111. M,T, W,TII,F OM 10 BUS 340-A HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242) 6:OO-9:30 p.irr. M,W OM 10 BUS 440-A OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Cerrito Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) 6:OO-9:30 p.111. T,TII OM 10 ECO 110-A ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study. Students need signature of instructor before Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.: Urban/ Minority/Women's Studies; Persp.: City and Social World 1 or 2 Arrflnged ECO 113-A PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS Sabella Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, lirm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/ Political Science; Persp.: City and Social World 1 or 2 6:OO-9:30 p.t!l. M ,W OM 29 ECO 315-A MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I) Gupta ECO 315-P MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: None (Prereq.: Eco 112,113) M , W (Sectioll I) 6:OO-9:30 p.nr. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,TIi (Sectio~i11) Foss 42 EDU 341-A MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Hackney Psycliological and philosopliical dimensions of com~nunicationthrough the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teacIiing/lear~~ing situation. Computer training will be included in this course. Dist.: None; Persp.: None (L2 course) 5:30-9:OO ~ . I I I . T,TIi Foss 175 EDE 364-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES Drewlow Examination and preparation of materials and resources for integration specific skill developments througli various subjects at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels, (V4 course) 530-7:30 ~ . I I I , M , T , W,Th MP-1 Dntes: [ I J I I C28 - / r ~ l y8 EDE 375-A DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Graves Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Dist.: None ( l / 2 course) (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) 11:30-1:30 p.111. I. 1 Dotes:/rr~le28,29,30;/11ly1 , 6, 7 , 8, 13, 14, 15 EDE 377-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SCIENCE Stangl Examination and .preparation of materials and rcsources for science at the kindergarten and elementary level. (1 /4 course) 1:30-3:30 p.111. M,W OM4 Dotes: 1111y7,12,14,19,21,26 EDU 388-A HUMAN RELATIONS Clemmons Emphasis on the study of values, communication tecliniques, and the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professions. Required for all elementary and secondary education majors. Ope11 to all. P / N only. Dist.: None (1/2course) 70:05-11:30 n.111. M ,W L 77 EDS 390-A COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN THE ENGLISH CLASSROOM LaDuca This course is for English-Education majors who plan to teach high scliool Englisl~.It is designed to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral interpretation, listening, and small group discussion as well as to explore methodologies for teaching and incorporating these skills in tlie high school English curriculum. 6:00-9% p.r11,, T,TII 1. 17 EDS 391-A TEACHING MASS MEDIA LaDuca This course is for English-Education majors who plan to teach lug11 school English. Students will explore tlie nature of tlie niedia as "consciousncss uid~~shies," examining the whys of teaching tlie media, how to effectively go about it, what kind of assuniptions mcdia education has been based on in the past, and liow to i~icorpratemcdia education into the English curriculum. The students will become familiar with all forms of mass media and will understand the impact of media 011 their lives. Students will learn how to be discriminating users of Inass media and liow to teach others to be the same. (1R course) 6:fJU-9:30 ~ . I I I . M L 17 A EDE 386-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker Examination and preparation of materials and resources for cliildren's literature at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: None (1 /2 course) 530-9:00 p.~rl. T EDE 387-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS Therres Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Labora torv cxoeriences. Graduate > ~ c v eSkill: l writink (P;ereq.: EDE 255 or EDS 265) (1/2 course) 17:30-1:30 P,III. 1. 4 Dntes: / I I J I ~28,29,.30; Jlrly 1,6,7,8,13,14,15 'GLISH ENG I l l - A EFFECTIVE WRITING Castor Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is givcn to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. Minimum passing grade for credit is 2.0. Dist.: Entry level skill: Writing (separate) 6:OO-9:00~ , I I I . T,TII O M 27 ENG 241-AISPC 241-A INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and historical evolution of tlie film medium. The cmphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films illustrating the i~lternational development of film form and selected aesthetic movements such as tlie American studio film and its genres, German cxprcssionism, Soviet ~nontagc, Italian neorealism and the French new wave. Bccausc of film lcngtlis, some classes will go to 10 p.m. Dist.: None,: Persp.: Acstlietics 6:OO-9:30y.111. T ,7h L4 ENG 361-A Miskowiec STUDIES IN MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers of the 20th century, chiefly Europcan and non-Wcstcm. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Foss 20 9:00 rr.111.-12:00y.111. M,W ODERN LANGUAGES GER 112-A Quanbeck BEGINNING GERMAN I1 Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Lcvel 2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3, Language Level2 8:10-955 a.rlr. M,T, W,TIi Foss 42 SPA 112-A BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I) Kingsley SPA 112-P BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Language Level 2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3, Language Level 2 8:10-955 n 111. M,T,W,Tli fSrctio11I ) OM 25 5:30-7:15 p.111. M,T,W,TIi (Sectior~!I) OM 25 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 410-A ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health programs and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: HPE 320) CI. ROOIII 711 530-8:30 y.~n,,, T, W,TIi HIS 115-A Zehnder MODERN MIDDLE EAST This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from the rise of ~~ationalism and the decline of the Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th Century to the current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how the Middle East reached its contemporary complexity, its role in the wider world. M,W OM 13 6:00-9:30 ~ . I I I . MAT 173-A Kaminsky MATH OF INTEREST Ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits? Or why women pay less for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums and installment loan payments are calculated? Or how much money to invest to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a future date? Tl~eseand other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course is useful for students in business and economics or those students interested in careers in finance-related fields. Course will satisfies the General Education quantitative reasoning requirement. Math Placement Group 111. Dist.: Math/Physics 6:00-9:30 p.nr. M, W HILOSOPHY - PHI 175-A PHILOSOPHY OF LOVE AND SEX Apolloni What is thc nature of romantic love, sexual desire and friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? This course, will consider the following ethical sexual issues: Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and 1.esbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Language intensive. Discussion and term paper required. Dist.: History/Philosophy; Persp.: Human Identity M,T,W,TIl,F L1 8:30-10:50 O.III. PHY 101-A ASTRONOMY Stenstrom A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. The course also traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of 12 inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a three-inch Questar Night viewing and lab sessions are important components. Students need to contact instructor at 330-1039 to schedule additional viewing and lab sessions. (Prereq.: Mathcma tics Placement Group 11) Dist.: MatIilPhysics; Persp.: Natural World 2 6:00-9:30 y.1~. M,W SC1205 'ICAL SCIENCE INS 199-A1399-A Hesser INTERNSHIP A work-bascd learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member) which links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: City A rro~iged POL 329-A Walcott PUBLIC POLICY This coutse will introduce the student to both substantive public policy and policy analysis by simulating of a congressional committee where stude~ltswill play roles of both legislative policy makers and administrators defending their programs. Students will not only read about public policy, but will also apply their knowledge of policy issues and the governmental proccss. 6:00-9:30 p.111. T,Tlr OM 23 SOCIAL WORK PSY 373-A/ SPC 373-A ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Attridge Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectivencss, and social influences. (Prereq.: PSY 105) Persp: None 6:00-9:30 p.111. M, W Foss 43 REL 373-A Bensan RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan that are usually associated with religion, i~lcl~iding the popular religious traditions of China, Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese Shintoism. Dist.: Yes 6:OO-9:30 p.111. T,TII OM 29 REL 483-A CHRISTIAN ETHICS Olson The bases of Christian social respmsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics, Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 11 :40-1:25 p.111, M,T, W,TIi OM 10 SOC 199-AI399-A INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member) which links the ideas and methods of sociology to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: City Arm~lged SOC 265-A CULTURE ETHNICITY, GENDER AND RACE Bloom Some dime~lsionsof gender, race and other intergroup relations. Major attention is focused upon the role of society's values.and self-understanding. (P/N only) Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I 6:OO-9:30 p.111. M,W OM 27 SOC 356-A ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc. Dist.: None 1:30-590 p.111. T,TIi Foss 20 - SWK 257-E/399-E1599-E EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH & SOCIAL SERVICES IN THE '90s, U.S.A.-U.K. COMPARISONS Egas Identifies, analyzes and evaluates different approaches in the U.S.A. and U.K. through interdisciplinary dialogue, classroom and field cncounters. First week - Orientation at Augsburg (6/21-24); Second and third weeks -Work with British professionals and students at Bristol University, England (6/25-7/9). British tutors and group leaders. Cost: $3,500 (approx.) includes air fare, ground travel, accommodations, most meals. Call Blanca Rosa Egas at 330-1713 for information. Dist.: None; Persp.: City. Arrairged Foss 43 SWK 399-A SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP Brown Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Arm~rged SWK 499-A SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives, methodology and evaluation of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.:SWK 257 and consent of instructor) Armrrged - SPEECHXMN THEATRE A nTC SPC 352-A PERSUASION Holmquest Theory of how people arc influenced to change attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to persuasion; logical and psychological appeals; empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass movements and campaigns; impact of the mass media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and promotional projects. M,T, W,Th Foss 42 2:30-4:15 p 111. SPC 414-A/INS 414-A FEMINIST RHETORIC Nilsson The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical perspective on American feminism, and 2) to develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's Studies. 5:30-9:30 p.~tr. T,Th OM 18 Augsburt College Summer School
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ..................................
Show more Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ........................................................................... 4 .................................. 5 Visiting Students .................... Interim Courses ................................................................ 6 UMAlE Courses............................................................... 48 Other Courses ................................................................ 49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ................................................ 51 . . . Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the Distribution requirements is required to complete three Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thornsen, 33@1025 Interim Director, Dr. David Gabrielson, 330-1025 October 25 - October 29 ............................Interim Registration November 29 ....................................Late Interim Registration January 3 .................................................... First Day of Interim Time I - 900a.m. (first day only) Time I1 - 1:00p.m. January 4 Last Day for Cancel/Add January 14 ...........Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 14 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 ..............................................................Interim Ends January 31 ............................................ Spring Semester Begins February 4 ................................................Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be obserued at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, ]anuay 17, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. .......................................... The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and infomation about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 10. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed Internship Learning Agreement Plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 10). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 29. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement.Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education require ments. This qualification particularly affects courses offered in religion. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 41-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition dors not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will bc charged $1,050 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that both ACTC exchange students and visiting students may not register for 299 or 499 courses. Art 24 7-A Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 BIO 107-A lnstructoc Ralph Sulerud The development of the concept of evolution, arguably the single most important unifying biological principle, will be traced in this course from preDarwinian times to the present. In so doing the massive body of evidence in support of evolution will be addressed as will the pathway of the evolutionary process and the proposed mechanisms of that process. Notwithstanding its acceptance by the vast majority of biologists, evolution continues to be surrounded with controversy. The antievolution movement including its newest form, "scientific creationism," will be studied as will the ongoing scientific debate concerning evolutionary mechanisms. Finally the course will focus on some of the reciprocal relationships between evolution and society. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist primarily of lectures and discussion. Some audieslide presentations and videotapes will be utilized. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests, but participation in discussion will also be a consideration. Prerequisite: High school biology Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 2 1 3 BIO 7 40-A BIO 340-A lnstructoc Dale Pederson The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, sea-grass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated on site and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the Institute will be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short t i p to the Florida Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. Cost is $1,350. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Prerequisites: Biology 1I I; 112 for upper division credit Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: ' Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 610 185-A lnstructoc Robert Herforth With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in and research on the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age, dysfunctions and diseases associated with aging, and studies on what causes these changes, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals. Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for arriving at grades. Distribution: Biology/Chembry Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 BUS 295-A lnstructoc john Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit; course is applied toward the major. Distribution Requirement: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 BUS 302-A lnstructoc Milo Schield Examines micro-ethical issues involving individual choices in business. Reviews critical thinking skills in moral reasoning. Students will describe, analyze and evaluate business practices and policies. In addition to written papers, students will select and investigate a current topic and give a written and oral presentation. The class will visit several local businesses to discuss various perspectives on business ethics. This course is being submitted for a graduation-level critical thinking skill and for a Human Identity perspective. Check on status with the Registrar. Prerequisites: BUS 39 1 (now BUS 30 7) or PHI 120 or PHI 125 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 BUS 368-A lnstructoc Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-tern and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of Instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 7 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 BUS 495-A Instructor Thomas Morgan What is "quality"? Do you "know it when you see it"? How and what should organizations learn? Searching for answers to these and other questions will be the central focus of this Special Topics course. Participants will develop and refine "systems thinking" skills and learn how to apply them to real strategic situations. Altemative perspectives on "the Quality Movement" and "Continuous Process Improve ment" will be explored through reading, discussion and field trips to local organizations involved in the pursuit of quality. Working in collaborative teams, participants will develop a hands-on project based on actual organizations. Evaluation will be based on two short papers and a group presentation. Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 1 13, or permission of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 BUS 495 lnstructoc Dr. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The events currently taking place in Central & Eastern Europe represent one of the most important changes of the post Cold War era. They cany major implications for world trade and certainly for U.S. bilateral interests. This course will provide an understanding of these events and will identify the most effective ways of doing business with Russia, Central & Eastern Europe. Prerequisite: ECO 1 12 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 323 CHE 100-A lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the Pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supple ments, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Prerequisite: Math Placement 111 Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: 11 Room: Science 3 15 CSC 270-A Instructor Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know how to do computer programming in some programming language (such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course which includes programming Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 42 ECO 1 10-A Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration, or MIS major. Does not apply toward an Economics minor. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 ECO 1 1 3-A lnstructoc Satya Cupta An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 112. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 7 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 7 6 EDE 295-A lnstructoc Carolyn Levy This is a class for both education and theatre students. The main objective will be to introduce the use of theatre with elementary children. One particular avenue of exploration will be the use of theatre in a multicultural environment. There will be a certain amount of theoretical discussion of why to use theatre with children, but the main thrust will be experiential learning: trying out various exercises, games and programs. The last part of the month will include five days of practice teaching in a local elementary school. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 EDE 375-A Instructor Mary Endorf The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy though the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: PPST Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 17 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rich Cermundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A lnstructoc loseph Erickson Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: junior or Senior standing Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 ENC 282-A ENC 482-A lnstructoc john Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpre tive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: lntro to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum ~nrollment:I5 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 ENC 24 9-A lnstructoc Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s, the 80s, and the 90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.) For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and hy to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Prerequisite: ENC 1 I 1 (Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 2 1 FRE/CER/NOR/SPA 350-A lnstructoc Roman Soto An inboduction to the critical reading of a broad range of texts (short stories, novels, films and comic strips) through the understanding of their structural properties as well as the social contexts of communication they presuppose or create and/or transform. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice).Both the aesthetic and social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored, with special emphasis given to analytical approaches from outside the U.S. Workshops and discussions are key features of the course andevaluation will be based on classroom presentations, short papers, and a final examination. Lectures, class discussion and all written work in English. Students may register under their particular major/ minor language. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 HPE 1 16-A Instructor Ed Saugestad This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on the prevention of childhood health problems, and the promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 202 (MWF) HPE 232-A Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall: North Court (TITH alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/7, 1/7 1, 1/13, 1/18, 1/20, 1/21, 1/25 - 9 meetings) HPE 250-A Instructor: Lisa Broek, Richard Borstad Designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a foundation for education, assisting and a p proaching fellow students about personal health issues. Students will apply student development models to peer education and peer helping. Topics include human develop ment theory, empowerment, communication skills, multicultural issues, referral sources and procedures, and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies which promote a healthier campus environment. This course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations will include objective tests, journal entries, and a group project. This course should be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as communication and negotiation, group facilitation, program development, and public speaking. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 HPE 475-A lnstructoc Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisite: BIO 103 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 119 (M/W alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/10, 1/72, 1/14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) HPE 478-A lnstructoc Ed Saugestad Theory, techniques, and administrative aspecls of coaching hockey. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 7 19 (T-R) HIS 162-A Instructoc Don Custafson This area on the other side of the world has produced the world's largest working democracy. From this people has come one of our centuqs greatest individuals (Gandhi)as well as some intriguing charlatans. It is a prime example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this - and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-Western subjects. The heart of the course will be a wide assortment of readings (including at least one novel) and at least two really good movies, but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and perhaps some slides. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and a final exam. Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 4 HIS 220-A HIS 320-A Instructor Khin Khin lensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United States in the mid-19th century and the turn of the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the post-World War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of new Asian immigrants since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be a mid-tern and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of term in consultation with the instructor). Prerequisite: None for lower division; more for upper division (see asterisk below) Distribution: Histo~y/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 "Upper division students will be required to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: A HISTORY OF HIS 33 1 -A lnstructoc Chris Kimball The poet Walt Whitman once called baseball "America's game." In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball has occupied a prominent (and permanent) place in American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion, and race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship between the United States and its national pastime. Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country. Some of these include: professionalization and its impact on amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this region. Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisite: One ( 1 ) history course or consent of instructor Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: LEGALHISTORY HIS 331-A lnstructoc Bill Green This course will examine the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that contributed to the emergence of a modem national legal system from English and colonial antecedents. Some of the topics covered in this course are the evolution of the roles of judges, lawyers, and juries; the criminal justice system; property, contract, and tort law; legal education; family law; civil rights (for women, African Americans, Native Americans, and children); and business and labor law. Requirements: Discussions, attendance required, research paper. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 1 HON 407-A Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will consider radical black American writers on the left and the right, most notably exemplified by Malcolm X and Angela Davis on the left and Norma Sowell and Walter Williams on the right. Course will feature several guest speakers. Students will write two small papers and one large paper. Restricted to junior and senior honor students or permission of instructor. Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 42 INS 120-A Instructor Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul Public School; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 3 7 9 INS 197-A Instructors: Kristin Anderson, lulie Bolton, Merilee Klemp How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music, and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of their time. Using examples of music, art, and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material comected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minnesota Opera, or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $20. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 75 Time: I (The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of offcampus events (some evenings and/or weekends) as a part of the class work.) Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre/SaterenAuditorium INS21 1-A Instructoc loan Kunz Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. This course satisfies the General Education Graduation Skill in speaking. Prerequisite: One year of an introductory science course Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 7 6 Time: I Room: Science 3 15 INS 264-A lnstructoc Virginia Allery This course will be an historical survey of Hollywood movies that created and continue to foster images of the North American Indian in American society. Movies will include: "Drums Along the Mohawk," "Shadow Catcher, Broken Arrow," "Little Big Man," and "Pow-Wow Highway." Issues to be discussed will be authenticity, misrepre sentation, stereotypes and the use of Indian and non-Indian actors. Upper-class students will be expected to do a project related to any of the issues discussed in class. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 LIN 290-A lnstructoc Don Steinmetz Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main I 1 MIS 376-A Instructor Kathy Schwalbe This course develops practical project management skills by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous inclass activities to determine projects to be done during class, estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully complete projects, use project management software to track progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and team presentations, participation, and a final exam. Prerequisites: BUS 227, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 2 7 MAT 173-A Instructor Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 111 Distribution: Math/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 1 12 MAT 253-A lnstructoc Steve Zheng Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of selfsimilarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals and do a major creative project. There will also be a final project. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 111 or higher Distribution: Math/Physb Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 7 SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE (UMAIE COURSE) MU5 179-A lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Students will gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily journal, art/music critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Registration for this interim must be made before October 22 at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 331655. Offered on a P/N basis only. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-A lnstructoc 0. Nicholas Raths, An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s)periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a compre hensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I/ Room: Music 3 MUS 295-A Instructor Stephen "Cabe" Cabrielsen The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Music Library ( I st floor Music Bldg) MUS 394-A lnstructoc Mark Thomsen This course combines the study and performance of opera and music theater as well as study of the techniques of singing for the stage. Student participation will include reading, discussion, performance of opera/musical theater scenes, going to performances of other artists, and visiting some of the performing organizations in the Twin Cities area to see how they are run. Exercises devoted to release of tension and acting technique for the singerlactor will also be explored. Opera! Opera! will culminate in a performance of opera/ music theater scenes at the end of Interim that will be open to the public. Prerequisite: Permission of private voice instructor Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Sateren Auditorium NOR 1 1 I-A lnstructoc Nancy Aarsvold This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main I 1 PHI 146-A lnstructoc David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problems which lie behind the controversies surrounding abortion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: old Main 29 PHY 151-A Instructor: leff lohnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using highpowered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve prob lerns in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisite: Math Level I 1 1 Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 30 PHY 337-A Instructor: Stuart Anderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and lasers are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. "Making Light of Matter" will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. This sets the stage for treating the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245; MAT 145, 146, 245 (or consent of instructor) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 POL 140-A lnstructoc Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice, and conditions in the United States will be measured against these standards. This course will stress the exchange of ideas, and students will be expected to be very actively involved in this exchange. The goal of the course will be for students to develop their own thinking about social justice, and to have a much greater awareness of values which may conflict with the pursuit of social justice. In addition, students should be able to use their ideas to evaluate and critique conditions in America today. Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions and structured class activities, on two short (46 page) essays, and on a final exam. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 35 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 WORLD POLITICS: CONFLICT AND CRISIS IN THE 90s POL 160-A Instructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten By examining current crises and patterns of negotiations in places like Bosnia, South Africa, Israel, and the former Soviet Union, this course highlights the changing political structures and processes in the world of the 90s. Students will discuss new international economic patterns, security issues such as nuclear proliferation, United Nations efforts at peacekeeping, and environmental protection. Lectures will supplement readings from two textbooks. Students will give brief oral presentations of prepared materials on world crisis topics and they will prepare a final essay. The course will offer an opportunity for students to simulate how national leaders negotiate among themselves. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 POL 220-A POL 320-A Instructor William Morris This course will examine the impact of the American political system upon public policy making in the United States. Three topics of major policy importance will be selected for examination in the way they are addressed by particular political practices and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. It will then assess the interplay between these choices and their handling by the political system. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemma of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policymaking process in addressing these problems. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a test on the assigned readings outlining the policymaking process in the United States, and class participation will determine final grades. Students taking the course for lower division credit will be expected to complete papers on two of the three policy issues addressed in the course. Those taking the course for Upper Division credit must complete an additional paper on a policy issue of their choice not covered in class. Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one lower division social science class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science General Education Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 POL 250-A POL 450-A Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give knowledge of the political systems and the most important policy issues in modem Scandinavia. This will include party systems, elections, political institutions, public administration, and the welfare state. The course will include a comparative approach linking the Scandinavian system to the development within the European Community. Reference to the situation in the U.S. will also be made. The model of teaching is based on lectures, but emphasizes student participation in discussion and group work. Assignment 250: Readings, short essay paper, and a final exam. Assignment 450: More demanding exam, additional reading, and a more extensive paper. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 1 PSY201-A lnstructoc Victoria Littlefield The methods of psychology are used to study behavioral and social influences on health, including the interaction of behaviors, thoughts, emotions, and biological systems. Consideration is given to life styles, stress management, illness prevention and treatment, and the role that proactive behaviors play in health. Evaluation is based on class participation, homework assignments, papers, and quizzes. Prerequisites: PSY 10 1, 102, or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 12 PSY 335-A Instructor: Nancy Steblay U.S. law and the legal system will be investigated from the perspective of psychological theory and practice. A speclfic focus will be on the social psychology of courtroom procedures with consideration of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation, and jury decision-making. Class readings and discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics, and victimization. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to class discussion. Prerequisites: PSY 7 02 or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 73 PSY 340-A lnstructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A lnstructoc Duane lohnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. +â-h This course will be conducted as a wmina&th h,+I~i!: level of student contribution and participah. i\~I&il~rI ~ ,ltF each class session is required. Ppf!kIu 1 t wi l I inr-tucic class discussion frequent s h ~ r $ ~ ~ i l ~ i < f r ~v <n oral l reports. Typewriting or quiylcfil w o ~ png~.cxv,ing l will be r e quired. ~ ' ? U R As i*lrkl)rau&pl. 111%i i hrm1students are required lo read r The Mnr,rf Lifi I?t '/rilllnj~I by Robert Coles before the start of the i n l ~ ~ l ' book l t i ~(in paperback) will be available in the Augsburg Ik~okstore by November 1.An additional text may be required and Iibrary reference work will be a part of the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PS Y I 02 or PS Y 7 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 REL 330-A lmtructoc Philip Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the Grawo-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons, and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul (Romans and I Corinthians) and First Peter. Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper. Prerequisites: REL I 1 1 or REL 22 7 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 2 1 3 REL 343-A lnstructoc Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 7 7 7 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 REL 345-A Instructoc Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used. Some important readings will be done from the reserved shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequisites: Religion 1 1 1 or 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 REL 374-A Instructors: john Benson, Mark Engebretson For some in our society, science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened by science. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including lectures, whole class discussions, small group tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the course. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthe sis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisites: One religion course, one science course, and junior or senior standing Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 60 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 8 REL 385-A lnstructoc Lynne Lorenzen This course is an introduction to process theology which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology, sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written and presented to the class. Class sessions will include video and discussion. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 19 SWK 257-A lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as stydents volunteer 80 hours (in a services agency or institution which students select). The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.).The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 7 S WK 4 66-A (full course) SWK 4 6 6 4 (.5course) Instructor Vincent Peters This is a continuation of Field Work I1 -educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work students Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 SOC 232-A lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western society focusing on understanding problems in the current social relationships of children in American society. Students will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options, including a child observation assignment or a libray research assignment, and give an oral report to the class followed by a written summary of their findings. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 11 Room: Old Main 25 SOC 265-A lnstructoc Jerry Cerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 20 SPA 777-A lnstructoc Cabriela Sweet Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 SPC 348-A lnstructoc Deb Bart This course is an advanced television production course which combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I or consent of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 175 (Media classroom) Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue S. (Tel. 33@1655)or from the Interim Office (Tel. 330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 29,1993. These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally cany a lower division number. Ancient Greece:Myth and Monuments Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt China and Its Artistic Heritage The Church in Brazil: Comforting the Afflicted, Afflicting the Comfortable contemporary European Business and Economic Systems Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawaii Cultural Conflict in Renaissance ltaly English School and Family Environmental Issues: East and West Europe and The Rise of Modern Science Hawaii: Cross Cultural Transmission and lntegration Literary Ventures by Train: England and Scotland Nairobi and Arusha: The Tale of the Church in Two Cities The Natural History of the Galapagos Islands and an Ecuadorian Rainforest Post-Colonial Namibia: A land of Liberation and Peace Making Readings of the Bible ReJections in a Clouded Mirror: The Performing Arts and Iapanese Culture Russia, Ukrania and Poland after Communism Social Work and Social Welfare in Sweden Sounds and Sights of Europe Spanish Art and Culture of the Siglo De Oro Work Life in the Information Age: Action Research in Nonoay and Sweden These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. SAILING IN THE VIRGINISLANDS (JANUARY 4 - 20, 1994) HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat mising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with 5 to 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include mises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 41-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (6 12) 330- 1247. Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports OUTWARD BOUND HPE 212-A Check for information in thehterim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for whitewater canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). POL 398-A POL 398-A POL 398-A Students are required to take the full three week program (January 3-21). Segments I and I1 meet from January 3 to January 14,1994. Segment I11 meets from January 17 to January 21,1994. Campus liaison is Professor Milda Hedblom. Applications for financial assistance from the college are available i n Memorial Hall 117A; telephone is 33B1197. The following activities are available to students during interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. HPE 002-A lnstructoc Wayne Niles The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree M K A Black Belt inshctor. Fee of $30. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited Time: 12:OO-1:00 p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: P I N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I M, W/alternate Fridays (1/3, 1/Sf 1/lo, 1/12, 1 /14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 8 Time: I T, Th/alternate Fridays (1/4, 1/6, 1/7,1/7 1,1/13, 1/78, 1/20, 1/2 1, 1/25 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc leff Swenson Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W,F - all term Room: Melby, weight room HPE 002-A lnstructoc ]eff Swenson Grading: PIN only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 M, W,F -all term Room: Melby, weight room
Show less

Title: Master of Social Work (MSW) Catalog, 1993-1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: MAST.ER 0 F SOCIAL WORI( AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1993 1994 .. . .'· 11rr. .L he good we secure for ourselves is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and incorporated into our common life." -Jane Addams Augsburg College 731 21st A venue South Minneapolis, MN 5...
Show more MAST.ER 0 F SOCIAL WORI( AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1993 1994 .. . .'· 11rr. .L he good we secure for ourselves is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and incorporated into our common life." -Jane Addams Augsburg College 731 21st A venue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1307 Introduction to the Master of Social Work Program .............. .4 Curriculum Design ...................................................................... 6 Course Descriptions ..................................................................... 9 Library ......................................................................................... 15 Accreditation and Affiliations .................................................. 15 Student Rights ............................................................................ 16 Admission Requirements .......................................................... 17 Application Procedures ............................................................. 18 Evaluation Standards ................................................................. 20 Academic Policies ....................................................................... 21 Fee and Payment Schedule ....................................................... 22 Financial Aid ............................................................................... 24 About Augsburg ......................................................................... 27 Campus Guide ............................................................................ 28 Campus Location ....................................................................... 29 Faculty and Administration ...................................................... 30 .mntroduction to the Master of Social Work Program Philosophy The Master of Social Work program at Augsburg College is based on the following: ..- Understanding of and respect for diverse people and cultures ..- A tradition of excellence in its programs, faculty and students ..- Its metropolitan location which attracts students from diverse backgrounds ..- Access to many challenging and rewarding field placements I. ..- A commitment to educate the whole person ..- A solid foundation in and integration with the liberal arts ..- Responsibility and service to and with the broader community in the interests of social justice ..- Commitment to oppose oppression ..- A focus on client empowerment ..- Preparation for ethical, competent, professional practice ..- A framework for practice of problem-solving within a systems perspective. Dual concerns of the Augsburg Master of Social Work Program are the delivery of service to families in all their diverse forms and the planning, development and administration of services. Social justice is a particular focus throughout the program, while individuals are recognized as capable of adaptation, growth and change. Intellectual, physical, spiritual, emotional and psychosocial issues are addressed with clients in relation to their locus, be they within the individual, the family, the community or the larger societal systems. Client self-determination, growth and empowermen t (personal recognition of one's ability, rights and place in the social change process) are recognized and fostered through support and education. In the interests of constructive social change that promotes social justice, students are educated to address institutional oppression (e.g. , age, gender, race, disability and religion). Professional preparation at the Master of Social Work level at Augsburg is founded on the following assumptions: .., Analysis and presentation of complex social issues and solutions must be based on solid research. Augsburg MSW students will develop competencies to conduct, analyze and present practice-based research . .., The world is interdependent in all areas, including human needs and the services to address them. Students will become knowledgeable of social welfare policies and programs that address changing needs of the world community. Accommodating the Needs of Adult Learners The Master of Social Work Program is designed to meet the needs of adult students, (e.g. ,students who are employed, have family obligations and/or must travel distance to obtain graduate social work education). Augsburg College takes pride in its focus on adult learners throughout its programs. TI1e College is committed to education for experienced working people. The Weekend College now equals the size of the traditional day program. The library, student center, computer center, counseling, parking, food service and many other support services are open to accommodate students. Faculty arrange office hours to meet student needs. Inexpensive oncampus accommodations are available for students who travel to attend the program and wish to stay overnight. Classes meet during alternate weekends in four hour blocks: Friday evening, Saturday morning and Saturday afternoon. Students meet one Sunday afternoon per trimester for a program seminar that addresses specific professional issues related to ethics. The MSW Program builds on the liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission statement: To dt.>velop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities wl11'ch are based in tlie liberal arts and shaped by tlte faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. The courses of study include the Core, the Concentration, one elective and the Thesis seminar. Students must complete 18 courses (twelve, if the Foundation Core is waived). The complete program includes: nine core courses (six Foundation; three Advanced) seven Concentration-related courses; one elective and a Master's Thesis Seminar. This includes 900 hours of professionally supervised, MSW Program-approved social work field experience. The Foundation Core begins the Augsburg MSW Program. These six courses, including 420 hours of MSW Program approved field work, must be successfully completed prior to enrollment in the Advanced Core or concentration courses. These courses may be waived for persons who hold a baccalaureate degree in Social Work from a CSWE accredited program. • I The Pre-Concentration Core consists of three courses, which are required of all students. These courses are the enrry point in the program for persons with baccalaureate degrees in social work from institutions accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. Concentrations Concentrations are in two areas: Family Practice and Prognm Development, Policy and Administration. These concentrations include six courses beyond the Pre-Concentration Core, including 480 hours of college approved, professionally-supervised field work. Research II focuses on practice of the concentration. Family Practice Family, in its diverse forms, is central to society. ''Pamily,"in this context, is interpreted broadly as the nurturing system surrounding people. It is inclusive of many areas of need. As a growing number of family-related challenges face society, there is an ever-increasing need for professionals who base their professional practice on in-depth study of the broad spectrum of issues that confront the family. In the Family Practice concentration, students will concentrate on promoting empowerment of the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. Program Development, Policy and Administration Social change is necessary for fostering policies and service that respond to human need. Tile Program Development, Policy, and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration. Effective services require participative development, competent practitioners, strong leadership and effective administration. Students following this concentration will develop the abilities and skills necessary to promote and achieve needed change, and develop, lead, guide and administer programs that will serve diverse people in a variety of settings. Electives Students must select a minimum of one elective in their course of study toward the MSW degree. Students are encouraged to select other electives to develop special interests. Master's Thesis and Seminar The thesis is intended to represent the capstone of the student's work. All students complete a Master's thesis based on practice in their area of concentration. A thesis seminar supports students in developing their theses. .A. SWK 589 THESIS SEMINAR I \ ELECTIVES A SWK 560 TOPICS CONCENTRATION IN PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT, PouCY & ADMINISTRATION CONCENTRATION IN FAMILY PRACTICE .A. SWK 540 FAMILY PRACI1CE I • SWK541 FAMILY PRACTICE ... SWK 550 PROCESSES OF PROGRAM PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT II .A. SWK 551 ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT • SWK 542 F AMJLY ThvERSITY • SWK 543 CREATNE PROBLEM SoLVING FOR SUPERVISION ... SWK 552 INTER-ORGANIZATIONAL, COMMUNITY AND POLITICAL RELATIONS .A. SWK 553 ADVANCED SocIAL POLICY III AND SWK 524 FIELD WoRK IV SWK 527 REsEARCH II A SWK 523 FIELD WORK • I \ CORE PRE-CONCENTRATION A SWK 520 INTRODUCI10N TO FAMILY PRACTICE • SWK 504 REsEARCH I A SWK 521 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT, POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION FOUNDATION • SWK 500 HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE Soc!AL ENVIRONMENT A SWK 501 HISTORY OF SocIAL WELFARE POLICY .A. SWK 502 FIELD WoRK I AND SWK 503 FIELD WoRK II A SWK 505 METHODS AND SKILLS OF Soc!AL WORK I .&. swK 506 METHODS AND S1<1LLS OF SocIAL WoRK II .Dourse Descriptions Core Foundation SWK 500 Human Behavior In The Social Environment This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment," and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is a focus. Students gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy This course emphasizes the dynamic nature of social welfare history and current social systems and social policy as they relate to all our lives and especially to the lives of clients, communities and social workers. Comparisons are made internationally, with a focus on England's influence on early U.S. "poor law''and social welfare. Special emphasis will be placed on analyzing the major assumptions, ideas and events which contributed to the rise of the welfare state and the profession of social work. The profession's values, ethics and historical development are also reviewed. Both theoretically and practically, this course enables students to assess the development of social welfare with an understanding of the influence of social work and of the development and impact of social policy. SWK 502 Field Work I Students select their own field placement from a list of Programapproved agencies. Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work setting focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. Supportive seminars coordinate integration of theory and practice, as well as providing the supportive setting for raising social work practice issues with peers. SWK 503 Field Work II Continuing supervised professional experience in the same social work setting, consecutive to Field Work I, focuses on refining previous skills and understanding and moving into new tasks. Initiative and progressively more independent work over time is supported. - ·_. ·:-.. SWK 505 Methods and Skills of Social Work I This course identifies basic features of the helping process: theoretical foundation, principles and techniques of Social Work intervention. It provides role play and simulation experience necessary for social work practice with individuals, families and groups. Throughout the course, work with a diversity of professional, natural helping networks and client groups is stressed. SWK 506 Methods and Skills of Social Work II This course emphasizes systems and social change through a focus on community organization, social planning and social change and their connection to social policy. A focus on group work continues into the macro setting with task oriented groups. Other theories and methods appropriate to these macro approaches are studied. Skills are developed using role plays and actual work with a community group. Throughout, the focus is on work with diverse groups. Pre-Concentration SWK 504 Research I Research plays an important role in building knowledge for social work practice. This course provides an overview of methods commonly used in social science research, in addition to the ethical and applicability concerns in social work research. Research design is studied using both qualitative and quantitative approaches. Methods of program evaluation are discussed. Students have beginning hands-on experience with the use of computers to analyze data statistically. SWK 520 Introduction lo Family Practice Theories and concepts underlying holistic professional social work practice with families are explored. This course addresses concepts of families in their diverse forms and function in the context of the life cycle of their members, family systems theory, the dual perspective, and stressors which may shape or alter family development. Ethical issues of professional social work practice with families are integral to this course. SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development, Policy and Administration Social services are commonly carried out through organizations; thus social workers are usually members of organizations. Organizations and the effective functioning of social workers within them is the focus of this course. With an assumption of "organizations as communities," an overview of theories of organizational development, maintenance and communication are presented. The contributions of diversity in the agencyI community is an important focus. Social workers' important roles in agencies, as well as professional, ethical, effective functioning in organizations are explored. Concentrations SWK 523 & 524 Field Work III & IV The purposes of the Field Support Seminars are (1) to provide the student opportunities to share experiences from his/her practice in a confidential setting; (2) to give and get support, honest feedback, and valid encouragement on issues regarding field placements, in particular, and social work practice with families or in administration/program development, in general; (3) to discuss and help the student integrate theories and methods from other social work classes into the practice experience; and (4) to promote the development of students' leadership roles in organizations. These seminars accompany the 480 hours of professional supervised field work in the area of concentration. SWK 527 Research II This course offers a practice-oriented exploration of the range of research methods used in social work, a critique of the role of research in assessing effectiveness in the social service delivery, and identification with the responsibility of social workers "to expand the knowledge base" of social work. Building on the basic research skills developed in Research I, students actively adopt the researcher's role in relation to both their current agency experience and their preferred practice setting. The course will enable students to use basic statistical methods for organizing, interpreting and analyzing quantitative data, plus creative techniques for qualitative data. Family Practice SWK 540 Family Practice I This course builds on content initiated in the Introduction to Family Practice course, focusing in-depth on the "normal" developmental crises of the family across the lifespan, and in relation to the larger environment. Problem-solving methods and cross-cultural models of practice are studied as well as policies that affect families and practice. This course is a prerequisite to SWK 541 Family Practice II and must be taken prior to or concurrent with SWK 523 Field Work III. SWK 541 Family Practice II This course is a continuation of Family Practice I. It further explores the family as cause and effect in the community in benefitting from or changing social policy. Students will study issues for further discussion, culminating in development of their own service delivery models. Ethical and religious dilemmas (e.g. abortion, euthanasia) will be raised. Advanced study of family developmental issues focuses on catastrophic events and on empowering families and the profession to take leadership in developing appropriate intervention strategies and policies. SWK 542 Family Diversity This course examines the various theories underlying professional practice with families in their many diverse forms. Recognizing that the family is the basic institution through which one is socialized, this course will also examine how family membership shapes one's understanding and appreciation of ethnicity, gender roles, sociological script. The course also explores the impact of policies, discrimination and political, social, and economic disorder on diverse families. SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision This course examines how social workers can discover their own creative abilities in relation to innovation in social work supervision and practice. The course examines the relationship of creativity and self-esteem. This course also explores ways to help others, e.g. workers, clients, agencies and communities to eliminate barriers which inhibit creative responses to problemsolving and practice. Program Development, Policy and Administration SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development Building on the community organization and research foundation (including needs determination and program evaluation), the primary processes of program development study in this course are: techniques of program planning and budgeting, development of necessary community and larger public support, identification and mobilization of resources, and funding proposal preparation. SWK 551 Organizational Development and Administration The activities and skills necessary for effective program administration are studied including short- and long-range planning; leadership; program implementation and management; personnel recruitment, allocation, supervision and management; social work values and ethics in the workplace; analysis of financial statements; administrative policy, board relations and agency policy implementation. SWK 552 Interorganization, Community and Political Relations The development and maintenance of constructive relationships with external organizations in both the public and private sectors are critical to successful implementation and management of social service programs. An organization's power to influence social policy is related to such relationships. The development and maintenance of these relationships so critical to the provision of services that address community needs, and the influence of social policy to effect social change are the foci of this course. Among topics included are: interorganizational relations, public relations, public information, political activity and leadership. SWK 553 Advanced Social Policy All social workers have impact on the development and modification of social policy whether intentionally or unconsciously. This course provides an in-depth focus on the development and implementation of social policy at the various levels of the public and private sectors. The various means by which social workers can have intentional impact on policymaking and exercise leadership roles is studied. Reading, seminars and an internship in the policy area are included. Topics Topics 560 Topics such as the following are offered for students to choose as electives: SWK 560 Old Age: Identifying and addressing creatively, the physical, psychological and socioeconomic needs of elderly people, their families and the communities in which they live. A variety of racial, cultural and life-style perspectives are studied. Values and ethical considerations which accompany geriatric knowledge and its technological advances are explore together with existing and proposed public policies. Methods of developing and changing social policy related to this population to promote social justice are studied. SWK 560 Child Welfare: History Policy and Practice. An overview of child welfare services. Permanency planning and family-based services are the underlying themes through which current child welfare policies and practices are examined. The course will concentrate on ethnically sensitive practice to address the disproportion of oppressed groups and persons represented in the child welfare system. SWK 560 Dual Diagnosis: Mental Health and Substance Abuse. Focusing on individuals who suffer from both addictive behaviors and mental health disorders, a broad array of related topics are considered. The challenges involved with assessment; comparisons and contrasts; psychopathology and the outcome of psychoactive substances abuse; management approaches in the human services delivery system; the effects of and response to dual diagnosis cross-culturally; and available services are among topics explored . ..· '. . . SWK 560 Poverty, Equality and Income Support Policy: Program and policy issues around poverty, income distribution and social welfare reform are examined. Among issues explored are equality and income distribution, the changing composition of the poverty population, causes and politics of poverty, existing and proposed strategies. Current federal, state and local approaches as well as new initiatives are studied such as the social insurance program, child support policies, the Earned Income Tax Credit concept, etc. SWK 560 Contemporary Practices in Developmental Disabilities: The nature of developmental disabilities and services needed by persons with developmental disabilities and their families are studied. Current systems of services, legal perspectives, responsibilities and roles and functions of the various disciplines which provide services are explored. SWK 560 Social Work with Involuntary Clients: Clients who are required by legal mandates or other forces to have contact with social workers and the involuntary transactions therein are the foci of this course. Social work theory, ethical principles, research findings and practice skills needed to help involuntary clients are studied and applied. Thesis SWK 589 Master's Thesis and Seminar The study of research, like all of social work, comes alive in the implementation. A thesis is required of all Master of Social Work candidates so they may experience and learn the utility of research to social work practice, and so they can contribute to the knowledge of social work practice and to the building of social work theory. The thesis is based on an area of the student's practice focus. The research- selected by the student in consultation with the thesis advisor - focuses on an area of social need, practice, service and/or policy. The thesis seminar is described in the Thesis Guidelines, which all students must review. The seminar provides a forum for students to develop their thesis plans, consult with each other and the faculty leader, present research methodology and identify how they will accomplish completion of the thesis. The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry and Art History libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. Alccreditation and Affiliations The Augsburg Master of Social Work program is in candidacy with The Council on Social Work Education (CSWE), part of accreditation by CSWE. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The college is a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), the Lutheran Education Council in North America and the Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. ~tudent Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for a complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160). The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. m amission Requirements The Augsburg Master of Social Work Program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student and faculty populations and across its curriculum content. Therefore, the admissions policies ensure educational opportunities that include persons from a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs and cultures. Because of the particular nature of the Master of Social Work Program, a strong liberal arts background in the behavior sciences is required. A course in biology, physiology or anatomy that includes studies of the human systems is required. A course that includes basic statistics is strongly recommended. Applicants who have completed majors in areas other than the behavioral sciences are encouraged to apply and will be given consideration based on their composite assets. Students who do not hold a Bachelor's degree in social Work should apply as Foundation Level students. Students who meet all of the criteria for Advanced Standing may apply for PreConcentration consideration. Applicants to the program will be assessed on an individual basis according to the following guidelines. Strengths in some areas may balance other areas for development. Foundation Core: Admissions deadline: March 1 Notification of Admission: Early May Matriculation date: Early September Requirements: Bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university; a minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (B average) for the last two years of an undergraduate program; a minimum of two years employment or volunteer experience, one of which is in the human service area; a course in human biology, physiology or anatomy; a solid foundation in the liberal arts. Pre-Concentration Core: Admissions deadline: October 1 Notification of Admission: Early December Matriculation date: Early April Requirements: Bachelor's degree in Social Work from a CSWE accredited college or university; a minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (B average) for the last two years of an undergraduate program; a course in human biology, physiology or anatomy. Alpplication Procedures To apply, students must submit the following materials to the Master of Social Work Program: 1. Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. .·. · 2. Written personal statement, the length of which is open (typically 3-8 pages in length), that addresses: why the applicant is interested in social work as a profession; the reasons for seeking an MSW, at Augsburg, in particular; what strengths the applicant brings to the Augsburg community; and what the applicant intends to do with the MSW once the degree has been completed. 3. Three letters of reference, including checklists, that address the application evaluation criteria in relation to the applicant. 4. Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work, which indicate degrees conferred, from each institution attended. 5. Possible interview with admission committee members. Application Evaluation Criteria Applicants will be evaluated on the following criteria: 1. Academic strengths and potential 2. Professional, volunteer and life experience 3. Professional orientation a. Understanding of social work, including values and ethics b. Motivation for pursuits of the Masters degree in Social Work c. Relationship of past experience to decision to enter the field d. Applicant's perception of relationship of MSW to longterm career plans 4. Understanding of roles and functions of diversity in a multicultural society and global environment 5. Commitment to social action and social justice 6. Ability to cope successfully with the stress inherent in a graduate professional program. lllvaluation Standards Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Social Work degree will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence P Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) N Does not meet minimum passing standard (no credit and non-punitive -not computed in grade point average) W Grade given when course is dropped I Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor, and any other necessary documentation.) Achieves above basic course standards Achieves the minimum passing standard No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. A)cademic Policies Academic Probation and Dismissal Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of Nin a course, the student must petition successfully with the MSW Program Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismi ssed from the program by the MSW Program Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the MSW Program Committee for behavior d etrimental to the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit and Contact Hours Each graduate course in the Master of Social Work program is the equival ent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 32 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. An additional four-hour Sunday Seminar is required each trimester. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either two or three courses each trimester. All students are required to complete the program within four years. Students who leave the program for more than one term must request a leave of absence in writing from the MSW Program Committee. Residency Each student must be enrolled in the MSW program for the equivalent of the last year or nine courses. Transfer Students Up to eight courses from a C.S.W.E. accredited MSW program may be transferable if the grades are 3.0 or better. Transfer students must meet the admissions and residency criteria. Advisement The Augsburg Social Work Program Director assigns advisors whose purpose it is to promote student growth, development, and the achievement of personal goals and professional education. Faculty office hours are posted on office doors; students may meet with faculty at other times by appointment. In addition to to the academic advisor, all social work faculty are accessible to students. Social Work faculty consider advising time a high priority and work to be available. m ee and Payment Schedule Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) ................ $25.00 Tuition (per trimester course) .............................................. $884.00 (one course= 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable) ......... $100.00 late Fee ...................................................................................... $25.00 (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.) Late registration per day includes incomplete registration as defined: a. Unsigned Registration Form or b. Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting ..................... $5.00 (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ................ $2.00 Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Refund Schedule A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after third scheduled class meeting. Payment Options* 1. Payment in Full: Due Day of Registration. 2. Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3. Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days after the end of the term. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any amount with an open balance of 30 days or more. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. m inancial Aid Students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs in a number of ways. Enrollment in three courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. Two courses is considered part-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) will assist students in assessing financial aid eligibility and offering financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need. Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in applying please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on standard nationally accepted methodology. Federal Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $30,000. The Federal Family Education Loan Program 1) Federal Stafford Loan. Available to students based on a financial eligibility determination. Annual loan limits are up to: $2,625 per year for first year undergraduates $3,500 per year for second year undergraduates $5,500 per year for third year and beyond $8,500 per year for graduate students. Aggregate loan limits are $23,000 for undergraduates and $65,000 for graduates (including undergraduate borrowing). Interest rates for new borrowers with loan periods beginning 10/1/92 or later are determined annually by the 91-day T-Bill+3.1 %, with a cap of 9%. Students with outstanding balances on Stafford Loans (Guaranteed Student Loan) will continue with the interest rate on the previous loan. No interest accrues to the student borrower while enrolled at least half-time in an eligible program. The federal government subsidizes the interest during this time. 2) Federal Stafford Loan - Unsubsidized. Program characteristics (loan limits, interest rate, etc.) are the same as the above subsidized Stafford Loan, except that the interest accrues to the student borrower while enrolled. This loan is available to those who do not qualify for the subsidized Stafford Loan. A normal financial aid application is required. 3) Federal Supplemental Loan for Students (SLS). Available to independent students who are enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually (on July 1) with a cap of 11 %. Payment usually begins within 60 days of disbursement. Annual loan limits are $4,000 for first and second year students and $5,000 for third year and beyond. Graduate students may borrow up to $10,000 per year. Aggregate loan limits are $23,000 for undergraduates and $73,000 for graduates (including undergraduate borrowing). SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) -A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as an undergraduate and $6,000 per year for graduate students with a $25,000 aggregate maxiumum when graduate study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payment begins 13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. To Apply for Financial Aid 1. Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2. The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall, or the Graduate Program Office). 3. All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid. Forms are available from the College. 4. Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5. Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. .B)bout Augsburg College History Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Mipneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are the Riverside Medical Center, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 10 of the 15 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music Hall and Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Accessibility We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran, 15percent other Protestant and 15 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. D ampus Guide 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main West Hall Mortensen Tower Urness Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. 2222 Murphy Place 12. Si Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage II Theatre 15. College Relations 16. Nordic Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Center for Global Education 19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership 22. Site of new residence hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty /Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only K. Student/Commuter Parking 6. Accessible Entrance N I • I I I I ...... ...... DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and on Butler Place between 24th and 25th Avenues South. Most street parking is four hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available for a fee in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U ofM parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue. Aicultyand Administration Anthony Bibus, Assistant Professor of Social Work B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vern Bloom, Assistant Professor of Sociology, MSW Fieldwork Coordinator B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Nancy Brennan, Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work, BSW Program Director B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. '· Elizabeth Bruch, Associate Dean of Graduate and Non-traditional Programs B.A., Elmhurst College; M.S., Indiana University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work, MSW Program Director B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Patrick Clemens, MSW Program Coordinator B.A., Macalester College; M.T.S., Harvard University. Blanca-Rosa Egas, Associate Professor of Social Work M.D., M.Ed. and Psychiatry Residency, Universidad de Guayaquil; M.P.H and Substance Abuse Fellowship, University of Minnesota. Kathy Enger, Reference Librarian B.S.W., College of St. Catherine; M.L.I.S., University of Iowa. Edwina Hertzberg, Professor of Social Work, Director of Faculty Development A.B., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosemary Link, Associate Professor of Social Work, Department Chair B.A. Southhampton University; C.Q.S.W., London University (Bedford College); Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sharon Patten, Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., M.A. (Public Affairs), Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Curt Paulsen, Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute. Douglas Perry, Assistant Professor of Social Work B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Vincent Peters, Assistant Professor of Social Work B.A., Loyola College; M.S.W., University of Madras. Edward Skamulis, Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Mary Lou Williams, Assistant Professor of Social Work B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. 12/92/5.SM Augsburg College_; 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS , MN 55454
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog Supplement, 1993-1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: A ACADEMIC CALENDAR A INFORMATION SESSIONS A TUITIONAND FEES A CLASSSCHEDULES Academic Calendar.....................................................................................2 ..................................................................3 1993-1994Tuition and Fees ................
Show more A ACADEMIC CALENDAR A INFORMATION SESSIONS A TUITIONAND FEES A CLASSSCHEDULES Academic Calendar.....................................................................................2 ..................................................................3 1993-1994Tuition and Fees ........................................................................4 Program Information Sessions General Education Guidelines .................................................................. 5 Graduation Requirements ......................................................................... 6 Class Schedule, Fall 1993-1994..................................................................7 Class Schedule, Winter 1993-1994...........................................................ll Class Schedule, Spring 1993-1994.. .........................................................15 NOTE: Class schedule changes may occur after this schedule is published. Students should consult the course list each term for the most current schedule of classes. Fa12 Trimester Winter Trimester Spring Trimester Aue 27 Dec 3 Mar 14 Applicant File Completion Deadline Sept 3 Dec 17 Mar 28 New Student Orientation Sevt 11 Tan 3 Aur 4 Registration Begins Ends June 4 July 30 Oct 29 Nov 24 Jan 28 Feb 28 Payment & Registration Conhation Mail Deadline Aug 27 New StudentsIMake-up Sept 11 Dec 17 Jan 3 Mar 25 Apr 4 Classes Begin Jan 7-9 Apr 8-10 Application Deadline Sept 17-19 Last Day to Add or Drop Class Without Record Notation Sept 19 Jan 9 Apr 10 Last Day to Change Grade Option Oct 31 Feb 13 Mav 23 Last Day to Drop a Class Nov 15 Feb 21 Tune 6 Classes End Dec 10-12 Mar 25-27 Tun 24-26 Final Grades Due Dec 20 Apr 4 July 5 Classes Meet Sept 17-19 Oct 1-3 Oct 15-17 O d 29-31 Nov 12-14'' Nov 19-21 Dec 3-5, Dec 10-12 Jan 7-9* Jan 14-16 Jan 28-30 Feb 11-13* Feb 18-20 Mar 14-6 Mar 18-20* Mar 25-27 Apr 8-10 Apr 22-24 May 6-8 May 2@221Y June 3-5 June 17-1Y June 24-26 + One week between classes ** Classes scheduled on Sunday, May 22, will meet Monday night, May 23,from 6-10 p.m. to allow students to participate in graduation ceremonies. The college reserves the right to change one or more of the above dates should it be necessay. In such cases, suficient adwnce notice will be given. Program Information Sessions Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Ofice (330-1782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: For Fall Trimester, 1993-1994 -- Tuesday, May 25 Saturday, June 12 Tuesday, June 29 Saturday, July 17 For Winter Trimesteq 1993-1994 Tuesday, October 12 Saturday, November 13 For Spring Trimester, 1993-1994 Tuesday, January 25 Saturday, February 26 For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Phone: 6121330-1782 FAX. 6121330-1649 - 5:30 p.m. 9:00 a.m. 1993 - 1994 Tuition and Fees Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per course) ($221.25 per semester credit) Tuition (per summer course; 1993) Activity Fee (per trimester) Audit a Course Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning Nursing Clinical Fee Student Teaching Fee (per course) Late Fee (per day) Registration change after first class meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (first is free, per copy after first) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Augsburg College resmes the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. General Education Guidelines Students who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992academic year and transferred in seven or more Augsburg course equivalents will follow the General Distribution requirements; students who transferred in less than seven Augsburg course equivalents will follow the Liberal Arts Perspectives along with the requirements for their major. Students who entered Augsburg during the 1992-1993academic year and transferred in 16 or more Augsburg course equivalents will follow the General Distribution requirements; students who transferred in less than 16 Augsburg course equivalents will follow the Liberal Arts Perspectives along with the requirements for their major. Students who entered Augsburg during the 1993-1994academic year and transferred in 25 or more Augsburg course equivalents will follow the General Distribution requirements; students who transferred in less than 25 Augsburg course equivalents will follow the Liberal Arts Perspectives along with the requirements for their major. A list of courses that fulfill Liberal Arts Perspectives is made available with registration materials or may be obtained from the Registrar's office. Graduation Requirements Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's Office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 1. Students under general education distribution requirements must complete 35 courses? 2. Students under Liberal Arts Perspectives requirements will follow the guidelines listed below: If you matriculated at Augsburg between September 1,1991, and December 31,1992, you must complete 34 courses: meet the full Liberal Arts Perspectives requirements, Entry Level Skills Assessments, and Graduation Skills Requirements. If you matriculated at Augsburg on or after January 1,1993, and transferred fewer than 14 Augsburg equivalent courses, you must complete 33 courses: meet the full Liberal Arts Perspectives requirements, Entry Level Skills Assessments and Graduation Skills Requirements. If you matriculated at Augsburg on or after January 1,1993, and transferred in 14 or more courses, you must complete 33 courses*, meet the advanced-transfer Liberal Arts Perspectives, Entry Level Skills Assessments, and Graduation Skills Requirements. * At least 11 course credits must be Uppe~Division, numbered in t he 300s or 400s. Included in the number of courses requiredfirgraduation must be the completion of a major. Fall Trimester 1993-1994 Friday Evening, 6:00-9:30 ART 240 BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO EDE 102 242 355 362 391 271 112 350 EDE 379 EDE 382 EDS EDU EDU ENG ENG GST HPE NUR NUR NUR PHI PHI PHY PSY PSY PSY REL REL SOC SOC SPC SPC S W 350 210 264 331 271 140 114 305 350 403 230 350 101 105 361 399 356 472 231 265 111 345 260 Art History Survey Biological World* Principles of Management Marketing Communications International Business Business Law Cobol Principles of Macroeconomics Creating Learning Environments:Kindergarten-Elementary (9117-11/12) 5 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (9117-10115) 2.5 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (10129-12/10) .5 Reading in the Content Areas (9117-11/12) .5 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (9117-11/12) .5 British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan European Literature: Homer to Dante Introduction to Liberal Arts (9117-11112) .5 Safety Education (9117- 11/12) .5 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication * Introduction to Nursing Research Contemporary Nursing 111: Families Logic Philosophy of Religion (same as REL 350) Astronomy * Principles of Psychology Personality Psychology Internship History of Religions Theology of Paul Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Public Speaking Organizational Communication Humans Developing Saturday Morning, 8:30-1200 BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology * BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS BUS CHM CSC ECO ECO ECO EDE EDE 331 391 100 330 112 113 313 377 387 EDE 388 EDE 389 ENG ENG ENG INS MAT MAT MIS MIS PHI POL PSY REL REL SOC SPC SWK 111 227 245 232 103 124 175 279 110 342 381 221 440 211 355 463 Financial Management Business Law Chemistry for Changing T i e s Theory of Computation Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (9/1&10/16) -25 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (10/30-12/11) .5 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (11/20-12/11) .25 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education (9/18-11/13) .5 Effective Writing Journalism Introduction to Literature African American Experience in America Basic Mathematics (no credit toward graduation) * Calculus I Computer for Business, Economonics and MIS Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Introduction to Philosophy Mass Communications in Society Psychology in Historical Perspective Biblical Studies Varieties of Christian Spirituality Human Community and the Modem Metropolis Small Group Communication Community Organization and Development Saturdav Afternoon, 1:15-445 BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO EDE EDS EDU EDU The Biology of Aging Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Managerial Cost Accounting Human Resource Management Structured Programming Intermediate Macroeconomics Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Music (11/20-12/11) .25 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (10/3@12/11) .5 Media Technology (9/18-11/13) .5 ENG ENG HIS HPE PHI POL POL REL REL SOC SOC SPC SWK SWK 251 350 103 116 120 160 342 111 370 121 375 354 257 466 Readings in America Literature American Literature to 1920 The Modern World Health Concepts for Educators (10/3&12/11) .5 Ethics World Politics Mass Communications in Society Introduction to Theology American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought Introduction to Human Society Social Psychology Interpersonal Communication Exploring Human Services Field Work 111 Sunday Afternoon, 1:15-445 ART 132 Photography BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 322 Accounting Theory & Practice ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics EDE 351 Techniques for Teaching Reading EDE 495 Topics: Kindergarten-ElementaryInterdisciplinary StudiesISocial Studies (9119-11114) .5 EDU 388 Human Relations (10-31-12112) .5 ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (10131-12/12).5 HPE 482 Coaching Theory of Sport INS 233 Women in Cross-Cultural Perspective MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics, and MIS MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS MIS 375 Management Information Systems in Organizations REL 441 Feminism and Christianity SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender, Race SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I SWE 111 Beginning Swedish I SPC 352 Persuasion SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs To Be Arranged EDE 263 Kindergarten-ElementaryClinical Experiences .5 EDS 252 Clinical Experience .5 Evening Classes (meet weekly, September 8 through December 16) CSC CSC ECO ENG EDS EDS EDS HPE MIS PHY POL POL POL SPA 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts, Thurs 6-9 pm 340 Digital Communication and Computer Networks, Thm 6-9 pm 414 Labor Economics, Tues 6-9 pm 345 Introduction to English Language, Tues 6-9 pm 364 English Methods, Thurs 4:50-8:00 pm 366 Foreign Language Methods, Thurs 4:50-8:00 pm, .5 374 Natural Science Methods, Thurs 4:50-8:00 pm .5 002 Racquet Sports, Tues 5:30- 7:30 pm (9121, 9/28, 10/5,10/12,10/19,10/26) Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics 479 and MIS, Thurs 6-9 pm 116 Introduction to Physics, Thurs 6-9 pm 325 Public Administration, Thurs 6:30-9:30 pm 370 Constitutional Law, Tues 630-930 pm 421 Topics in American Politics, Wed 690-9:30 pm 111 Beginning Spanish I, 6-9 pm, evenings TBA Student Teaching (Prereq: Approval and Placement by Education Dept.) * ** EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS EDS EDS 481A K Student Teaching 481B K-El Student Teaching 481C El Student Teaching 482A K Student Teaching 482B K-El Student Teaching 482C El Student Teaching 48341 K Student Teaching 483B K-El Student Teaching 4 8 X El Student Teaching 484 El Student Teaching 481 Student Teaching 482 Student Teaching 483 Student Teaching 484 Student Teaching * Extra class or lab sessions required **Additionalclinicalfee required Winter Trimester 1993-1994 Friday Evening, 6:OO-9:30 ART BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO EDE 102 242 252 331 340 391 345 113 364 EDE 495 EDS EDU ENG HPE MUS NUR NUR PHI PHY POL PSY PSY REL REL SOC SOC SPC SWK SWK 477 341 226 116 130 306 310 380 106 122 105 373 263 343 121 265 354 260 363 Design Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Financial Management Human Resource Management BusinessLaw Principles of Computer Organization Principles of Microeconomics Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:InterdisciplinaryStudies (3143125) .25 Topics: Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts/Childrenls Literature School and Society Media Technology (117-2/18) .5 Introduction to Creative Writing Health Concepts for Educators (2111-3/25) .5 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Contemporary Nursing I1 Community Health Nursing Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Introductory Meteorology Metropolitan Complex Principles of Psychology Organizational Psychology World Justice and Hunger Theology of Marriage Introduction to Human Society Culture: EthnicityIGender and Race Interpersonal Communication Humans Developing Methods and Skills of Social Work Saturday Morning, 8:30-12:OO BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC 231 221 222 352 425 433 320 The Biology of Women Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Marketing Research and Analysis Advanced Accounting Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Algorithms ECO ECO ECO EDE EDE 112 313 318 351 376 EDE EDE EDU EDU ENG ENG INS MAT POL 379 382 264 388 223 438 320 104 342 B Y 105 REL 353 REL 363 SPC 111 SPC 355 SWK 465 Principles of Macroeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Management Science Techniques of Teaching Reading Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies (118-1/29) .25 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (118-1129) .25 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Math (2112-3126) .5 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (2112-3126) .5 Human Relations (21123126) .5 Writing for Business and the Professions Shakespeare American Indian Women Intermediate Algebra (no credit toward graduation) * Mass Communications in Society Principles of Psychology Denominations and Religious Groups Religion in America Public Speaking Small Group Communication Social Policy Saturday Afternoon, 1:15-4:45 BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO ECO ECO EDE 222 252 323 465 210 113 312 415 350 EDE EDS EDU ENG ENG HIS HPE MAT MIS MIS PHI 377 375 370 245 351 222 115 121 175 279 120 Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Marketing Accounting Theory & Practice I1 International Management Data Structures Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Macroeconomics Managerial Economics Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary (118-2119) .5 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Science (118-1129) .25 Social Studies Methods (2112-3126) .5 Classroom Management (118-2119) .5 Introduction to Literature American Literature since 1920 U.S. History since 1877 Chemical Dependency Education (2112-3126)-5 Finite Mathematics Computers for Business, Economics and MIS Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Ethics PSY REL REL SPA SPC SPC SWK SWK 362 Behavior Disorders 111 Introduction to Theology XXX Upper division -to be announced 111 Beginning Spanish I * 329 Intercultural Communication 351 Argumentation 364 Field Work1 469 Field WorkIV Sunday Afternoon, 1:15-445 ART BUS BUS BUS ECO EDE EDU EDE EDE EDE ENG FRE GER HIS HPE HPE INS MIS MIS REL SOC SPA SPA SWE SWK 118 Painting 242 Principles of Management 326 Tax Accounting 440 Operations Management 315 Money and Banking 375 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (2113-3127) .5 282 Introduction to Special Education 380 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Music (119-1130) .25 388 Kindeqarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (316-3127) .25 389 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education (119- 2/20) .5 111 Effective Writing 111 Beginning French I * 111 Beginning German I * 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization 114 Safety Education (2113-3127) .5 353 Kinesiology & Physiology 105 Introduction to American Indian Studies 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design 221 Biblical Studies 375 Social Psychology 111 Beginning Spanish I * 112 Beginning Spanish I1 * 112 Beginning Swedish I1 * 260 Humans Developing To Be Arranged EDE EDS HPE REL 263 252 489 366 Kindergarten-Elementary Clinical Experiences .5 Clinical Experience .5 Coaching Practicum .5 The Church and Social Change in Latin America Tentative trip date to Mexico: January 1522 - - - - -- - - Meets Weekly, WEC Winter Trimester, Jan 7- March 30 ENG HPE NUR SPA 337 002 423 112 British Literature: Romantic to Victorian, Tues 6-9 pm Lifetime Fitness, Thurs 5:N-7:N pm, 8 weeks Pradicum in Nursing I, Thurs 6-9 pm Beginning Spanish 11, Thurs, 6-9 pm Meets weeklapring Day Schedule Jan 31-May 19 ART ENG ENG ENG ENG ENG HIS 225 101 216 341 399 480 370 Communication Design, Tues 6-9 pm Developmental Writing, Tues 6-9 pm American Indian Literature, Wed 6:N-9:30 pm Advanced Creative Writing, Wed 6-9 pm Internship (DevelopmentalWriting), Tues 6-9 pm Criticism, Thurs 6-9 pm The Late Middle Ages to 1560, Wed 6-9 pm student Teaching W e q : Approval and Placement by Education Dept) * " EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS EDS EDS 481A K Student Teaching 481B K-El Student Teaching 481C El Student Teaching 48241 K Student Teaching 482B K-El Student Teaching 482C El Student Teaching 483A K Student Teaching 483B K-El Student Teaching 483C El Student Teaching 484 El Student Teaching 481 Student Teaching 482 Student Teaching 483 Student Teaching 484 Student Teaching * Extra class or lab sessions required **Additionalclinical fee required Spring Trimester 1993-1994 Friday Evening, 6:OO-10:OO ART BUS BUS BUS CSC EDE 290 242 270 466 445 350 EDE 376 EDE EDS EDU ENG ENG HPE MUS 380 353 388 272 361 114 272 MUS 472 NUR NUR POL PHI PHY PSY REL REL SOC SPC SPC SWK 330 404 158 241 101 105 111 XXX 121 111 480 260 Tribal Arts and Culture Principles of Management Business Ethics International Marketing Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary (418-5120) .5 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies (613-6124) .25 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Music (418-516) .25 Creating Learning Environments Human Relations (418-5120) .5 European Literature: Renaissance to Modern Modern Fiction Safety Education (418-5120) .5 Human Identity through the Creative Arts (meets concurrently with MUS 472) Human Identity through the Creative Arts (meets concurrently with MUS 272) Trends and Issues in Nursing * Contemporary Nursing IV:Leadership and Management * ** Political Patterns and Processes History of Philosophy Astronomy* Principles of Psychology Introduction to Theology Upper Division to be announced Introduction to Human Society Public Speaking Publication/ Promotional Communication Humans Developing Saturday Morning, 8:OO-1200 BIO BUS BUS BUS CHM 101 252 331 391 100 Human Biology Principles of Marketing Financial Management BusinessLaw Chemistry for Changing T i e s CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO ECO EDE EDE EDS EDU ENG ENG HIS HPE MAT MIS PHI POL PSY REL REL SOC SPC SWK SWK 313 318 351 377 350 341 111 423 104 115 114 175 125 342 485 231 339 211 351 461 467 Intermediate Microeconomics Management Science Techniques for Teaching Reading Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (419-517) .25 Reading in the Content Areas (5121-61251 .5 Media Technology ( 419-5121) .5 Effective Writing British Novel The Modern Non-Western World Chemical Dependency Education (419-5121) .5 Elementary Functions * Computers for Business, Economics and MIS Ethics and Human Identity Mass Communication in Society Counseling Psychology Religion in African American History Television and Religion Human Community and the Modern Metropolis Argumentation Advanced Methods and Skills of Social Work Social Worker as Professional Saturday AÂ£ternoon, 1:OO-500 BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO ECO ECO EDE EDE EDU ENG ENG INS MIS PSY REL REL SOC SOC 105 221 222 355 438 170 112 311 360 379 386 264 223 245 260 370 493 221 345 231 349 Biology and Society Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Marketing Communications Investments Structured Programming Principles of Macroeconomics Public Finance International Trade and Finance Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (614-6125) .25 Children's Literature (419-5121) 5 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (419-5121) .5 Writing for Business & Professions Introduction to Literature Contemporary American Indians Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS Psychology Seminar Biblical Studies Lutheran Heritage Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View Complex Organizations SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1 * SPC 352 Persuasion SWK 462 Field Work I1 Sunday Afternoon, 1:OO-500 ART 250 Ceramics BUS BUS BUS EDE 242 423 450 364 EDE 375 EDE 388 EDE 389 ENG 225 FRE 112 GER 112 HPE 116 INS 233 MAT 131 MIS 279 MIS 476 REL 221 REL 483 SOC 265 SPA 112 SPA 211 SWK 365 Principles of Management Auditing Marketing Management Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies (4110-518) 2.5 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (5122-6126 ) .5 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (4110-518) .25 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education (51224126) .5 Intermediate Expository Writing Beginning French I1 * Beginning German I1 * Health Concepts for Educators (4110-5122) .5 Introduction to Women's Studies Math for the Liberal Arts Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Information Systems Projects Biblical Studies ChristianEthics Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Beginning Spanish I1 * Intermediate Spanish * Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation To Be Arranged EDE EDS NUR NUR 263 252 311 427 K-El Clinical Experience .5 Clinical Experience .5 Community Health Nursing I1 * ** Practicum in Nursing I1 * Meets Evenings HPE 002 Lifetime Fitness, Thurs pm, meets weekly for eight weeks HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (Thurs., 6-10 pm 4/14,4/28,5/12,5/19) .5 Student Teaching (Prereq:Approval and Placement by Education Dept) * ** EDE 481A K Student Teaching EDE 481B K-El Student Teaching EDE 481C El Student Teaching EDE 482A K Student Teaching EDE 482B K-El Student Teaching EDE 482C El Student Teaching EDE 483A K Student Teaching EDE 4838 K-El Student Teaching EDE 4 8 X El Student Teaching EDE 484 El Student Teaching EDS 481 Student Teaching EDS 482 Student Teaching EDS 483 Student Teaching EDS 484 Student Teaching * Extra class or lab sessions required **Additional clinical fee required Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehbilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices
Show less

Title: Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Catalog, 1993-1995
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: . . .. . .. . ~.,. .·~ . .,. ., .' r" • ., ·~J. :.... I' ·. ~· :. . ... f • • •• • • =u ~ 1 .,·:: 0~ :-. 1 .· ~ '·. ., ~ . . . .. ~. . ·:·z. : '. t ~ • • : • . ...... .,, . . . . en··t· .. · . \ '.· . . ... . : .... ." ·· ~ ~- · . '· "" . . ~ · · ~ "...
Show more . . .. . .. . ~.,. .·~ . .,. ., .' r" • ., ·~J. :.... I' ·. ~· :. . ... f • • •• • • =u ~ 1 .,·:: 0~ :-. 1 .· ~ '·. ., ~ . . . .. ~. . ·:·z. : '. t ~ • • : • . ...... .,, . . . . en··t· .. · . \ '.· . . ... . : .... ." ·· ~ ~- · . '· "" . . ~ · · ~ "'. <..' . ' .. ·.JI..( ~ .:· ·P ·· • ·..~· .. . . . . I •• .. · ~ .. .~~b .· .oo_·:. . . • .. • . . ... • • •• 1 .. ..,. .. .. .' ..• . !• . .... .,. .... ·. .•., ~ ~ ,. .. . I • . • rationally and intuitively the people who might be ? • their followers, and the society in which they we embedded. They had better comprehend the values of our common ... culture, past and present, know how our political and j ·.. economic systems work, and understand how and why .• science has changed the world. .. Leaders need specialists :.. ~ . .. . t' • -~ 1• • . .. ~ as advisers and staff members. But leaders themselves are .... generalists . .. At higher levels of leadership they cannot achieve their full potential without considerable breadth of '• . knowledge. Only this way can they shape the contexts for decisions where expert knowledge is used. • •" • .. ' . .. - . .. • •• John Gardner , .. :. ~· .. I. . . . ,' . ... . llf I .tl-UGSBURG C•O•L•L•E•G•E Graduate Programs Office 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 ....., .. ·."', ' I . . I .. . .. . ·1 '• .. . ... : •· .. .. .."·~ . .. ,.. '• . .. • ~ ~· .· '• ·.·-. · . : %~LE OF CONTENTS j . ~ ..... . .· : ,. ;~ : I ' ..:.. . . .. , I .... Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership ......................... 3 Leadership Development Model ................... ............................... 5 .•' I Curriculum Design ..................................................... ..................6 ' • Thesis/Leadership Application Project Requirement.. ................. ? Course Descriptions ...................................... ............... ................. 8 •• t I• .... .'I'.':.~ · ·:. ' ... .•••. · .. ·'· .. ' ' •. !>'•' . . . ' . . •:.: .· " ., : .~ • I .·..... "'· •\ .. •• . .. .. ~ Accreditation and Affiliations .................................................... 12 Student Support Services ....................... ........................ ............. 13 Student Rights ................................... ...... ..... ............... .. .... ... ....... 13 Admission Requirements ........... ................... .... .. ....... .... .... ......... 14 Attendance Policies ............. .... .... ............. ....... ..... ...... ................ 16 .. •· International Applicants ......................... ....... ............ ................. 15 Evaluation Standards ................... .. ............... .. ..... ....... ................. 16 ',:.." •: Library ..................................................................... .. ................. 12 Application Procedures ................................. ...... ..... ................... 14 ~ ,, Graduate Faculty ....................................... ....... .. .. .. .. ................... 12 Academic Policies ........................................................... ........... 17 ' '.; ~· Fee and Payment Information ..................................................... 18 .,., ....... .. :'· •. '; ..... . • . • •4 · ·:·. ... '. . .. ~ .··:··.... ...... .f,. : .. ·~· ; . •' .. j :::.~ ~ ' ·,. · : . .. ~ ·' . About Augsburg .......................................................................... 22 Campus Location Map ................................. ~ .............................. 23 •: '•-,. -. Financial Aid .............................................................................. 19 ' Campus Map ............................... ..... ..... .. ........... ... ................... ... 23 Faculty and Administration .............. ............... ............... ... .........24 . ·... . .... . ·- ·. •"' • ~TRODUCTION •, • • I ..:· ' ' . .. I . Developing Leaders for Organizations and the Community The Master of Arts in Leadership responds to the leadership development needs of profit and not-for-profit organizations. While different in structure and purpose, most organizations seek leaders with the following qualities: • a vision which is ethically and morally responsible, extending beyond immediate concerns; • an understanding of how change occurs and affects the immediate environment; • a sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face, and an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an organization's mission; • the ability to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to work toward a common goal; and • the ability to effectively represent the organization both internally and externally. The Master of Arts in Leadership provides a means by which individuals may discover and refine these and other abilities and awareness fundamental to effective leadership. Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule The Master of Arts in Leadership program is designed .. . .. .... to meet the needs and preferences of working adults. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into periods of study, group efforts and class preparation. To accommodate this format for learning, each class meets on alternate Saturdays for three-and-one-half hours and alternate Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours. Leadership Development Model . • t . The Master of Arts in Leadership program promotes leadership as a process which I) inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes productivity within and beyond the organization, and 3) works toward progress for the individual and the organization. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to persuade, and the ability to direct action. ... .. '. ...... ·:·. .. ...·· . t .. . 1· f ~· ·: · : ., •' • ; I ' -1 ' • • • I , ' .~ . .. . l., . 4 ... . :.;' . •. ·. ... . . ...,• . • .. -.• ·, . ·. ' •I ~TRODUCTION Underlying these attributes is a broad range of abilities and awareness. These abilities and awarenesses, outlined in the diagram on page 5, serve as specific outcomes for the Master of Arts in Leadership. Augsburg's model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and refine these capabilities within the individual. Community of Learners . .. ~ ' ; ..,..•'•· , - .. ', I. ·• .. ·.. ~. .•. • .. . ' ·• ·'·" . , Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Leadership is participation in a community of learners gathered together on the Augsburg campus. Learning is enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement for active participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of men and women who bring to the program a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages graduate students to make use of college facilitates such as the library, computer labs and the Christensen Center; to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to participate in optional lunch time seminars; and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations, and athletic events. Individual Professional Development Master of Arts in Leadership students enroll in a half course called Leadership Practicum. Students are required to enroll in this professional assessment and development course for six tenns during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half course credit. In each tenn, specific activities related to the practicum are scheduled. Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a full-day professional assessment to determine students' abilities and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Development Model (see page 5). Assessment instruments include paper and pencil exercises, and simulation and group experiences. Following the assessment, students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal goal-setting and in the creation of a professional development plan or "blueprint". Augsburg has contracted with Personnel Decisions, Inc. (PDI) to organize and facilitate the practicums. PDI is a professional consulting firm providing the full range of psychological and human resource services to enhance individual and organizational effectiveness. The practicums work on a rotating series of six, one per trimester. The practicums are designed to meet the needs of the students in the following areas: effective persuasion, communication techniques, identifying and defining problems, decision making, interpersonal skills required for leadership and other professional development topics. Each practicum will focus on a specific topic and use mini-lectures, small group exercises and experiential learning. Students are required to participate in the practicum workshop with PDI during the same term they participate in the professional assessment. • r • ;·, .._.,. '. ·.. ~ADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT MODEL • ' ' :\ .•.•: . . .. ·~ • ·. ... •. ' Leadership Sense of Vision Orientation Toward Action / Ethical • Social awareness • Environmental awareness • Tolerance of religious and philosophical differences • Appreciation of situational complexity .• . Facility for Persuasion / Creative Communicative + Long-term perspective + Flexibility • Adaptability • Innovativeness • • • • Effective listener Effective speaker Effective writer Diplomatic ability • Effective team member • Interpersonal sensitivity ..... Culturally Aware ' : .. , • Appreciation for cultural differences • World-view perspective • Tolerance of individual differences .. ' IJ • .,. ·. ~ .. .... .. I ' .. .. J Risk Assumptive \ l . Decisive I •.... • Curiosity + Achievement motivation • Self-esteem • Self-confidence • Analytical ability + Ability to think critically • Understanding of research • Ability to manage conflict . ". . . .;' ..... "· .. ' .. . • .. · • • •• I '· •"'•. ,, ~ ~ I ,• • .. ..·:. ··. . . ·"' .: . .... ,• .... ·. WuRRICULUM DESIGN ,• l- ·' • ~ f • .. .. ... J •• •• .. • : .~ • . l 'f • .... ... ·- • ·~ .. ....··. - ' ' .. ' '· . . ... ' .·'·. ,' -.. t . ~ ,. . .. ... . •! • • ...... . .,.• .. ' ~ The Master of Arts in Leadership program is comprised of 12 course credits made up of 10 full credit courses and four half credit courses. Unless otherwise indicated, each course is equivalent to one course credit. Elective Courses (6 - 8 course credits) The. following core courses are required of all students in the Master of Arts in Leadership program: The Master of Arts in Leadership program requires that a minimum of six of the required eight elective courses be selected from the following ML 500 Leadership Practicum (A half course which spans six trimesters.) ML 5 I 0 Foundations of Leadership (To be taken during one of the first three trimesters.) ML 514 Research Methods OR EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation (To be taken during one of the first three trimesters, preferably after the student has taken ML 510 Foundations of Leadership.) course list: ML 51 l Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process (Student may not receive credit for both EDU 515 and ML 511.) ML 520 Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought ML 530 Ethics in Communication ML 531 The Dynamics of ML 593 Leadership Research Seminar I (.5 course) Ml 594 Leadership Research Seminar II (.5 course) (These Change ML 540 Politics, History, and Leadership two seminars are to be taken in a student's last two consecutive terms or when the student has completed at least six electives.) ML 545 Decision Making I: ML 592 Thesis/Project Technology Consultation (.5 course) (To be taken simultaneously with ML 594 and in the term in which the thesis/project is completed.) ML 560 Developing a Multi- Qualitative Process and Application ML 550 Decision Making and Cultural Perspective (Student may not receive credit for both EDU 513 and ML 560.) ML 596 Women and Leadership ML 598 Independent Study Other courses as added . ; .'..-.. have had demonstrated success in advanced courses, develop targeted leadership abilities and understandings. Continual reinforcement occurs as students employ these capacities in multiple courses. Students are encouraged to see abilities and understandings as cross-disciplinary and to see content areas as integrated. The very form of the program reflects the view that the world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative ability. Core Courses (4 course credits) ML 599 Special Topics .. . ·:-. The Master of Arts in Leadership students are required to complete 12 course credits and a thesis or leadership application project. Each course unites two or more liberal arts disciplines, encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes, and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners. Instructional techniques are varied, such as case study, debate, written and oral presentations, and group activity. These techniques, which ··.. ~ , : :··' . .. . . . .: . . ,·. Master of Arts in Education - Leadership Elective Courses (0 - 2 course credits) The Master of Arts in Leadership program will allow for the selection of up to two electives from the Master of Arts in Education - Leadership program. The electives can be selected from the following list: EDU 510 Ethics and Leadership EDU 511 Legacy of Education EDU 512 Models of Teaching and Learning EDU 513 Diversity and Education (Student may not receive credit for both EDU 513 and ML560.) EDU 515 Creativity and Problem Framing (Student may not receive credit for both EDU 515 andML511.) EDU 516 Models of Educational Process EDU 517 Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings EDU 599 Special Topics (.5 or I course) Please see the Master of Arts in Education - Leadership program bulletin for detailed descriptions of these courses. Thesis/Leadership Application Project Requirement At, or near, the completion of the course work for the Master of Arts in Leadership program, students are required to develop and carry out a study of some aspect of leadership or leadership related topic. This research based study affords the student the opportunity to "tie together" what has been learned from the study of leadership in the course work, course related activities and the practicum sessions. Students in the Master of Arts in Leadership program have the option to do either a Thesis or a Leadership Application Project for completion of the Master of Arts in Leadership degree. The decision as to which of these capstone alternatives is selected depends on the interests and orientation of the student. Some students express a theoretical interest in the study of leadership and identify topics which lend themselves to a more traditional thesis project. Other students express interest in a more applied approach to leadership and wish to pursue investigations which are not appropriate for more traditional thesis topics. Students with more practical topics in mind are likely to select the Leadership Application Project. Both the Thesis and the Leadership Application Project should be seen as the culmination of the Master of Arts in Leadership program, offering participants the opportunity to either investigate some aspect of leadership in depth or explore the application of what has been studied. The principal distinction between these two options lies in their underlying orientation. The Thesis will have a more theoretical orientation, while the Leadership Application Project will be based on a more practical applied orientation. The difference between these two options will be explored in more detail in the ML 514 Research Methods course, taken during the first year of the student's program. ·~ . ' ~· .. . ., 1 ·,. • '· ( · t '. .. I .~. ~ : ~ , . .. " .. ' > " .. - ~: •.· . ... . ·- ·. ·' .. ~t • t.' , . t. . . ... : . WouRSE DESCRIPTIONS .. •• variety of disciplines and perspectives. The role of the liberal arts, various learning styles, methods of research and inquiry, student outcomes and program expectations are examined. Must be taken during one of the student's first three trimesters. ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking. This course uses creativity as a method and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing innovation and for seeking an integrative world-view. (Students cannot receive credit for both this course and EDU 5 I 5 Creativity and Problem Framing.) , .. . ·. · . ·. . .ii. ' • . • ' .. t .... ·., i.· '· • ' . .•. .· . , ': ~ ~ . . ....1 .. · : .. .......' ~ . ·. ; . ... ' ;: ' ML 500 Leadership Practicum A professional assessment and development course which spans six terms. This course includes a full-day professional assessment and six workshops in the following areas: Leader as Communicator, Leader as Problem-Solver, Leader as Diplomat, Situational Leadership, Leader as Coach/Counselor and Leader as Adaptor/ Achiever. The workshops are offered in conjunction with Personnel Decisions, Inc . Students are expected to participate in both an Assessment Center and a workshop during their first term of registration. Half credit. Graded on a P/N basis. (Students in the Master of Arts in Leadership program are required to take this course. Credit will not be granted for EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership Practicum.) ML 510 Foundations of Leadership Introduction to the concept of leadership, providing an historical and philosophical framework for the program. This course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a ML 514 Research Methods Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects and ideas as they relate to leadership theories and practice. Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed. Must be taken during one of the first three trimesters, preferably after the student has taken ML 5 I 0 Foundations of Leadership. (Students can not receive credit for both this course and EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation.) .'. . .. .-· •. ; ., ,. ~ . .. ·, ·. ·, . ' .. .. ML 520 Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth sensitivity to ethical conflicts which arise in social and organizational settings. ML 545 Decision Making I: Qualitative Process and Application Study of the concepts of self-identity, values and personal growth ML 531 The Dynamics of Change Decision making is fundamental to all human endeavor, particu- as related to professional and personal life. This course may employ psychological, philosophical and theological perspectives to explore the role of the individual in the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of self-identity and values, the influence of sex roles and the relationship to spiritual growth. ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought Investigation of the processes of critical thinking drawing from philosophy and other disciplines. This course focuses on the relationships between ideas and the expression and application of ideas. Students apply dialectical processes in the effective formation, presentation and use of ideas in organizational structures. ML 530 Ethics in Communication Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication through the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives within human communication. This course places particular attention on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes a This course offers an exploration of the context of social change and varying responses to diverse human needs. Ways of achieving well-being may be viewed differently by leaders in public and private domains and across cultures. The course explores these various perspectives including areas of conflict and opportunities for leadership in social and organizational change. Sociological, human development and economic theories are applied to contemporary public and private sector issues for social change. ML 540 Politics, History, and Leadership Analysis of the political aspects of nation-states and other organizations. This course focuses on the process of achieving individual, group or national goals. Drawing on a variety of cultures and nations, it examines significant historical events and the leaders who shaped them. larly in leadership. Leaders, regardless of their field, are continually held accountable for decisions in settings characterized by incomplete information and limited time. The constrained nature of the typical decision making environment necessitates the use of a systematic and objective decision making process. Drawing on various disciplines, course participants will examine the different stages of the decision making process including: analysis of the decision setting and its relevant boundaries, identification of acceptable decision outcomes, definition of the implementation of the decision and appraisal of potential contingencies. While emphasis is given to the qualitative rather than quantitative aspects of decision making, about 20 percent of the course will include the development of some basic analytical concepts: data collection, graphs and charts, measuring central tendency and dispersion, and association. .... .. .. ..., . ... . . . .. .. ...: . . ..:. .. . . . . .. ... ... ·• . ·. •' ~ ~, ....... I • . ,. : ... ·. .,. .. ... ... . .. . .· •.'• ' •I .. .. ' '•. . . . ::· ·- '• . ~,,, ... .,1 .. .· '. . .... : ' . ··.! I . •.. ... . .. .. "' . •. \ . ~. ,.,' . .....•.. ...·~ ~ ... ••.. ' ·, ~ ' f> WouRSE DESCRIPTIONS ML 550 Decision Making and Technology • .11 : Historical analysis of the decision making and problem solving process. This course focuses on the development of technology as both the cause and the solution of problems by investigating various cases. ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective ... . ,fl ~ . ' ..... .. . • I • ··~ . " •· ••• .: 4.. .. Investigation of inter-cultural issues. This course enhan~es the ability to lead and work more effectively with people of different cultural backgrounds through the study of diverse values, beliefs and traditions within the global community. (Students can not receive credit for this course and EDU 513 Diversity and Education.) ML 592 Thesis/Project Consultation A series of meetings with a faculty thesis/project adviser simultaneous with ML 594 Leadership Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings and during the trimester in which the thesis/project is being prepared for final submission. Half credit. Graded on PIN basis. Students not completing the thesis/project during the same term in which they are enrolled in ML 594 are required to pay a thesis/project continuation fee of $100 during each subsequent term until the thesis/project is completed. (Students in the Master of Arts in Leadership program must take this course . Credit will not be granted for students present their final results orally and submit a written thesis or leadership EDU 592 Thesis Consultation.) application project. Half credit. Graded on a PIN basis. (Students in the Master of Arts in Leadership program must take this course. Credit will not be granted for EDU 594 ThesisResearch Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings.) ML 593 Leadership Research Seminar I: Research in Leadership First half of a two-course "capstone" sequence for the Master of Arts in Leadership Program to be taken in a student's last two consecutive terms or after the completion of at least six electives. This course provides each individual the opportunity to develop a research topic to synthesize previous study and work experience and to demonstrate an understanding of the program's principles. Half credit. Graded on a PIN basis. (Students in the Master of Arts in Leadership program must take this course. Credit will not be granted for EDU 593 ThesisResearch Seminar I: Research in Leadership.) ML 594 Leadership Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings Continuation of the "capstone" seminar, taken in the term immediately following the student's registration in ML 593 Leadership Research Seminar I: Research in Leadership. This seminar focuses on the methods of inquiry and results of individual projects. At the completion of the seminar, ML 596 Women and Leadership A seminar exploring the theory and practice of women and leadership - political, entrepreneurial and social. Opportunity for research on a topic and area of interest will be provided. An interdisciplinary approach to issues of women and leadership with an emphasis on literature developed by political scientists will be taken. The course ·is intended to enhance the critical thinking skills of the students and to enhance the leadership skills of those dealing with women and of the women themselves. ML 598 Independent Study Provides directed independent study in an area of the student's choice. Open to students who have completed at least three courses with a grade of at least 3.0. Students must complete a Proposal for Independent Study and have it signed by the supervising professor. The proposal then must be approved by the Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs prior to final registration for the course. Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. ' t" ' ..• . 1.-• ,·. ... ..• . ..... ... . . .:-·. . ~ADUATE FACULTY taught by bringing together faculty from different disciplines or combining a faculty member with professionals from relevant fields. In these situations, at least one member of the team has a Ph.D. and substantial teaching experience. All of the program faculty have extensive experience teaching adult learners. Graduate faculty are listed at the end of this bulletin. The Augsburg library collection includes over 175,000 books, periodicals, films, audio and video cassette tapes, and microforms. Access to the collection is provided via a computerized library catalog that includes the holdings of Augsburg and six other private liberal arts college libraries in the metropolitan area. Daily courier services among these libraries facilitates accessible through MINITEX, a regional library network, and through OCLC, an international library network. Remote, off-campus computer access to all these services is provided via a telecommunications link. Students who successfully complete Augsburg's Leadership program will receive a Master of Arts degree. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The College is a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Faculty who teach in the Master of Arts in Leadership program are predominantly full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professional degrees. Some courses are team •, ~BRARY .. r ' Ii •. . ·• • . ~ ' q ~ .. I .. ; . "· . ...,. "•·.' the sharing of these resources. Additional library resources are ': I.• ' · ~·- ' .. . .' : .. ... .... ·If; .f .. ' ! • Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (neces- sarily) mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs wou Id meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. .. .' . ·, ~ . . ·" ,• ~DENT SUPPORT SERVICES The Augsburg Master of Arts in Leadership Program assists students in making education and career plans, in working on their personal development and in participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice, academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisors and Master of Arts in Leadership staff. Career Services Available Include: • Development of a resume and a career-search plan through the Career Services Office ' ,. •. • • I ·.. . ~ • 4l .; '· ;~· • Work experience related to a student's field of specialization through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148) • Professional assessment through Leadership Practicum • Self/career assessment counseling through the Career Services Office (330-1162) ,, ~DENT RIGHTS The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Students who wish to identify appropriate procedures for complaints should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160). •.: The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age . •• .-·. .. : .... . .. J I ...... ' :• • •.• •.: '.. ... , .. · . ... . . . ·.. .. ·... .. . '# '• •.• .. • I ', .. . ·f • • I .,,. \ .. .....• .. .... .. ·~ ' • ·~ , • , t .. ". ~ . ' ..•. . •. .. nMISSON REQUIREMENTS Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited four-year college or university. Applicants are expected to have a minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A- 4.0) OR a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for graduate courses completed at an accredited college or university, with a possible probationary tenn. Applicants holding a Master's or other advanced degree from an accredited college or university are academically admissible. ' . ~ A ,. Applicants to the program must have five years of experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position(s) of leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership potential. Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to the most highly qualified individuals. Admissions are handled on a "rolling" basis, with students admitted at the beginning of the Fall, Winter and Spring terms. Selection of candidates will be . ... made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's: • Previous college record, • Letters of recommendation, • Experience and organizational background, • Miller Analogies Test scores, for applicants who do not meet the published admissions standards, • For applicants whose native language is not English, a minimum score of 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), • Written statement, and • Possible interview . APPLICATION PROCEDURES • • !,. • ; . ... To apply, the following materials must be submitted to the Graduate Programs Office: • Completed application fonn; • $25.00 application fee (nonrefundable); . • A brief ( 1-3 page) statement relating the applicant's career and life goals to his or her leadership aspirations; ·.•., . .. ••• .. • Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential; • Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same level) describing the applicant's work style and potential as a leader; • Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended listing all courses taken and any degree(s) conferred; • Official transcripts from all graduate institutions attended listing courses taken and degree(s) conferred, if any; • Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test will be requested directly of applicants by the Graduate Programs Office, who do not meet the published admissions standards; • Official Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score with a minimum score of 550, for applicants whose native language is not English; • Applicant may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate programs faculty and/or staff member . .. " . .. ~· ·....· . ··. .. .. . .. . . .. . :- . ' -. :, ._%TERNATIONAL APPLICANTS ·~ .~ ~ Augsburg College Graduate Programs Office encourages qualified applicants from other countries and feels that they contribute significantly to the program. International applicants should keep in mind that classes meet on alternating Thursday evenings and Saturdays. Students can take only two classes plus a practicum per trimester for a yearly total of six classes and three practicums. With this schedule students can complete the required course work in two years. Please see the section under Admission Requirements for a general description of the admission process, selection criteria and work experience requirements. Application materials required for international applicants are: • Completed application form; • $25.00 application fee (nonrefundable) payable in U.S. dollars; • A brief ( 1-3 page) statement relating the applicant's career and life goals to his or her leadership aspirations; • Completed Declaration of Finances (see below for additional information); • Letter of recommendation in English from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential; • Letter of recommendation in English from a co-worker (at the same level) describing the applicant's work style and potential as a leader; • Official marksheets with certified translations from all undergraduate institutions attended listing all courses taken, marks earned, dates attended, and any degree(s) conferred (diploma(s)); • Official marksheets with certified translations from all graduate institutions attended listing courses taken, marks earned, dates attended and degree(s) or diploma(s) conferred, if any; • Official results on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a minimum score of 550; and • Applicant may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate programs faculty and/or staff member, if applicant is in the United States. As a first step toward application, all international students must arrange for their own financial sponsorship, because limited financial aid from Augsburg College may or may not be available. Students and their sponsor must complete a Declaration of Finances as part of the application for admission, along with appropriate certifications. Students will need to provide proof of availability of funds for tuition, books and living costs. For the 1993-1994 academic year, we require students to provide proof of a minimum of $10,000 in U.S. funds for living expenses and the cost of tuition must be added to this amount. Students wishing to have spouses and/or children accompany them, must plan on having additional funds available for their support. . " ..... ,, . . ··.· ... ··.., . •; . : . ... . I ,. .....: ,. :. • I I ~· I .. • NOTE: Additional information may be required, as requested by Augsburg College, to more accurately evaluate educational credentials. Furthermore, supplemental information may be needed to issue an 1-20 or J -1 for students admitted to the Master of Arts in Leadership program. Information requested for the 120 or J- 1 will not be used to make an admission decision. . .. : ... ",, .' . • . .. " ... .... .. !( • . ..• • I ', '. .. ... I I ' ~ ' .I • • . \ _.'~. l ~t • .... ·" ~ALUATION STANDARDS .. ·~ ' Evaluation of academic perfonnance in the Master of Arts in Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale noted in the course descriptions with these definitions: in this bulletin as being graded on a P/N basis. In order to receive a .. ..... ·, ,, 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 grade of P, a student must Achieves above basic course standards. achieve at least a grade of 2.0. Achieves the minimum passing standard. No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. toward the degree. Students who Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). receive an Nor 0.0 in a course must successfully petition the 0.5 0.0 P N w .. .. .. . ". ·• ~ I ~ Committee before being Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and allowed to continue in their non-punitive - not computed in grade point average). program. If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student Grade given when a student withdraws from a course after the deadline for dropping without notation on the record . .. . A ., . . '·· '., , Incomplete grade given when student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Programs Office stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor and any other necessary documentation.) ~ ·- ; .' M'; ..... • ' Master of Arts in Leadership ,• ... . . Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) . may be dismissed from the program. No more than two courses with a grade of or below 2.5 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. TTENDANCE POLICY Because leadership issues are presented, discussed and important and should be considered a responsibility, not only to Irregular attendance may, at the discretion of the instructor, analyzed in the classroom, regular attendance is highly one's self, but to one's class- adversely affect one's grade. mates and course instructor. ' . ..~. . .~ I i· A I ,- 'f ... cADEMIC POLICIES • Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of Nor 0.0 in a course, the student must petition successfully with the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Committee before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time·. If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Committee. Students may also be dismissed by the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Committee for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master of Arts in Leadership program, it is unlikely that courses taken elsewhere may be substituted for a particular course in the curriculum. Students may petition the Associate Dean of Graduate and Non-traditional Programs for approval of any variation in the curriculum including the transfer of credit. Transfer credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. The only courses that will be considered for transfer credit are those earned from accredited colleges and universities whose course content is comparable to those in the Master of Arts in Leadership program. No more than two courses will be accepted for transfer credit. • Credit and Contact Hours Each full credit graduate course in the Master of Arts in Leadership program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 31.5 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. '" .. ." ..:. .. .. .; ... · Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either one or two courses per trimester plus a Leadership Practicum. Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to complete the course work in the program "-'· . • ,, ...•··. ... . _ ... • ,!t1 • .. I . . ·:. ..• .. ' •"" . .: ":' . .. . . ' . : .~ .' ~ . A :..•·. ...... .. .·:·. , ·. ' \ • .. .. ,•, I co• cADEMIC POLICIES in two years. All students are required to complete all components of the program within five years. Extensions beyond five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Committee. • Students who leave the program for more than one trimester must request a leave of absence in writing from the Associate Dean of Graduate and NonTraditional Programs. A leave of absence may be granted for one calendar year. Time spent on an official leave of absence will not count toward the five year deadline for degree completion. Last Day to Withdraw from Class The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their records is published annually in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Supplement. .. . ' .....•.. , ' . .... . ·" .. ,. ' !'"• • " '· ...... ··. ,, 'a ' ;• "'• ~E AND PAYMENT INFORMATION ; . .. If .... ..: ! A schedule of fees is published separately in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Supplement. Tuition is set on an annual basis. ML 592, ML 593 and ML 594 are half credit courses and are charged half of the current full credit tuition. ML 500 Leadership Practicum is a separate charge. Please refer to the current supplement. Various Payment Plans are Available: * 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. . .. .. ··.-• .. ~ .... ,, . ··.•. I, .. .... . . I ' , 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a three-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if the student has adhered to previous plans . 3) Company reimbursement: Full courses or equivalent which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days after the end of the tenn. A letter from the employer, stating the company's reimbursement policy, must be annually filed with the Business Office. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for students loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. * A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. Refund Schedule In order to be eligible for a refund, students are responsible for canceling courses with the Registrar's Office. A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 90% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 70% Prior to the fifth scheduled class meeting - 60% Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% . . .. ·, ·.. : SlfNANCIAL AID In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two full credit courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need. Sponsored Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships may enable the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College offers several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application, please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Service determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination is based on standard, nationally accepted methodology. • Federal Perkins Loan ProgramJoint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No checks are issued, but the student is required to sign a promissory note at least once per term. Funds are put on the student account after the note is signed. BORROWING LIMITS: You may borrow up to $3,000 per year as an undergraduate with a $15,000 undergraduate maximum ($30,000 as a graduate student). .•.• JNIEREST AND REPAYMENT: Simple interest of 5% and repayment of principal (at a minimum of $40 per month) begins nine months after you . .: ". ~ . :. graduate or leave school. Partial or total loan cancellation privileges exist for certain types of teaching, disability and, in certain circumstances, military service. DEFERMENTS: No interest accrues nor do payments need to be made at any time you are enrolled at least half-time or for " t• I ,, t ... .. ' three years of military, Peace Corps or VISTA. Contact our student loan coordinator if you think you are eligible for a deferment. • Federal SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) Federal SLS is a federally sponsored loan program which permits independent students to borrow to finance their cost of education. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services anct must be completed and returned to Financial Services for processing. Checks are delivered co-payable to the College and the student. BORROWING LIMITS: Undergraduates may borrow up to an aggregate maximum of $23,000. Graduate students may borrow up to $10,000 per year with an aggregate maximum of $73,000 (including undergraduate). JNIEREST AND REPAYMENT: Variable interest rates are adjusted each July !st with an • Iii' .... . .. ·' ·' • 11' • • . ... 11 . •. •. . . ... .. . ' , .. ... , i' .. ···... ··. ' . .. . . . . .. . ,. .." . . SlfNANCIAL AID L• , ......• .· .. .... ." . •' ·. . .' ··'·' ..... ~ "· .. ..: l . ·~ .. .... .. ~ ... .:.t . '" N· .. • • . • ~t'! ....•. .' ·.~ ... ··· ·.... ··.-,··' .•· ••••• 4 • ..... . ... .. . 11 % cap. Interest payments begin 60 days after the loan is disbursed, but in many cases, interest can be allowed to accrue and is added to the principal. Repayment begins 60 days after you leave school or cease to be enrolled at least half time. (For 7/1/92 - 6/30/93 the rate is 7.36%.) DEFERMENTS: Deferments exist for continued education or disability. Contact your lender for details. • SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)The SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services and should be completed by the borrower and co-signer and returned to Student Financial Services for further processing. Loan checks arrive once per term and are made co-payable to the student and Augsburg College. BORROWING LIMITS: Graduate students may borrow up to $6,000 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing cannot exceed $16,000 ($25,000 including graduate). The minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. INTEREST AND REPAYMENT: The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begin in the 13th month after you leave school. DEFERMENTS: There are no deferments. Contact the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board regarding special circumstances and repayment. • Federal Stafford Loan Program Common Loan Provisions: BORROWING LIMITS: Effective with enrollment periods beginning after October 1, 1993, graduate students may borrow up to $8,500 per year with an aggregate of $65,500. A student may borrow from either the unsubsidized or subsidized programs or a combination of both, but cannot exceed the annual loan limits. INTEREST RA TES: The annually variable interest rate is determined by the 91-day TBills +3 .1%, capped at 9%, and changes each July I st for new borrowers (those borrowing for enrollment periods beginning after October I, 1992). The interest rate for enrollment periods beginning between October I, 1992 and June 30, I 993 is 6.94%. Repeat borrowers will continue at the same interest rate as their previous outstanding Stafford Loans (7%, 8%, 8/10%, or 9%) . REPAYMENT TERMS: Repayment begins six months after you ceased to be enrolled at least half-time in an eligible program leading to a degree or certificate. Repayment may extend up to ten years . DEFERMENTS: In most cases, deferments are granted for continued education, disability and unemployment. Contact your lender if you think you are eligible for a deferment. Program Specific Provisions: FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN (SUBSIDIZED): The Office of Student Financial services has determined that based on the financial information that you submitted, you qualify for up to the amount listed on your Award Notice. INTEREST: No interest accrues during the time the student is enrolled at least half-time. FEES: An origination fee of 5% and a guarantee fee of up to 3% will be deducted from the loan check before you receive it. FEDERAL ST AFFORD LOANS (UNSUBSIDIZED): You may borrow up to the amount listed on your Award Notice. INTEREST: Interest accrues during the period of enrollment and may be capitalized. FEES: An origination fee of 6.5% will be deducted from the loan check before your receive it. To Apply for Financial Aid I) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up at the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall, or at the Graduate Programs Office, 2222 Murphy Place). 3) All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if they did not receive financial aid. Forms are available from the College. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, by the deadline stated. . ..• ~ I ·. I .. ·.:~ ; ' ,1/. . • ~ . . f . I 41/1ll , ' ," '· . " .. ... ·..• ' A BOUT AUGSBURG Accessibility Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of 14 major buildings -student housing towers, the Christensen Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library and the music building. In addition, there are programs for students with learning and physical disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. We are a diverse community, with many strong religious traditions represented among the students, faculty and staff, including Lutheran, Protestant, Roman Catholic, American Indian Spirituality and Thought, Buddhist and Islamic faiths. .. : .. . '· .•. . . .:~·,, ' 'ii , •. I ~' ••• . .... ,., History Campus Location Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." Adjacent to the campus are Riverside Medical Center, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices . • • 'I • I .; .... ·' ~MPUS LOCATION MAP N e From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at _Augsburg sign. Parking From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. All posted Augsburg College parking lots, with the exception of resident parking lots in front and behind the residence halls, are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through I .,. ··, ' ' . .•.• .: Sunday evening and Monday through Thursday evenings after 4:30 p.m. until 8:00 a.m. Lots are located on Seventh Street between 21st and 22nd A venues and north of Eighth Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is four hour parking and available seven days a week, except for the parking meters on Riverside A venue. The parking meters are as posted by the City of Minneapolis. Additional parking is available in the Fairview Riverside Medical Center ramp. .. • •'! •' • .. ·,' ~MPUSMAP • '· .t I.~ , ~- • • • • . ·1 • • • . .i" /_ 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ~ ..·.' . .. . .. 7. • - '·f ,. .. .; . ~ .. '· 19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership 22. Oscar Anderson Hall 23. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking c. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty/Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only K. Student/Commuter Parking 6. Accessible Entrance ' 11,'. . . .. ''· 1 .. ~ . . :... :... ..1•• .~ ,. . ,.. .. .~ ... . . ... ' '· .. .. ~CULTY AND ADMINISTRATION .. : ' ' .• I ....,.. .. •.. ' . "• •' I Larry Crockett • • .. . .., .. . .. ... .• , . .: 11··... '.:· . ;,. ·-·~ ' I • tJ .. ... ! •.: •\ ' ' ':·ti ... ' ~ .·.,... .... . .. ..• .. ..· •: "'· •' ·.. . . •' . ... \ . .t ~.• . '' •' : .... . . . ··-. ... . . ,. - Norman Ferguson Instructor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. •' ' Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A. , University of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dan Hanson .... ., ., Laura L. Ericksen Coordinator of Graduate Programs in Leadership. B.S., Illinois State University; M.A., University of Arkansas . Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. .. ~ Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div ., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joseph A. Erickson ... .; ..., ..... John Benson Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.S., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. . :· '· The following faculty and administrators are currently involved in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program: . Garry Hesser Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative· Education Program, Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Ryan LaHurd Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph .D., University of Wisconsin . David Lapakko Larry Ragland Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Associate Professor Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. Thomas Morgan Milo A. Schield Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. William D. Morris William Swenson Instructor of Philosophy . A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Instructor of Political Science. B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University. · Richard Nelson Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota . Beverly Nilsson Professor and Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norma Noonan Acting Director of Master of Arts in Leadership Program and Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University . Michael O'Neal Instructor of Sociology . B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota . Magdalena M. Paleczyny-Zapp Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow. Alisa Potter Instructor in Sociology. B.A., Concordia College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota . Diane Pike Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The College reserves the right to change the provisions or requirements at any time within the student's term of residence .
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Starting April 18 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course scheduled must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is non-refundable except when a...
Show more Starting April 18 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course scheduled must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled. When this happens, you may elect to receive a deposit refund or substitute another course. To avoid disappointment in course selection, schedule as soon as you can. Many courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term. Students must confirm registration in person at the Business Office or they will be dropped from the course. Term I Summer School students are required to finalize their registrations on May 31 or June 1. Term I1 registrations must be finalized on June 27 or 28. This procedure applies to all courses, including internships and independent studies. Finalizing registration will take place at the Business Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 31 or June 1, and June 27 - 28. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is finalized. Augsburg students please note: (Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before you can finalize registration.)A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 2. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 29. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To change your registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $50.00 for changing a registration after the second day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 2 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 29 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." @ Printed on recycled W e r I --- '~o@mg-L -2 &edultnne &*-&.* April 18 April 18 May 31 -June 1 June 27-2f (must be confirmed in person at the Business Office) Classes begin Balance of tuition due May 31 May 31-June 1 Last day to: I Change grading option *Drop class without notation *Register with late fee of $50 June 27 June 27-21 I . June 13 June 2 June 2 1 July 15 June 29 June 29 (noregistrations will be I accepted after this date) Holiday Last day to withdraw from class (W) Classes end Grades due in Registrar's office - May 30 June 17 June 24 July 1 -- July 4 July 22 August 5 August 12 - NONDlSCRlMINATION POLICY It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or affectioml preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status wlth regard to pubhc assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and employment practices. The tuition charge for 1994 Summer School courses is as follows: $776.00 for full-credit courses, $390.00 for half-credit courses, and $195.00 for fourth-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition rates listed above. Tuition Refund Policy The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds: *Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 100%of the refundable portion of the fee. *Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 75% of the refundable portion of the fee. *Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% of the refundable portion of the fee. Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedule of refunds. Financial Aid Financial aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for Financial Aid for Summer School is April 15,1994. You must have a complete file in the Financial Aid Office by April 15 in order to receive an award for Summer. Please pick up a Financial Aid Application from the Financial Aid Officer. I 1. Admissions House 2. George Sverdrup Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. Quad 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. Christensen Center 9. SverdrupOftedal Memorial I3all 10. Music Hall 11. 2222 Murphy Place 12. Si Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. S t m I1 Theatre - 15. College Relations 16. Nordic Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Center for Global Education 19.. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American IndianSupport and Black Student Affairs 22. Oscar Anderson Hall 23. East Hall 24. Murphy Square 25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field . -- - - Campus Location 26. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts A. Admissions Parking - B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/ Residence Parkine E. F. G. H. Parking Commuter - Sheet Parking Resident Parking Visitor Parking Fairview/%. Marv's Parkine .. rn rn 35W from the North - I rn Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left of washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. I 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. . 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1 F ' 35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). . Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. I Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. $n active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships and independent studies. Term I runs I . l f r o m May 31 -June 24, Term II runs from June 27 - August 5. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. 1 Summer students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution and perspective requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. r Course levels are inaicated by tne first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Courses regularly taught during the academic year are more fully described n the Augsburg College Catalog. If you leed more information about a special -ummer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent study and internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students who need housing may obtain information from the Director of I Residence Life. Call 330-1109. .. b The College reserves the right to cancel listed courses. I. Y Information and Forms Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Murphy Place 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 Call 61W330-1786 or call toll-free 1-8OOff88-5678 Ryan LaHurd, Director Barbara Pappenfus, Coordinator Eligibility Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Coordinator of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the College should apply for admission though the Office of Admissions or Weekend College. .. . ART ART 389-A AMERICAN ART Anderson A study of early Colonial through contemporary American art, architecture, and folk arts. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics 1:00-4:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th Foss 43 B10 101-A Mickelberg HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Dist.: Biology /Chemistry; Persp.: Na tural World 2 12:00-3:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th,F SC1205 ACC 221-A PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Stoller Inkoduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F OM 10 ACC 322-A ACCOUNTING THEORY & PRACTICE I Kader An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222, ECO 113) 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM 23 BUS 242-A PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. 6:00-9:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th . . OM 10 BUS 301-A BUSINESS LAW Schield An introduction to law and a survey of different areas of law as they relate to the conduct of business. Topics covered include contracts, torts, employment discrimination, and labor law. (Prereq.: BUS 221,222,252; ECO 112,113 recommended) 6:00-9:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th 0~-29 BUS 331-A FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT LaFave Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: Bus 222, ECO 113) M,T,W,Th, F OM I1 8:30-10:50 a.m. ECO 110-A ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study. Students need signature of instructor before Term One begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.: Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or the City Arranged ECO 112-A PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta Introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2 M,T, W,Th,F OM 16 9:30-11:50 a.m. EDUCATION EDE 382-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS Drewlow Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: P E T ) (1/2 course) T,Th L1 6:00-9:00 p.m. EDU 388-A HUMAN RELATIONS Mueller Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Required for all elementary and secondary education majors. Open to all. P/N only. (1/2 course) M ,W OM 18 6:00-9:00 p.m. ENG 219-A AMERICAN DIALECTS: DIFFERENCES AND ATTITUDES Schrnit This course will examine the dialeck of various English-speaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. Dist.: Urban/Women/ Minority; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 M,T,W,Th OM 27 6:00-9:00 p.m. ENG 245-A INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics M , T , W , Th,F OM 18 9:30-11:OO a.m. HPE 499-A INDEPENDENT STUDY Staff Independent study for Upper Division credit. Arranged. HISTORY HIS 348-A RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY Kimball The course offers an introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union. It begins with a brief examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and Lenin's consolidation of power. Later topics include: the rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejection of Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent even$ since the emergence of Gorbachev. The course will emphasize political, diploma tic, economic and cultural history by focusing on Soviet political practices and institutions. M,T, W,Th,F OM 13 9:30-11:50 a.m. INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-A1399-A INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement with a faculty member which links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult instructor for clarification. Arranged - MODERN LANGUAGE GER Ill-A BEGINNING GERMAN I Quanbeck Classroom practice speaking, understanding and - reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Language Level 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 M,T, W,Th OM 23 6:OO-9:00 p.m. SPA I l l - A (Section I) SPA I l l - P (Section 11) BEGINNING SPANISH I Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Level 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 8:30-10:50 a.ni. M,T,W,Th,F (Section 1) OM 25 5:30-7:50 p.nr. M,T,W,Th,F (Section 11) OM 25 MUSIC MUS 271-A MUSIC THERAPY TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS Metzler Study of non-symphonic instruments, OrffSchulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. (1/2 course) 6:OO-9:OO p.nl. T,Th Music 3 PSY 105-A PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOLOGY Hanson An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Application of psychological concepts to everyday situations is emphasized. Dist.: Psychology/Sociology; Persp.: Human Identity REL 385-A PROCESS THEOLOGY AND CHRISTIANITY Lorenzen This course is an introduction to process theology which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology, sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written and presented to the class. Class sessions will include video and discussion. (Prereq.: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor.) Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 6:OO-9:OO p.m. M,T, W,Th Music 23 SWK 260-A HUMANS DEVELOPING Staff This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturi,ng environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment" and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent racial, disability and sexual minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own experiences. Persp.: Human Identity 9:30-11:50 n.in. M,T,W,Th,F Foss 2 l A SWK 399-A SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP Brown Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) Arrnnged SWK 499-A SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives, methodology and evaluation of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and consent of instructor) Arranged SOC 199-Al399-A INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement with a faculty member which links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult instructor for clarification. Arranged SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE . A D'"S SPC 352-A PERSUASION Holmquest Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to persuasion; logical and psychological appeals; empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass movements and campaigns; impact of the mass media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and promotional projects. 5:OO-8:OO p.m. M,T,W,Th Music 22 (These courses are available only to graduate level students.) EDU 510 ETHICS AND LEADERSHIP: ISSUES AND VALUES FOR TODAY'S SCHOOLS Study of leadership withb thc cantext afpawnal and professional ethics and velum, Introductpt-y mrse for MEL pro$rarri. Offered a t dtscounM .ition. Available to special students and fully enrolled MEL students. 1.0 graduate course credits (equivalent to 4 semester fledits or 6 quarter credits) EDU 513 DIVERSITY AND EDUCATION World concerns and cultural diversity as they impact the field of education. Approval pending. linnesota Human Relations licensure .-.quirement. Open to special students and fully enrolled MEL students. 1.0 graduate course credits '2quivalent to 4 semester credits or 6 quarter .edits). For informa tion on dates, times, tuition, ~structors,please call the Graduate Program Iffice at 330-1786. EDU 599 SPECIAL TOPICS: DEVELOPING A MULTICULTURAL PERSPECTIVE: LEADERSHIP IN A LATIN AMERICAN CONTEXT A graduate course for educators sponsored and coordinated by the Center for Global Education, and held on site in Cucrnavaca and Medco City, Mexico, June10- 21,1994.?hts mme C daigncd to developan appkatlon hmltuml di&rek@ and to assist in broadening your world view through face-to-faceencounter with the people of the third world. 1.0 graduate course (equivalent to 4 semester or 6 quarter credits). For more informa tion, call Center for Global Education at 612/330-1159. - ! tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322) M,T,W,Th,F OM 23 10:05-11:30 a.m. BUS 340-A HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) BUS 440-A OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Concepts and principles related to the Cerrito mimagemen! of apemlng hhcftons. b m p l m horn swim bdwrries. no-gofit orpnimtions , ART107-A DRAWING Bollman An intrahction to and d e 6 r i h of drawing methods and media. h w i n g h piwentdas a diverseartformwMchmnbeeqwknceclina wkty of wya. TradIbml and WR-tradttrml media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics T,Th OM 17 5:30-9.00 p.m. I 1 I , ART 118-A PAINTING I Bollman Painting in opaque and transparent color. A variety of subjects and approaches illustra te the versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics T,Th OM 17 5:30-9:00 p.m. ART 132-A (SECTION I) ART 132-P (SECTION 11) PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $175-$200. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics M , W (Section 1) OM 4 1:30-5:00 p.m. 5:30-990 p.m. M,W (Section 11) OM 4 ADMlNlSTRATIONNIS .BUSINESS ACC 222-A PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 Solnick Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221) M,T, W,Th,F Music 23 10:05-11:30 a.m. ACC 323-A ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I1 ~~d~~ A continuation of BUS 322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, and rnanuItlctwrhg.Taught ma managerla1 poht of v l w . Topi- indudean overview of knceptsof quality, invcntury management, prlncfplesofscfr&uling and operations1control [&anation system. ( P r e q . :BU5242 or m w n t of instrrrctor) PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTING FOR BUSINESS Schwalbe An InWducKon to mmpu!jq mnrepts and mlcrocumpucer-bsed inhmtltmsystem Study k;l$aes of W w a r e , operahg g.stems, Ianguages and m n t a p p h l W . Ltmm k,use MSDOS, Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase HI+. May study other applications (M~crosoftWord, Excel). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG 11 or a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced Foss 20 gOMPUTER SCIENCE CSC 160-A INTRO T O COMPUTING AND COMMUNICATIONS Staff Basic computer applications using word processing, spreadsheets, and databases; files and disks; simple programming; use of e-mail, Internet, news, and information services. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or MIS 379 or Math Placement Group IV) Foss 20 ECONOMICS - 3- -F- - -- - ECO 110-A ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent / study. Students need signature of instructor before Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.: Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or the City Arrnnged resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Graduate Level Skill: Writing (Prereq.:PFST, EDU 265) (1/2 course) 6:OO-9:30p.m. T,Tli LI Dntes: June 28,30; July 5,7,12,14 ECO 113-A PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS SabeIIa Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2 6:OO-9:30p.m. M,W OM 29 EDS 390-A COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN THE ENGLISH CLASSROOM LaDuca This course is for English-Education majors who plan to teach high school English. It is designed to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral interpretation, listening, and small group discussion as well as to explore methodologies for teaching and incorporating these skills in the high school English curriculum. 6:OO-9:30p.m. T ,TI1 L 17 ECO 315-M (SECTION I) ECO 315-T (SECTION 11) MONEY AND BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) 6:OO-9:30p.nr. M,W(Section 1) Foss 42 6:OO-9:30p.m. T,Th (Section 11) Foss 42 EDE 375-A DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Graves Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor and PPST) (1/2 course) 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th L 20 Dotes: June 28,30; July 5,7,12,14 EDE 377-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SCIENCE Stangl Examination and pre~aration of materials and * resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary level. (Prereq.:PPST) (1/4 course) IO:05-12:OO p.m. T,Th OM 4 & July 19,21;luly 26,28; Aug~rst2,4 EDE 386-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences. (Prereq.:PFST) (1/2 course) 5:30-9:00 p.m. T EDE 387-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS Themes Examination and preparation of materials and EDS 391-A TEACHING MASS MEDIA LaDuca This course is for English-educa tion majors who plan to teach high school English. Students will explore the nature of the media as "consciousness industries," examining the whys of teaching the media, how to effectively go about it, what kind of assumptions media education has been based on in the past, and how to incorporate media education into the English curriculum. The students will become familiar with all forms of mass media and will understand the impact of media on their lives. Students will learn how to be discriminating users of mass media and how to teach others to be the same. (Prereq.:PPST) (1/2 course) 6:OO-9:30p.m. M L 17 EDU 341-A MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Hackney Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situation. Computer training will be included in this course. ( Prereq.:PPST) (1/2 course) 6:OO-9:30p.m. W Foss 175 EDU 388-A HUMAN RELATIONS Clemmons Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Required for all elementary and secondary education majors. Open to all. P/N only. (1/2 course) 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,W L 17 ENGLISH ENG I l l - A EFFECTIVE WRITING Castor Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is givcn to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. Minimum passing grade for credit is 2.0. Entry level skill: Writing 6:OO-9:30p.m. T,Th OM 18 ENG 241-A INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell An investigation of the citl~mmticqualities, theoretical principles~lsdb t o f i c d evo!ubllm of the film medium. fi*! empbals Is on film A6 an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films illustrating the international development of film form and selected aesthetic movements such as the American studio film and its gcnres, German expressionism, Soviet montage, Italian neorealism and the French New Wave. Because of film lengths, some classes will go to 10 p.m. Persp.: Aesthetics 6:OO-9:30 p.111. M,W Foss 175 I I 1 ENG 282-Al482-A TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY: GARDEN AND WILDERNESS Griffin In the city, remarks A h h dt! T o c q u ~ v i k "humanity attains ils most mmplete development and its most brutish here dvihtion works its miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost or into a savage." The power of thP dty to &b corrupt the human d is a persistmt heme in western tradiliom milmune viu s a d y primarily Amerimn mvcls, p m s , essays and films that explorc th& theme. Tab will be supplemented by &e rnewrcesof the Twin Cities. Course work will involve discussion of texts, papers, exams, and an out-of-class experiential component. Dist.: Literature 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W OM 16 HIS 115-A Zehnder MODERN MIDDLE EAST This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from the rise of nationalism and the decline of the Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th century to the current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how the Middle East reached its contemporary complexity, and its role in the wider world. 6:OO-9:30 p.nr. M ,W INS 199-Al399-A INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student deslgns a Iearing a p m e n t with a hrutty member which links the idmsand methods of theL major to t h ~ - n p p o r found ~ L ~ in the p~amm~nr. hrtrdpation in a weHy geminsr Is ertpfftrd, May Idfill the City Pmpective. Consult instructor for clarification. Arranged INS 225A Kader INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari' ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'ites, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 11:40-1:25 p . ~ n . M,T, W,Th OM 16 MAT 163-A INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS Kaminsky FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES The course includes treatments of some or all of the following: descriptive statistics, elements of probability, basic probability distributions, point and interval estirna tion, test in^ of hypothesis, regression, amlysb -of-uadance, cohiingcncy tables and nonparamctric methods with appli,-atiom chosen prhdP~l~y from pmblems in-the life scknms: biology, mcdiclnr. anthropology, ecology and agriculture. Students will learn to use a statistical computer package to solve problems. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group 111) Dist.: Ma th/Physics; Grad Skill: Quanhta tive Reasoning 6:OO-9:30p.m. M,W SC1112 - - GER 112-A Quanbeck BEGINNING GERMAN I1 Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Level 2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th OM 27 SPA 112-A (SECTION I) SPA 112-P (SECTION 11) Kingsley BEGINNING SPANISH I1 Aims to dEvelup the four b s i c skills: undetsbnding,spmking, reading, and wr~tingof elementary Spanish. Inimductlon b culture of Spnishdspeirking world. &it.: Language Level 2; Persp.. Intercultural Awareness 3 M,T, W,Th OM 25 8.10-9.55 a.m. 5.30-735 p.m. M,T, W,Th OM 25 PHYSICS ---: - - PHY 101-A ASTRONOMY Staff A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. The course also traces the ,development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of 12 inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing and lab sessions are important components. Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: Math/Physics; Persp.: Natural World 2 6:00-9:30 p.m. M,W SC1123 REL221-A , BIBLICAL STUDIES Quanbeck 11 The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3 1:30-3:15 p.?rr. M,T, W,Th OM 10 REL 373-A RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN Benson A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan that are usually associated with religion, including the popular religious traditions of China, Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese Shintoism. (Prereq,: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor) Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 3 5:30-9:00 p.nr. T,Th OM 29 1 I REL 440-A VARIETIES OF CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY Holt A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spiritualities, especially prayer and meditation. (Prereq.: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor) Dirt.: Religion; Persp: Christian Faith 2 or 3 5:30-9:00 p.nl. M,W OM 10 SOCIOLOGY SOC 199-A1399-A INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement with a faculty member which links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult instructor for clarification. Arranged SOC 356-A ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th OM I1 SWK 399-A SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP Brown Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) Arranged SWK 499-A SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives, methodology and evaluation of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and consent of instructor) Armnged I EATRE ARTS SPC 351-A ARGUMENTATION Lapakko Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in analyzing argumenta tive claims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in reasoning and learning to apply principles of argumenta tion to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity to enhance their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. Grad. Skill: Critical Thinking 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th Foss 42 SPC 355-A SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Gaetano A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership and conflict management. This course combines lecture with practical experience to help the student become a more effective and productive member of a small, task oriented group. (Prereq.: SPC 354) 5:30-9:00 p.m. M,W Murphy Ploce 1 SPC 414-AIINS 414-A FEMINIST RHETORIC NilssonlStratton The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical perspective on American feminism, and 2) to develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.: Urban/Women's/Minority Studies 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th OM 10 Augsburg ,r -itas= .I
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1995
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction Calendar .................................................................. ......................................................................... 2 4 ........................................................ 5 About This Catalog Options ...................................
Show more Introduction Calendar .................................................................. ......................................................................... 2 4 ........................................................ 5 About This Catalog Options ........................................................................... 5 Visiting Students ..................................-...................... 6 Interim Courses .............................................................. 7 UMAlE Courses ............................................................. 47 Other Courses .............................................................. 49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ,. ....,.,, .. .".i,.iiiiiiiiii'-L.i.....i.. 50 Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the Distribution requirements is required to complete three Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required. For any student entering after January 1993 a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 total credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33 credits required may be taken by students who repeat a credit for a course in which a grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course. Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim experiences may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education requirements. Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim which is a Cross-Over, but will be charged Day School prices ($1,270). They also can only then take 1.0 course credits in Weekend College. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Introduction Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025 November 14 to December 6 ...............Interim Registration January 3 ................................................. First Day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only) Time 11-1:00 p.m. January 4 .......................................Last Day for Cancel/Add January 13 ..................................... Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 13 .......... Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 25 ............................................................ Interim Ends January 30 ......................................... Spring Semester Begins -c..,..... .-.,.....Interim Grades Due February 3 ..........+........... The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: - Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, Januay 16, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. Introduction The catalog lists courses by department in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Aupburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE).See page 48 for course listings. Internships deadline - Friday, December 9. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental require ments and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 9). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 28. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but might not meet Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects religion courses. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,270 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 299 or 499 courses. Introduction ART 106-A Calligraphy 11 ART 306-A lnstructoc Philip Thompson Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on practice in calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundational, italic, gothic and uncial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper division students are required to complete master sheets in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board Distribution: Art/Music Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 ART 247-A lnstructoc Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $37 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: 1 Room: Old Main 7 7 Art I ART 290-A Instructor: Steve Chapman Tribal Arts & Culture is a course designed to familiarize students with American Indians and their art. American Indian art is examined through regional areas in North America, and an introduction to Meso-American art and cultures is also provided. The course follows lecture, video, and demonstrations by American Indian community artists. Students will have the opportunity to research and design an object of art from an American Indian perspective during the studio time after the lecture presentation of course materials in each tribal area. A result of this course should be to help establish a better understanding of American Indians and their perspectives, and to excite an interest in American Indian art by future teachegand educators of Indian and non-Indian students. Distribution: Art/Music Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 17 BIO 185-A Instructor: Robert Herforth With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in, and research on, the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age and diseases associated with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's disease, and cardiovascular disease. The major theories that have been proposed to explain what causes aging will be presented, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals and humans. Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for arriving at grades. Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 BUS 295-A BUS 495-A lnstructoc Amin Kader This course is designed to demonstrate how economic factors, management decisions, and accounting methods affect the profitability of an enterprise. Students will work in groups, each group competing with the others. Students will make decisions as to all aspects of the business of a company. As they enter such decisions, they will be informed of the effect of their decisions on the market value of the company's stock. Evaluation will be based on an examination and each group's performance in competing with the other groups. Prerequisites: Lower Division: BUS 295 - No prerequisite Upper Division: 495 - ACC 222, BUS 242, BUS 252, or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 1 BUS 295-8 Instructor: john Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for Business starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performances on small business case studies. Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 BUS 368-A Instructor Steve LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Students who cannot attend the entire first week of classes should not enroll for this course. Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 Business 1 BUS 49.54 Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp The primary objective of this course is to enhance the student's understanding of the new dimensions of EastWest trade relations in the 1990s. We will analyze the past and present conditions for East-West trade cooperation and its patterns. The impact of the transformation of Eastern Europe and Russia on world trade will be discussed. The theoretical framework for international trade will be presented. At the global level, the role of the European Union, International Monetary Fund, World Bank, and General Agreement for Tariffs and Trade (GATT) in East-West trade relations will be examined. Students will be evaluated based on their research paper and final examination. Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or ECO 1 13 or consent of Instructor Maximum Enrollment: I S Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 323 CHM 100-A lnstructoc Arlin Cyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the Pill", food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 2 Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 7 5 INTRODUCTION TOCOBOL CSC 27 7 -A Instructoc Noel Petit A study of the COBOL programming language for . Computer Science I students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170) Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Foss 43 ECO 4 95-A lnstructoc leanne M . Boeh A comparison of the United States system and other countries' national health care systems. What are some of the alternative models for both organization and delivery of health care services? The class will focus on the models used in Canada, Germany, Great Britain, Japan, and the Scandinavian countries. The course will consider such issues as aggregate spending, allocation of physicians, nurses and other allied health personnel and the effect health systems have on overall health outcomes. The advantages and disadvantages of all the systems will be explored. Evaluation is based on homework assignments, short papers, and exams. Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Foss 2 0 Economics ECO 495-6 lnstructoc Satya Gupta In recent decades the mutual funds industry has gained a respectable place in the financial system of the United States. More and more commercial banks are entering into the mutual funds market. Increasing numbers of employers are leaving it to their employees to manage their pension funds in a given family of mutual funds. In such a changing climate it is important that our students are educated to make informed decisions about their retirement funds. This course will emphasize the structure and functioning of mutual funds involving risks and benefits. Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or consent of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Library 1 EDâ¬ 375-A lnstructoc Gretchen lrvine The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisite: PPS T Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A Instructor: Mildred Mueller Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpemnal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course. P/N grading only. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays) Room: Music 23 EDU 491-A lnstructoc Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prerequisites: Completion of courses for Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.) Maximum Enrollment: 9 (This course involves fieldwork supen/ision for the faculty member.) Time: I Room: Library 4 ENC 282-A Instructors: Ronald Palosaari/Bruce Reichenbach In this course we will identify what virtue is, inquire about how one becomes virtuous, and explore some of the major virtues - like compassion, honesty, prudence, justice, and love - through classical and contemporary literature. The goal is to provide opportunity for you to think about your character and its development, to enable you to ask about the relation between character and moral actions, and to probe your curiosity by considering possible tensions between the virtues, as found in life situations. The course is built around the question of values, in particular, the issue of virtue (qualities of moral character). A broad list of virtues will be considered, including the classical Christian virtues of faith, hope, and love. We will look at what these virtues are, at their relationship to each other, evaluate possible conflicts between them, and see how they play out in life situations, both in literature and (through the journals) in students' lives. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 ENC 282-B/482-B lnstructoc Joan Cn'ffin Although generally relegated to separate sections in bookstores or to children's bookshelves, fantasy, as J.R.R. Tolkien argues, is "not a lower but a higher form of Art, indeed the most nearly pure form, and so (when achieved) the most potent." This course will study 20th century examples of fantasy, looking for their roots in folktale, myth, epic and romance. At times the course will pair medieval and modern works of the fantastic imagination (for instance, "The Mabinogion" and "Evangeline Walton" or "Beowulf" and 'The Hobbit"). We will attempt to define the genre of fantasy by discussing essays by C.S. Lewis, Tolkien, Ursula LeGuin, and Madelein L'Engle, as well as considering relevant theories of myth and folktale by Joseph Campbell, Axel Olrik, Lord Raglan, and others. Students taking the course for lower division credit will be asked to write several short papers. In addition to writing several microthemes, ENG 482 students should be prepared to write a substantial paper on the works of a writer with whom they already are familiar. Prerequisites: 2 8 2 - none (ENG 1 1 1 recommended); 482 - ENC 245 required Distribution: Literature Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 100 FRE 111-A lnstructoc Pary Pezechkian This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I/ Room: Old Main 23 French FRE 243-A Instructor: Ruth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature for the nonFrench reader? What major French writers have portrayed diverse non-Western cultures and social strata in their literary works? What can we discover about ourselves and other cultures in learning how to read, analyze, and communicate our findings through literature? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What will we be studying? The legend of St. Julien presented in Middle Ages style by Flaubert, examples of the Renaissance search for new worlds found in Rabelais, a bit of Descartes autobiography. We will travel the world with Voltaire's "Candide," explore social themes of a 19th century nouvelle, and read 20th century authors like Gide, Malraux, Camus, St. Exupery, and Duras with their multi-cultural connections. We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point you will choose another short work for personal study, comparative analysis and presentation for the class. Assessment in such a course will be ongoing, based on individual and group response to the many activities in the course. Timely reading of assigned texts, analyses, discussion preparations, short quizzes, and cultural discoveries will enable you to undertake successfully your independent study project and further enrich the whole class. This literature course for the non-literature major is intended to help you in further free reading, in your critical thinking about other cultures, and in communica- French tion with people of cultural backgrounds other than your own, including non-Western ones. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor Distribution: Literature Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 HPE 1 16-A lnstructoc Richard Borstad This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on the prevention of childhood health problems, and the promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Melby Hall 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 7/3, 1/5, 1/70, 1/12, 1/73, 7/17, 7/79, 7/24) HPE 232-A lnstructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 7 6 Time: I Room: Melby Gym (T, Th & alternate Fridays - 7/3, 7/5, 7/10, 1/72, 1/73, 1/17, 1/79, 1/24) Health and Physical Education HPE 250-A lnstructoc Lisa Broek Making Connections is designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a wellness model foundation for educating self and others about personal health issues. Course topics include wellness programming issues (i.e. HIV/AIDS, substance use, meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues, and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies which promote a healthier campus environment. The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an objective test, journal entries, and a group project. This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation, and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main I 1 (lanuary 3- 1 9, 1 995) HPE 455-A Instructor: loyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,700, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (6 12) 3 30- 124 7. Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports HPE 470-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: procedures in umpire certification,rules of slow pitch softball (Federation),rules of fast pitch softball I Health and Physical Education I (Federation), the mechanics of proper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences. There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of umpiring softball. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 1 19 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/70, 1/12, 1/13, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24) HPE 475-A lnstructor: Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: BIO 103 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 119 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23 1/25 - 9 meetings) HPE 477-A lnstructor: Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Health and Physical Education I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/6, 7/10, 1/12, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24) HPE 483-A lnstructoc Marilyn Florian This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade will be based .on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on tests. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 119 (M, W, & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25) HPE 487-A Instructor /eff Swenson The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary, junior high, high school, or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of program will be covered. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 202 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25) nealrn ana mysrca~taucarron I I HIS 244-A lnstructoc Bill Green Why did Minnesota territorial legislators extend civil rights to one racial minority but not to other racial minorities? How did anti-catholicism stratify the white immigrant community? Why did Minnesota show tolerance to its black residents, as the state experienced ultra-nationalism, labor tension and xenophobia? These questions, and others, will be addressed in this course. Through lectures, class discussions, and field research, we will examine civil rights in Minnesota from 1848-1920, as it relates to race, class and ethnicity. Evaluations will come from classroom discussion, a research paper, and a test. Distribution: History/Philosophy Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 24 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: THECML WARERA HIS 33 1-A lnstructoc Chris Kimball Many people believe that the Civil War was the most important event in the history of the United States, one that transformed the nature of American society. Put more broadly, the years between the mid-1840s and the late 1870s saw questions about such fundamental principles as slavery and freedom resolved; others, however, continue to trouble us to this day. This course, then, offers a survey of the causes, issues, and consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest Destiny, the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the Republican Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of women, popular religion, the transition from slave to.free History labor in the South, and post-slavery race relations. The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will be based on participation, several short writing assignments, a mid-term, and a final. Prerequisites: One history course or consent of instructor Distribution: History/Philosophy Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 HIS 495-A Instructor: Don Gustafson The seminar is meant to be a capstone for the history major. Participants will be asked to utilize their historical training in dealing with some of the philosophical questions of the discipline of history, to develop and expand certain research skills, and to contribute to the historical development of each other by careful evaluation of oral and written presentations. Prerequisites: Senior History Major Graduation Level Skill: Speaking; Writing Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 HON 40 1 -A lnstructoc Larry Crockett The focus of the course will be Southwestern Christian history, with a special consideration of Hispanic Christianity, ranging from traditional Roman Catholicism to evangelical and charismatic expressions. The course will consider the Spanish roots of Latin Roman Catholicism and the transplanting of those roots into Southwestern North American soil. Next, we will consider Native American influences which came to be ingredients in this transplanted faith. Last, we will survey new expressions of Hispanic Christian faith, notably the evangelical and charismatic movements which have become important in recent years. A highlight of the course will be a 12-day trip to the southwest United States and northern Mexico. ranging from San Antonio to northern Mexico to San Diego. Estimated travel expense: $1,300 Evaluation: I) mid-term exam prior to departure; 2) journal of experiences in southwest U.S. and northern Mexico; 3) final paper. Prerequisites: Honors student or permission of instructor, preference to seniors Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 42 INS 21 1-A Instructor loan Kunz Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. Prerequisite: One year of an introductov science course Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Science 3 1 9 Interdisciplinary INS 298-A Instructors: Carry Hesser, Lois Olson, Mary True Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn about organizations, comrnunities, and yourself by working/serving, observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your own experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time placement and participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can explore the world of work and/or service, obtaining the valuable experience you need for the future you want. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1) to give you first-hand experience in working with professionals and making connections between your experiences and your Augsburg education; and 2) to increase your ability to learn about organizations, the community, and yourself from your own experiences. Each participant will observe and work approximately 20 hours per week in a placement which matches his or her interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for two hours (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.). Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, completion of learning exercises, supervisor assessment, journals, and seminar participation. The course is offered on a P/N basis only. Prerequisites: Permission of instructors and placement secured by lanuary 3, 7 995. Distribution: Urban Concerns Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Time: I1 (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.) Room: MP 10 1 Interdisciplinary LIN 290-A Instructor: Don Steinmetz Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 1 MIS 376-A lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe This course develops practical project management skills by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous in-class activities to determine projects to be done during class, estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully complete projects, use project management software to track progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and linguistics/Management Information Sptemr I team presentations, participation, and a final exam. Prerequisites: ACC 22 1, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370 Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 2 1 MAT 173-A lnstructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher Distribution: Math/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 7 3 MAT 253-A lnstructor: Bev Durkee Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification I used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in threedimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm and final exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals. Finally students will keep a journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher Distribution: Math/Physics Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science I I2 SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE (UMAIE COURSE) MUS I 79-A lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of England and continental Europe, particularly such cities as London, Paris, and Amsterdam. This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Students gain an appreciation for the role of art and music in the history of England, France, and the Netherlands. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course Music - - related group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered. No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,945 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four group meals, and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 3301655. Offered on a PIN basis only. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 SURVEYOF ROCKHISTORY AND MUSICAL STYLE 1951-1971 MUS 204-A Instructor: 0.Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 NOR 1 I I-A lnstructor: Frankie Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 PHI 295-A lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer The purpose of this course is to study the nature of selfdeception as it occurs in human behaviour. Self-deception, absurdity, bad judgment, etc., are some of the concepts explored in the course. The procedure of the course will consist of a close analysis of selected texts and seminar style discussions of topics. Students will be asked to take an objective mid-term and final in combination with several essay assignments. Grading will be traditional and follow the college's guidelines. There are no requirements for the course, but one prior course in philosophy would be helpful. Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 PHY 151-A lnstructoc Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Science 3 0 PHY 325-A lnstructoc Mark Engebretson From the realm of subatomic particles to the manufacture of recording tape and computer chips, the study and manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of what we know as modern high technology would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control, and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under these conditions. Experiments will make use of a variety of chambers, pumps, and gauges as well as a quadrupole mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences and scientific communication; only one third of the class time will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, oral and poster presentations, and two exams. Prerequisites: PHY 12 1, 122, 245 (or equivalent), and MAT 124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146, 245) Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 0 POL 140-A Instructor Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice, and use those standards to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course, students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow classmates in class discussions. The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and to increase student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short ( 4 6 pp.) papers, and on a final exam. Distribution: Economics/Political Science liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Political Science AND PUBLIC POLICY POL 220-A POL 320-A lnstructoc William Morris This course will examine the impact of the American plitical system upon public policy making in the United Slnles. Thrw lopics of major plicy i m p r t a i l c ~will Lx. sel~ttulfor examination in the. way they alp a d d r m d by partiailar polilical practics and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light tion available of the scholarly literature and oll~erinf~~ma on eiicli s1113jwl.I! will tIie11~SSC'SSthe interplay belwwn these c h d c s and their hndling by the politicat system. Close attention will be givm to a n ~xploralionof the elhical sihiation and dilemmas of decision-makingin politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policy-making process in acldressing thae problems. 'Thme, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a iust on the assigned readings outlining the policy-making process in the United States, and class participation will detcnnine final grades. Students taking the course for Lower Division credit will bc expeckl lo complete p a p a on two of the tl~reepolicy issui-3 a d d r e s d in [he course. Those taking the course for upper division credit mttst complete an additional p p e r on a policy issue of their choice covered in class. Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one lower division social science class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss 20 a POL 268-A POL 468-A lnstructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten In these classes we will investigate the major political issues facing citizens and policy-makers in Middle East countries today. We will analyze Islamic tradition as it has shaped social values and provided a reservoir for political protest in the 1990s. Country studies on Egypt, Iran, Syria, Israel/ Palestine, Lebanon, and Saudi Arabia will be used to study how modernization has given rise to new conflict patterns and today's Islamic political movements. We will consider the prospects for improved human rights and democratic participation. Several featurelength films dramatizing political conflicts in the f id die East will be shown. Two textbooks will be used for the course as well as a variety of specialized country studies. Each student will prepare comments on political themes, read and critique a selection from the course booklist, and write a final essay analyzing political aspects of two countries in the Middle East. Students taking the 268 level will have fewer analytic requirements in their presentations and essays. Prerequisites: one lnlernational Relations course or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 POL 342-A lnstructoc Peter Przytula Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 PSY 105-A lnstructoc Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 11 Room: Murphy Place I I I PSY 340-A lnstructoc Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will Psychology include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and four or five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105 Maximum Enrollment: 1 6 Time: I Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A lnstructoc Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. As background for the course, students are required to read "The Call of Service: A Witness to Idealism" by Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore in early October. An additional text will be required and library Psychology 1 reference work will be a part of the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY I05 Maximum Enrollment: I5 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 REL 330-A lnstructoc Philip Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the Graeco-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul (Romans and 1Corinthians) and First Peter. Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper. Prerequisites: REL I I I or REL 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Religion REL 3 4 1-A lnstructor: Brad Holt The course will help students think knowledgeably and critically about the intersections of health and religion. The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences in church and medicine, and contemporary trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer and sacraments will be considered. Evaluation will be on the basis of a class presentation and paper, spot quizzes, and one test. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: /I Room: Old Main 16 REL 343-A lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (only one lnterim course may be used Religion I to meet religion requirements) Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 REL 345-A lnstructoc Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used. Some important readings will be done from the reserved shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequisites: Religion 1 7 1 or 22 1 . Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 REL 386-A lnstructoc Bev Stratton How does the Bible talk about creation? How does the Adam & Eve story affect our lives today? What were families like in Bible times? Were ancient problems similar to our own? What does the Bible say? What does it mean? What values does it portray and promote? This course addresses these and other questions by exploring how scholars read and speak about the book of Genesis. Evaluation is based on quizzes, three speaking assignments, and a project or short paper. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 221 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I or 3 Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 12 S WK 23 0-A lnstructoc Vincent Peters This course, taught in January, is a three week intensive course of study and travel that offers a transnational perspective of non-violent social change and development. It explores non-violent alternatives to the global arms buildup, which contributes to the world-wide problems of poverty, environmental depletion and oppression of powerless and disenfranchised segments of society. The overall cost of approximately $2,795 covers full room, board, group travel to Norway and a trip to Lillehammer. For more information call Kathy Lutfi, Center for Global Education at 330-1655. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 SWK 257-A lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a services agency or institution which students select. The placement must be approved by course Social Work I faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economicstatus, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The threehour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 1 7 SWK 3 1 5 - A Instructor Blanca-Rosa Egas This course will focus on health care, environmental concerns, and peace issues. With visits to health facilities in hospitals and clinics, interviews with professional and folk (indigenous) health practitioners, and presentations by personnel "outside the system" we learn about Costa Rica's holistic health care and social services. Students will gain an understanding of the attitudes, values, and JOCIOI Work practices concerning health and population matters within the society. The assessment of Costa Rica's historic and current worth provides a creative perspective, a positive attitude and a better understanding of Latinos in the USA. Evaluation: students are evaluated in course participation, several reflection papers and a final examination. Grading: Letter grade or P/N. The fee of $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, and five group dinners. This is a UMAIE course to be co-taught with Dr. Don Irish, Hamline Professor Emeritus. Prerequisites: Basic Spanish Maximum Enrollment: 30 SWK 466-A (full course) S WK 466-6 (0.5 course) Instructor: Maria Brown This is a continuation of Field Work I1 - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 hours (one half course) or 30 hours (full course) per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work students Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 0 1 Social Work I SPA 2 4 8 - A Instructor: Roman Soto An introduction to the main cultural issues that characterize contemporary Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in the work of such filmmakers as Luis Bunuel, Carlos Saura, Miguel Littin and Maria Luisa Bemberg, among others. Parallel to a brief discussion on the aesthetic aspects raised by these authors, the course advances in two directions: A "horizontal" one, focused on the main themes - political and social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile or immigration - explored in each film, and a "vertical" one, attempting to describe the variations in the treahnent of these themes among the films included in it. The films are in Spanish with English subtitles and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on attendance and participation and a short term paper. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 SPC 3 2 9 - A lnstructoc David Lapakko This course explores both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western and non-Western cultural rules, values, assumptions, and stereotypes and how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general theoretical understanding of the dynamics of cross- Spani~h/Speech,Communication, Theatre [ SOC 27 7-A lnstructoc Cordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, and a project in which each member of the class does on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area will be a requirement of the course. Class participation and a final examination will also be basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I Room: Music 2 3 SOC 265-A Instructoc lerry Cerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Urban/Women/Minority Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 9 Sociology cultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how these principles relate to particular cultural groups. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 42 SPC 347-A lnstructoc Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view several documentaries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be required for editing. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Foss 175 UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (330-1025).Registration for these Interims ends November 11,1994. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Australia's Business Climate British Women Writers: Writings, Lives and Contexts Castles, Cathedrals, and Museums: Architecture of Eastern Europe and Bavaria Coral Reefs in the Philippines and Hawaii Costa Rica: A Study of Holistic Health, Environment, and Peace English School and Family: Focus on Literacy Europe and the Rise of Modern Science German and Austrian Culture and Language: Vienna, Munich, and Berlin The Greek Experience Hawaii: Multi-Ethnic Communication in Organizational Settings Heroes and Masterpieces 2000 Years in Trier: Intermediate German Language and Culture in Germany Ireland: Inside and Outside From Istanbul to Athens: Theology and Art In Turkey and Greece Law in London Museums, Music, and Monuments in the Great Cities of Europe Natural Histoy of Ecuador: Galapagos, Highlands, Amazon The Natural History of Tanzania - East Africa Sounds and Sights of Europe South Africa: From White Domination to Majority Rule Theatre in Britain This is New Zealand Women in Development: An African lnquiy These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. OUTWARD BOUND HPE 2 12-A Check for information in the Interim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Academic Seminars POL 3 98-A GLOBAL VILLAGE: WORLD POLITICS AND ECONOMICS (JANUARY 2- 14, 1995) POL 398-8 Other Courses I POL 398-C The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all three weeks of the program in order to receive academic credit and to receive a stipend from the College covering registration and tuition costs. Credit is available from the Political Science Department for this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars, and journals. For information brochures and registration forms ask in Memorial Hall 113 or call #1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall #I17 or call #1197. A limited number of stipends are available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office. The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. HPE 002-K lnstructoc Wayne Niles This class is designed to instruct students in the basic techniques for self defense, using the hands and feet. Other Courses/Lifetime Sports I Based on and taught by experienced instructors i n the art of American style Tae Kwon Do. Fee of $60. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited Time: 12:OO-2:00 p.m. MI W, F, Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-A (Section A) lnstructor: Ed Saugestad Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W, Fall term (8-1 0:00 a.m.) Room: Melby, weight room HPE 002-6 (Section 6) Instructor: Ed Saugestad Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W, Fall term (1 0- 12:OO p.m.) Room: Melby, weight room
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1994-1996
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: A Greeting from the President On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and to use this opportunity to welcome new and returning students. Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable...
Show more A Greeting from the President On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and to use this opportunity to welcome new and returning students. Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and its metropolitan location attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg. The College continues to grow, building on a tradition of excellence in its programs, f a d t y , students and facilities. It is a place where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and ideas. I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future. I look forward to meeting you on campus. Charles S. Anderson President - AUCSBURC LOLLECE FACTS AND FIGURES Location -Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The College moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Religious Affiliation - The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA). Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, 18 percent represent other Protestant denominations and 21 percent represent the Roman Catholic Church. Accreditation -North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by the American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, and National League for Nursing. Member -Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council. Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board, as described on page 11. Enrollment (1993-'94) - 2,964 students from 26 states and 26 nations. I Graduates - 11,839 undergraduates from 1870 through July 31,1993. StudentIFaculty Ratio - 13.84 to 1. Undergraduate class size averages 20-25. Campus - 16 major buildings. Major renovations in 1979-'80 with special emphasis on accessibility. Accessibility - Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway-tunnel-elevator system provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. I Financial Aid -Over 90 percent of the students receive some form of financial aid from the College and many other sources. I Library -Over 175,000 items, access to over 7,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium and Minitex, the regional library network. School Year - Semesters from September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College -trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program - trimesters, September to June. Majors -More than 40 majors in 22 departments. Off Campus Programs - Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),International Business Program, Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE)and extensive cooperative education and internship programs. Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), Division 111. I Policy - Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual preference, marital status or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. A ugsburg College in - is grounded traditions - the traditions of its founders, of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to the challenges of today's - and tomorrow's changing world. Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first college stude,ntswere enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879. Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouraging and respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education, understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect the future in positive ways. Early Leaders Establish a Direction The phrase, "Think globally, act locally" rings true at Augsburg. The College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Mission Statement Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for service," and to the Mission of the College: To developfuture leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the About Augsburg 7 Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The Focus Changed This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, Georg Sverdrup, Jr., became President. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission as serving the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963. A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsbwg added the Music Hall,Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place. Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980. He guides Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting three graduate degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsored forums and events, increased accessibility and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. - About Augsburg Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens; The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,800 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. CAMPUS LOCATION Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical centers - Riverside Medical Center - is adjacent to the campus, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Corners theater district just a few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus. (See map in back.) Convenient bus routes run throughout the city and connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. FACILITIES AND HOUSING Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/ skyway system connects the two tower dormitories, the fi;e buildings on the ~ u a d r i ~ lplus e , Music Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st Avenue South and provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. American Indian Support Program and Black Student Affairs Program Offices - Located at 620 21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to American Indian and Black students. Anderson Hall -Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is the newest building on campus. Located at 2016 S. Eighth Street, Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 men and women. (1993) Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field - The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air supported dome covers the field during the winter months, allowing year-around use. Christensen Center - Center of nonacademic activity, with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, About Augsburg 9 bookstore and offices for student govemment and student publications. (1967) program and two admissions representatives. College Relations House - Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for College Relations staff, who oversee public relations and publications for the College. Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974) Center for Global Education Located at 609 22nd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. It is also the office for the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad. Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department. It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961) East Hall -Houses the Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) and the Center for Atmospheric Space Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Establishes a new "front door" for the College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the College. The TjornhomNelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel and the Amold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for the Campus Ministry program, drama and communication offices. Augsburg's computer lab, the Karen Housh Tutor Center and the John Evans Learning Laboratory are located in the lower level of this facility. (1988) The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center Named in 1991to honor Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development officer and former alumni director, upon his retirement from Augsburg. Located at 2124 S. 7th Street, the center houses the offices of Alumni/Parent Relations, the Augsburg Fund, Community Relations, the Hispanic/Latino support Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973) Music Hall - Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978) Old Main -Home for the Modem Language and Art Departments, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900) Science Hall ,- Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a mediumsized auditorium and faculty offices. In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. (1949) South Hall and Annex Houses -All are located in or near the campus area and provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Iu - About Augsburg George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955) Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938) 2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special Programs, Cooperative Education and classroom space. (1964) Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have given several generous gifts to the College. The tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967) W ASSOCIATED SUPPORT ORGANIZATIONS Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and to programs which increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. In addition to the programs listed below, the College is also home to Elderhostel and College of the Third Age programs. Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction- Inter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) -The Minnesota Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a non-profit membership organization that works closely with students, the communities of color and representatives from education, business, government and nonprofits to develop programs that help students of color succeed academically. By drawing on the talents and resources of others concerned with the success of students of color, MMEP creates collaborative, workable approaches to complex problems. MMEP believes that concentrating on the needs of students of color helps them move from thinking to doing, from wanting to having, and from dreaming to achieving. The MMEP office is located in East Hall. Nordic Center - The Nordic Center promotes interest in contemporary Norden, encourages the pursuit of Nordic studies and nurtures intercultural relations between the United States and the five Nordic nations of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden. The Nordic Center is located at 2400 Butler Place. Augsburg Youth and Family Institute - The Institute is designed to help churches better serve the changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2011 South Seventh Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels, as well as seminar/ workshops, a resource center and counseling senices. W POLICIES It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, gender, sexual preference, marital status or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 About Augsburg Ir Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs will meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. For Freshmen - 14 Early Admission of Freshmen - 15 For Transfer Students - 15 For Former Students - 15 For Special Students - 15 International Student Services - 16 - ADMISSIONS A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community, the College community and the community at large. Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities and academic atmosphere is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Call the Admissions Office any weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 430 p.m. - (612) 330-1001 or toll-free (800) 788-5678. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for you (including Saturday momings during the school year). Our office is on the northwest comer of Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. (Please call first.) Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and potential for development as a student and as a graduate of Augsburg College. The College selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. . . 1 FRESHMEN Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for admission and the essay and return them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $20.00 application fee. Transcripts - An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. General Education Development scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Test Scores - Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the college entrance examination. The American College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results from SAT or PSAT are also accepted. It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information- If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semester's course work, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Admissions Confirmation of Admission - Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. *Non-refundableafter May 1. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. I TRANSFER STUDENTS Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional aedit for work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. Augsburg College limits transfer course work from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year college as a freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 17 Augsburg courses, or 96 quarter credits, will be accepted toward the number of Augsburg course credits required for the baccalaureate degree. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental section of this catalog to see if admission to the major is necessary. I FORMER STUDENTS Students who have intempted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for re-admission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. I SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DECREE) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time l3 - Admissions students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the Admissions Office. Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. International students from more than 50 countries have attended Augsburg since 1954. Students should contact the Admissions Officefor an International Student Application and information on the application procedure. Applications must be received two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for Fall, November 1for Spring. , For additional information, call (612) 330-1001, or 1-800-788-5678 (toll free), or write to: International Student Admissions Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis MN 55454 College Costs Tuition and Fees - 1 Room and Board - 1 Special Fees - 18 Deposits and Payments - 19 1 Financial Policies Refunds - 20 I Financial Aid How and When to Apply - 21 Kinds of Aid I 1 a I .I I I I Merit Scholarships - 22 Gift Assistance - 23 Loan Assistance - 23 Student Employment - 24 Sponsored Scholarships - 25 X OUR LDUCATION A 11students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College raises that difference in gifts -from alumni, faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations and endowment income. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. Room Rent (includes telephone and basic service) The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed below for the 1994-'95 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. TUITION, FEES, ROOM AND BOARD Tuition (full-time enrollment) ..................$485.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. .......... $2,234.00 (Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.) Full Board (19 meals a week) ......... $2,138.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Residence Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) Flex 5 point plan Fees ......... $2,076.00 .......... $1,890.00 ....................... $112.00 ..... $ 11,902.00 This rate applies to all full-time students attending in September, 1994. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per one-credit course ....... $1,270.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. OTHER SPECIAL FEES (NON-REFUNDABLE) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (full-time students only) ............... $12.00 Late Registration (per day after classes begin) ...........$25.00 Registration Change after first five days (cancelladd/ change/grade option, or combination at one time) .................. $5.00 Music Therapy Internship (one-half course credit) ...... $485.00 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) ........ $270.00 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) ........ $50.00 Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) ....... $100.00 Financial Information Is Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) .... $193.00 Student Activity Fee ............. $100.00 Student Activity Fee (part-time students) .......... $50.00 Fees Payable by Check/Cash Application (new and/or special students) ............. $20.00 $128.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests Nursing Comprehensive Exam .... $16.00 Nursing Name Pins ............... $5.00 Locker Rental (commuters) ........ $26.00 Student Parking Lot Permit - car ....................... $81.00 -motorcycle ................ $41.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ........ $2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registrar's Ofice) .. BOOKS AND SUPPLIES These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year. DEPOSITS Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) ........ $100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage Deposit ..... $100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall Semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. I PAYMENTS Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a Statement of Estimated Charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2) Semester payments, due August 15 and January 15 as billed; (3) Payment Plan upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) 10-month Payment Plan -upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installmentsbeginning June 15 and ending March 15. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. - Financial Information A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. REFUNDS Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Advising Center or Registrar's Office. They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to part-time, are dismissed or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% - through the first five days of classes (less $100 administrative fee) 90% - from the 6th through 10th day of classes 80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes 70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes 60% - from the 2lst through 25th day of classes 50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or an accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus onehalf of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued e ~ o h e n t . Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. REFUNDS FOR NEW STUDENTS FIRST TERM AT AUCSBURC Refunds will be calculated on a pro-rata basis (using federal government guidelines) for students attending Augsburg for the first time. The refund will be a portion of tuition, fees and expenses equal to the period of enrollment up to the 60 percent point in time of the period of enrollment. The federal statute guidelines and requirements for refunds are more stringent for Financial Information 21 first-term new students. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee. Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the 1993-'94 academic year, nearly 9 out of 10 students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg Financial Aid Application help determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations. HOW AND WHEN TO APPLY New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application, enter the Augsburg College Code 002334, and send the application to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for priority consideration. 3. Complete the Augsburg Financial Aid application and submit it to Student Financial Services. 4. After Augsburg receives the analysis and you are accepted for admission, the' Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid. 5. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will be sent to you. 6. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each postsecondary institution previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid transcript forms are available from the Admissions or Financial Aid offices. 7. All applicants (and parents of dependent students) are required to provide a copy of their most recent federal tax form. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re- :L Financial lntormation established each academic year by filing the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid and the Renewal Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Renewal is based on the family's financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academic progress and fund availability. KINDS OF AID A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children and other sources. Merit Scholarships President's Scholarships - President's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the difference between non- Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details are available from the Admissions Office. Transfer Scholarships - Transfer Scholarships up to $5,000 are available to full-time students in the day schedule who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following two years of full-time study at a community college or other approved twoyear college. Students must have maintained at least a 3.3 GPA on a 4.0 point scale. Scholarships are awarded without regard to need and will be renewed for a second year given satisfactory academic performance. Special application is due April 1.Details are available from the Admissions Office. Regents' Merit Scholarships -The Regents' Merit Scholarships are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen of high academic achievement. Depending on high school class rank or college entrance test score, Augsburg will award scholarships of $1,000 to $4,000 each, renewable each year, regardless of financial need. Performing Arts Scholarships -These recognize student excellence in music or theater. Students with talents in music (vocal and instrumental), acting, stage design or production are qualified for this $1,000 annual award. Selection is based on individual performance auditions, good academic standing and letters of recommendation. These scholarships are renewable as students maintain involvement with a co-curricular performance group. Hoversten Peace Scholarships Recognize students who have demonstrated a commitment to peace, service and community. Examples of involvement of recent scholarship recipients include Financial Information z! Amnesty International, Habitat for Humanity, community service and church activities. Lutheran Leader Scholarships These scholarships recognize incoming freshmen of high academic achievement with a demonstrated record of leadership within their congregations. Students eligible for the $1,000 annual renewable award are those who rank in the top 30 percent of their high school class and have the recommendation of their pastor. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $500 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1. Gift Assistance (Need Based) Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Mimesota residents who have financial need. For 1993-'94, these ranged from $100 to $5,889. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Federal Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1994'95 was $2,300. Application is made by filing the FAFSA. Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and State Indian Scholarships -Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships and Augsburg American Indian Scholarships are available to Indian students (both full- and part-time) who meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships, students must be of 1/4 degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarships vary; contact the American Indian Support Program office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questions may be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office. Loan Assistance Federal Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least halftime. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan cames a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate - Financial Information L4 study is $15,000 ($30,000 including graduate school). Federal Stafford Student Loans Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans are need-based loans which the federal govenunent subsidizes by paying accrued interest while in school and during the grace period. Therefore, the borrower is not responsible for interest accrued while in school or during the sixmonth grace period. Interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement for the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). The interest rate for new borrowers through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is variable and changes annually based on the 91-day Treasury Bill. For students with existing loans, the interest rate will match the interest rate on their existing loans (7%,8%, 9% or S%/lO%). The following borrowing limits apply to the Stafford Loan program after July 1, 1994: Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined Subsidized & Unsubsidized Stafford) Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized & Unsubsidized Stafford) Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Aggregate maximum: $46,000 Federal Nursing Student Loan -A federal program with provisions similar to the Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half-time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS) - PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent childreri. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus other aid). Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not toexceed 10 perceni and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications are normally filed with the bank or thrift institution with which your family has an account. The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) - SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services. Undergraduates may borrow up to $6,000 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $25,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments b e p the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven Financial Information 2s financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Parttime work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study positions. Federal College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with the College to provide some part-time work opportunities. Augsburg College, through generous gifts from alumni, faculty, staff and friends of the College, offers more than 175 sponsored scholarships. For more detailed information about sponsored scholarships, contact the Student Financial Services Office or your admissions counselor. Sponsored scholarships are available in the following categories: general scholarships, special scholarships, minority/ international student scholarships, and departmental scholarships. Social, Cultural, Recreational- 28 Fine Arts - 29 IntercollegiateAthletics - 29 Intramurals - 29 Student Affairs - 29 Academic Skills Enrichment - 29 Program for Students with Disabilities (CLASS) - 30 Support Programs - 30 American Indian - 30 Asian American - 31 Black Students - 31 Hispanic/Latino - 32 Career Services - 32 '1 ' I 1 Center for Counseling and Health Promotion - 32 Health Service - 33 Id First Year Experience - 33 , Student Activities - 33 International Programs - 33 I Food Service - 34 ( Residence Life Program - 35 (Housing) I I , '1 L Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints, Records - 36 2g 3TUDENT LIFE I bxperiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for leaming and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Christian heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Through student government students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decisionmaking process at Augsburg. Student govemment also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth groups, outreach teams and community outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts and gatherings are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gfts and sense of call and vocation that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our The College Pastor and Campus Ministry staff have offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and are available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support or information. Student govemment is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing, editing or service opportunities.If you want to get involved, contact the president or vice president of the Student Body in their offices in the lower level of the Christensen Center. Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities take place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, films, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalities in various fields. The Christensen Center is the focus of Student Life leisure-time activity on campus. The Gameroom and Student Lounge, popular hang-outs, are located in the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests meet here. Student offices in this area include the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo; the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student Government and the Augsburg Student Activities Council. KCMR, a studentoperated non-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Urness Tower. Students have many opportunitiesto participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and intemational tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Deparbnent and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus v,&shops with visiting arts professionals. I INTRAMURALS Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students; and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention and environmental management. The following information provides a brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division. I ACADEMIC SKILLS ENRICHMENT INTERCOLLEGIATEATHLETICS Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota IntercollegiateAthletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division LII. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and field, softball and tennis. The Academic Enrichment Program is designed to offer students study skills assistance so that they may achieve their best from their studying. The program includes four components: the Learning Center, the Tutor Center, the Learning Laboratory and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). The Learning Center, located in Memorial Hall, Room 119 and Foss Center, Room 18, assists students in improving their skills in such areas as time management, 30 Student Life - notetaking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic testing is also available to assess skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies and learning styles. The staff will assist students in developing effective and efficient study skills. The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center, located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomorelevel courses. The Center also notifies students of tutoring labs available, as well as supplementary instruction sessions, in which tutors attend the classes and lead discussions after class on major concepts of the courses. The JohnEvans Learning Laboratory, located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers students the opportunity to improve skills in reading, writing and mathematics through the use of computer software. Tutors are available to demonstrate the uses of the software, and students are able to monitor their progress. W PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES (CLASS) The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) serves over 150 students and is recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students with diagnosed learning and physical disabilities. The CLASS program is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a high quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences and preparation. Augsburg has a commitment to recruit, retain and graduate students with learning and physical disabilities who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning. The staff includes three licensed learning disabilities specialists, a physical disabilities specialist, and an accommodationspecialist, who supervises work-study students and coordinates accommodation services for students. One-on-one meetings between students and specialists are the centerpiece of the program model. Accommodations include individualized academic support, advocacy with faculty and staff, special testing arrangements, taped textbooks, peer tutors, securing notetakers, access to and training on computers, and adaptive technology, such as a Braille printer, dictation and voice recognition software, and adaptive keyboard equipment. Modified and accessible dormitory rooms are available. During the 1980s Augsburg spent nearly one million dollars to make the campus accessible to persons with physical disabilities by constructing a skyway-tunnelelevator system that connects 10 major buildings. Augsburg has the oldest and most extensive learning disabilities program among the private colleges in Minnesota. For more information, please contact the CLASS office at 612/330-1053 to request a copy of the CLASS brochure and/or schedule an ~nformationalappointment with a specialist. W AMERICAN INDIAN SUPPORT PROGRAM The American Indian Support Program, located at 621 21st Avenue South, is a multifaceted office established in 1978 to recruit and retain American Indian students. It is a national model of success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian students in the state of Minnesota. Student Life Components of the program are as follows: American lndian Support Services: Assistance in admissions procedures, financial aid procedures including BIA, Tribal and Minnesota Indian State Scholarship applications, orientation and registration, course work selection, individual education plans, academic advising, career counseling, employment, community and professional referrals, internships, student housing and crisis intervention. It advises and supports the Intertribal Student Union (ITSU). Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves as a peer support group for incoming and currently enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and cosponsors cultural events. Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership:MNITTP is a cooperative effort between Augsburg College and the Minneapolis Public School District, intended to increase the number of American Indian teachers in the Minneapolis public schools. Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness program. Students who are awarded state teaching licensure may then apply for loan forgiveness for each year the student teaches, one fifth of the loan will be forgiven. American lndian Studies Minor: An academic component encompassingthe range of American Indian contributions to North American culture. Courses offered include art, religion, history, literature, Ojibwe language and women's issues. For more information, contact Dr. Virginia Allery, 612/330-1385, or see course listings under Interdisciplinary Studies in the academic section of the catalog. Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000 books, a variety of journals and scholarly publications, research materials, American Indian magazines and newspapers and over 125VHS videos are housed in the Sverdrup Library and at the American Indian Support Program Office. The library project offers both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of various tribal nations in the United States. H ASIAN AMERICAN SUPPORT PROGRAM The Asian American Support Program was created in 1992 to recruit and retain Asian American students and to enhance the quihty of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunitieswhere Asian American students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life. The Program provides assistance in the admissions and financial aid application procedures, orientation, registration and course work selection, career development, academic and non-academic difficulties, and employment and placement referrals. The Asian American Association is affiliated with the Support Program. The Association carries out various activities during the acadeinic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asian American and other students at Augsburg. BLACK STUDENT SUPPORT PROGRAM The Black Student Affairs Office (BSA) is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent, and to promote cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. BSA sponsors 31 - 32 Student Life events and activities, such as celebrating Martin Luther King's birthday, Afrikana History Month, the Each One Reach One mentoring program and Augsburg Black Alumni Council gatherings. The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU) provides support to students, including a schedule of social and cultural activities. The headquarters is in the BSA Office, as is the Pan-Afrikan Center. HISPANIC/LATINO SUPPORT PROGRAM The Hispanic/Latino Support Program offers students individualized attention in many areas, including academic support, counseling and advocacy. Students find assistance in: admissions and financial aid procedures, orientation and registration, academic planning, career counseling, housing, internships and employment and placement referrals. The program advises the Latino Student Association and supports academic, social, cultural events, and other activities that improve the academic and personal development of Hispanic/Latino students and provides awareness of the unique aspects of the Hispanic culture. CAREER SERVICES The Career Services Department is committed to assisting all students with their career planning. This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career Services offers students the opportunity to actively participate in career seminars, career assessments, oneon-one counseling, self-paced computer career planning modules, and use of the Alumni Resource Network for informational interviews. S e ~ c eare s available to all students, but some programs are sponsored especially for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to attend one of three annual job fairs with recruiters representing business, education or nonprofit and government sectors. There is also an annual graduate and professional school fair for seniors to explore educational options after graduation. CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND HEALTH PROMOTION Counseling Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunitiesto gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction. Services include individual counseling, group counseling, psychological testing, assessment and referral, workshops, and consultation and outreach. Through the relationship with a skilled counselor, a student may discuss personal issues such as stress, depression, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use, family problems, motivation, transitions, breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc. Counseling is an educational process in which students learn to think objectively about themselves and learn methods of understanding themselves and others. Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth. Student Life 3: Health Promotion Health Promotion offers a wide spectrum of activities and events that increase awareness of health issues and assist students in adapting new behaviors for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion also works with various campus agencies to foster positive change within the campus environment. Professional staff offer private consultations, individual assessments and group workshops to accommodate the needs of all students. Topics include varied health issues such as fitness, nutrition, weight management, stress reduction, alcohol and other drug use, sexuality, etc. Students interested in health issues can combine learning and practice through involvement with Health Promotion services. Academic and practicurn opportunities are also available to students from a variety of academic disciplines. HEALTH SERVICE Riverside University Family Practice Clinic serves as the Augsburg College Health Service and is a family practice residency clinic affiliated with the University of Minnesota. The clinic is located one block from campus at 2615 Franklin Avenue South. Office visits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students. Students must check family health insurance coverage to determine if they are included. If not, contact the Vice President for Student Affairs Office for information regarding student health insurance. FIRST YEAR EXPERIENCE PROGRAM (FYE) The FYE program assists students in their first Augsburg registration, provides orientation events before classes begin, and also includes a seminar series. FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to college for our students - an enriching beginning for a college career. To provide focus for this introduction, the ME seminar is centered on a series of themes. These themes are reflected in and expanded upon in readings, discussions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the program. STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involve ment in developing events, activities and organizations which serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming effortsand targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS The International Student Services Office focuses on the needs of international students. It also serves as a resource for those interested in international events and global issues. International Students -International students receive assistance in meeting their educational objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa problems, financial matters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing, daycare) and personal concern. New international students participate in an orientation program before the beginning of the term which provides 14 Student Life practical information on housing, banking, using local transportatiod and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg. Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspectives on world peace in Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportmities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Students interested in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives. Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing and travel arrangements. Orientation and re-entry programs are offered to assist students in integrating the experience abroad into their course work and personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15 for off-campus study the following year. All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off-campus. The cost for many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/ general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and the Study Abroad Adviser before departure. Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to utilize the cross-culturalperspectives of its intemational students and students with experience overseas to educate the college community on world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club and the International House, forums on world issues sponsored by the Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of cross-cultural communication for faculty and staff. FOOD SERVICE The Commons -Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. %s pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Murphy's - Located on the ground floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's features grill items, pizza, soups and salads, desserts and beverages. - Augsburg provides a variety of board Student Life plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. RESIDENCE LIFE PROGRAM Augsburg recognizes the importance of the residence experience during the college years. Research indicates that students who live on campus will be more likely to complete their college degree successfully. Augsburg provides a diverse and dynamic residence program which fosters the development of community, and supports and enhances the academic experience. Live-in staff assist students by providing social and educational programming, facilitating conflict resolutions and assisting in emergencies. Each complex contains 24hour study rooms, computer services, laundry and vending services and access to security staff. Augsburg expects all freshmen and sophomores, not living at home, to live in college-operated housing. Housing for married students and students with families is available. Students rent a room at the beginning of the Fall term for the entire academic school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upper-class students make housing arrangementsin the Spring. All resident students must sign room and board contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus must pay a $100 deposit when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the student's account when he or she moves out. The College houses approximately 700 students in residence hall rooms, apartments, floor houses, and townhouses. A wide variety of options are available, including single rooms. Urness Tower -All new students and some upper-class students live in Urness Tower. This 11-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk and chair. Linens are not provided. Mortensen Tower -This building is a 13-story high-rise apartment building. It contains 104 onebedroom and twobedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upper-class students. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. Anderson Hall - Opened in Fall 1993, this is the newest residence hall. It contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor houses and townhouses. This residence houses 192 men and women. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers and desks. It is equipped with telephones, cable TV and computer hook-ups. Special Interest Housing -Students may submit proposals in the Spring for a program which allows them to live as a group with a special educational contract. Examples of programs include Campus Ministry, healthy living options and international floors. 3! - l6 Student Life STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS, RECORDS The C O 1 l e ~ a statement of standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act. Students have the right to inspect certain official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Officeof the and the Placement Office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs Office. General Information - 3, Degrees Offered - 38 Academic Calendar - sa , Computer Resources - 39 Academic Advising Center - 39 I Academic Organ'mtion and Programs Divisions and Departments - 40 Majors and Minors - 40 Teaching Licensure - 42 Pre-Professional Programs - 42 Honors Program - 43 Inter-Institutional Programs - 44 Study Abroad - 45 Experiential Education - 48 Weekend College -50 Graduate Programs - . Other Programs - 51 Academic Policies and Procedures - 5 Registration- 51 Withdrawal from College - 52 Leave of Absence - 52 General Education Curriculum - 53 Quick Check Summary of Graduation Requirements - 53 Graduation Requirements - 55 Students Entering 1993 and After Students Who Entered Prior to 1993 Students Entering Under Distributio Curriculum Requirements - 64 Skills Component - 57 Liberal Arts Perspectives - 58 Rationale for Perspectives - 63 Evaluation and Grading - 66 Assessment of Previous Learning Program - 68 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal - 70 Four Year Assurance Program - 71 - ACADEMIC INFORMATION A ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students must be educated as fully human persons -intellectually, spiritually and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the of the world from which they have come as well as the world in which live. providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over 40 major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. DECREES OFFERED Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science undergraduate degrees. Augsburg also offers the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work graduate degrees. ACADEMIC CALENDAR Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Full-time students normally take four course credits each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three course credits can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. fiecalendar is coordinated with of the four other colleges of the Associated CoU,ges of the Twin Cities, so students can t&e courses on another during the regular term. (SeeRegistration on page 51 and Calendars on page 269 and 270.) January Interim is~&cularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunitieswithin the United States and abroad. Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog is published in the winter of each year, is distributed to all students, and is available by contading the Summer School Office. Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs, pages 50 and 51). FACULTY The heart of any educational institution is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. ~ o sfaculty t hold the dodorate or other terminal degree and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in social, professional and a variety of research activities, but see these activities as supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. Every freshman is assigned a First Year Experience (FYE) adviser and, later, chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. tapes and films, and supplies media equipment free of charge for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. I COMPUTER RESOURCES I LIBRARY AND AUDIO-VISUAL SERVICES A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place to study and do research. The main library houses over 175,000 books, journals, records and microforms. Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within departmental areas. A se~ce-orientedstaff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, reference service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitations and special needs. Students have access via a computerized online catalog and daily courier service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities and the James J. Hill Reference Library. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses a large collection of sound recordings, video The recent completion of a new computer classroom and lab in the Foss Center was an important addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters -located in the residence halls, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are connected via a campus-wide network that offers a full range of network services. Students also have 24-hour access seven days a week to more than 30 computers in the Mortensen/Umess study lounge. Augsburg College, a member of the National Science Foundation's Internet since 1990, is connected to hundreds of universities and other institutions in the U.S. and around the world. Internet access and a renewed focus on educational technology is allowing Augsburg to integrate these electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process. I ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER The Academic Advising Center advises transfer students and students with undeclared majors, provides information on - Academic lntormation matters of general education, administers and tracks all entry level skills assessments, interprets catalog and graduation skills requirements, and advises both students who have been placed on academic probation and re-entering suspended students regarding GPA requirements. The Center also coordinates summer advising for the orientation program and provides in-service training and development for f a d t y advisers. DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS The College curriculum is offered by 22 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chair).Art, English, Modern Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication, Theatre Arts, College Librarians. Natural Science and Mathematics Mark Engebretson (Chair).Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Computer Science, Physics. Social and Behavioral Sciences Richard Nelson (Chair).Business Administration, Accounting, Economics, History, Management Information Systems (MIS), Political Science, Psychology, Sociology. Professional Studies -Vincent Peters (Chair).Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work. MAJORSAND MINORS Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the Bachelor of Arts degree. Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major. Accounting General Accounting Managerial Accounting Public Accounting Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Business Administration/Economics Business Administration/Finance Business Administration/Intemational Business Business Administration/Management Business Administration/Marketing Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.) Communication General CommunicationStudies Mass Communications Organizational Communication Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.) East and Southeast Asian Studies' Economics Applied Economics Economics Economics/Business Administration Education Kindergarten-Elementary Secondary (non-major, licensure only) Engineering2 Academic lntormatlon - English Health Education History International Relations Management Information Systems Mathematics Applied Mathematics Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modem Languages' French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music (B.A.) Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nordic Area Studies Nursing (B.S. -Weekend College only) Philosophy Physical Education Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Space Physics (B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Russian, Central and East European Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Women's Studies Accounting American Indian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Health Education History International Business International Relations Linguistics Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modern Languages ' French German Norwegian Spanish Music Nordic Area Studies Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Social Welfare Sociology Russian, Central and East European Area Studies' Special Education Speech Theatre Arts Theatre Arts Theatre History and Criticism Women's Studies It is possible for students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). - Academic lntormation 'L Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning1 intermediate/advanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese,Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC ofice. *Dualdegree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School o f Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University. W OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major($ Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advising early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses; BIO 113,114; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Academic Information Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of American Law Schools. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students should major in a discipline of their own choosing and will satisfy most law school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departments have majors which can fulfill the academic requirements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),MAT 145,146;and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO 113,114,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups (BIO 367,386,471), (BIO 355,474), (BIO 351, 353,473), (BIO 361,440), (BIO476,481) with BIO 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota ( M i m e apolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with their faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician's Assistant and Pre-Physical Therapy - Course work in preparation for these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the Biology Department. Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,114; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112 or 113; ENG 111and a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121,122; electives from hurnanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philose phy, English, psychology, sociology or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (WesternCivilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 145; public speaking, one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106),351,352,353; BIO 113,114; PHY 121, 122; economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division modem languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the curriculum requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Honors Program The Honors Program is designed to challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg. The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities. Members of the program normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfers - 4: 14 Academic Information and others. Students graduate from the Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on the transcript and which provides a n advantage for both employment and graduate school application. During the freshman and sophomore years, students take a four course honors sequence that satisfies four Perspectives. They also participate in a Monday Forum program that affords an opportunity to hear outside speakers, assess films, and pursue course sequence topics in greater depth. The First-Year Experience (FYE) is also integrated into the freshman sequence. During the junior and senior years, students take four mini-seminars (one full course credit upon completion),one each semester and participate in a six week Monday Forum program each term. Seniors take a Senior Seminar during Interim, which satisfies a Perspective requirement, and are obliged to complete an approved Honors project. Some seniors satisfy this requirement by serving on the Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal which publishes outstanding student papers. Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two years. Please direct enquiries to Dr. Joan Griffin, Director of Freshman and Sophomore Honors, or Dr. Larry Crockett, Director of Junior and Senior Honors. INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for additional details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in cooperation with 17 other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers offcampus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change, inequality and the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Academic Information 4! Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses. Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for two and three year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar. Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as non-degree credits. Naval ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more mformation, contact the Office of the Registrar. Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as non-degree credits. OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad, students may find themselves exploring the ancient Mayan ruins in Mexico, meeting with women's groups in Namibia, examining Scandinavianperspectives on world peace or hilling to the sounds of music at a Viennese opera house. International Study at Augsburg College is intended to motivate students to act responsibly and effectively in society by expanding their awareness of other cultures, deepening their understanding of the human condition on a global scale, and helping them to understand the connections between social justice and global interdependence. Eligibility and Application All students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to students studying abroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15 for study off-campus for the next academic year. Costs and Financial Aid The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Cost estifnates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. Academic Requirements and Credit Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic - Academic 16 Information program. Students majoring in a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the humanities, are among those who study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. A sample of study programs is highlighted below. For information on these or other programs overseas, contact the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad. Also see the International Studies section of the Department and Programs section of this catalog for full course descriptions of the programs listed below. The Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. The Center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Namibia, Norway and Switzerland. Students experience three distinct types of living situations, which include living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars -in Mexico to Central America, in Namibia to South Africa, and in Switzerland to Italy and Germany. The cost of these programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus plus airfare. Augsburg College/OstFold, Norway Semester or Academic Year Augsburg, in cooperation with the University of North Dakota and the city of Moss, offers this semester or year-long exchange program in Moss, Norway. Students are taught in English. Courses offered may meet perspectives for general education requirements, or count as electives in communication, international business and Nordic Area Studies. Students live with host families on the island of Jeby. Application deadline: April 15. Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives - Fall This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. The course offers credit in areas such as religion, political science and Spanish. Application deadline: April 1. Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America - Fall This program introduces students to the central issues currently facing Latin America by focusing on new models of political organizing, popular education and human services. Credit may be earned in social work, sociology, education, political science and Spanish. Application deadline: Apnl 1. Southern Africa Societies in Transition - Fall This intensive progrim of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition Academic Information 43 from colonialism to independence. Students will explore the complex political, social and economic dynamics of building a new nation. Credit may be earned in history, political science and religion. Internships are available with development agencies. Application deadline: April 15. Contemporary Issues in Mexico and Central America - Spring This program examines the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Students explore the importance of community and the role of U.S. citizens in social and political change. Credit may be earned in areas such as history, religion and Spanish. Application deadline: October 15. International Development and Human Rights in Latin America - Spring This program focuses on the themes of international development and human . rights. It includes coursework in human rights, international development, Hispanic literature and Spanish composition and conversation. Credit may be earned in Spanish, Latin American studies, international relations, political science, economics, peace studies, anthropology and pre-law studies. Internships in human rights organizations are available. Application deadline: October 15. Women and Development: A Southern Africa Perspective - Spring This intensive study and travel program is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The program introduces students to the struggle of women in Southern Africa, to the history of their role in society, and to the situation that exists for women in Africa. Students may earn credit in political science, religion and sociology. Internships are available with agencies providing special services to women. Application deadline: October 15 Global Issues and World Churches Summer This intensive program of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the workings of international nongovernmental organizations, especially ecumenical church agencies. The program will focus on justice issues (international responses to the challenges of humans rights, refugees and relief, and social and economic development); peace issues (international responses to conflict);and the integrity of creation (international responses to environmental and ecological travel). The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in three different full semester programs in Norway, Ecuador or Colombia. AU programs emphasize the impact of the social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships and field trips. For more information on international HECUA programs, see the listings under International Studies, and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway - Fall This interdisciplinary program focuses on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture and language, and the development '8 Academic Information of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Local, regional, and international field study and site visits in Copenhagen, Stockholm, Helsinki, and the former Soviet Union, will provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application deadline: March 15. Community Internships in Latin America: Ecuador - Fall or Spring This interdisciplinaryprogram enables the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the community development process and increasing language skills. Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community agencies or groups working with or for low-income and other disenfranchised populations in Latin America. Application deadlines: November 1for Spring Term and March 15 for Fall Term. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Colombia or Ecuador - Spring This interdisciplinary program focuses on development and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application deadline: November 1. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University or the University of Minnesota, Morris. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the International Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department. Interim Abroad Each January, 25 to 30 courses are offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE).Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall terms for the following January. Application deadline: October 25. EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION PROCRAMS Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service, Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal arts education by embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community Service programs link employers, community organizations and the academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making more informed academic, career and personal decisions. The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiences in small and midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations. Academic Information 4 Academic Internships An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internships consists of the following steps: 1.Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signatures of the faculty supervisor and Director of Internships and Cooperative Education. 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be turned in at the time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement secured, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education Office, with copies made for the faculty, supervisor and student. Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester (or Weekend College trimester), Interim or summer session. For extension of an Internship beyond one term see Evaluation and Grading on page 66. A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the total courses required for the degree. Cooperative Education Cooperative Education is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice in work or servicebased settings. Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining important on-the-job experience. Job placements typically are part-time during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible and can begin and end anytme. Co-op Ed is not credited in and of itself, but a non-credit Cooperative Education transcript entry is available during the academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing. Service-Learning Augsburg's Service-Learningprogram combines respoke to human needs in the community with a conscious awareness and understanding of issues, reflection and educational growth. Augsburg students learn from and about the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation sessions, direct servicelearning activities and seminars or class discussions. - Academic Intormation Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring, building housing for low income people or working with environmental groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s) and the community. Service Learning includes course-imbedded community service, tutoring, internships, cooperative education and a wide range of volunteer options. The Service-LearningProgram works with community organizations and organizes specific projects to enhance student involvement and also assists with and supports the integration of servicelearning into departmental courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg LINK program and campus ministry. WEEKEND COLLEGE Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Accounting, Business Administration (specializationsin finance, international business, management and marketing), Communication (concentrations in general communication, organizational communication and mass communication), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work. 1 GRADUATE PROGRAMS Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work. Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts. This cross-disciplinaryprogram directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understandinn ., of their world. The Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program values the role that good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishing the role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and works toward progress. The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offers two concentrations: Family Practice and Program Development, Policy and Academic Information Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator. The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that respond to human need. Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and is host to both Elderhostel and College of the Third Age programs. For more information, contact the Academic Dean's office. Both concentrations are founded on the assumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutions must be based on solid research, and that the world is interdependent in all areas, including human needs and the services to address them. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. OTHER PROGRAMS Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers selected courses through Continuing Education. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs. Canadian Program The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985with endowment from the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges. Elderhostel and College of the Third Age REGISTRATION A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Full-time students normally register for four course credits per semester and one course during Interim. Students registered for three or more course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course credits, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following academic year. As some courses are offered only in alternate years, students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning their academic program. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer -5' - Academic Information iz School Office, Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar -Science Hall 114, for Fall and Spring Terms Interim Office -Memorial Hall 230 Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place Weekend College Office -2222 because this may result in a failing grade on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be completed in the Office of the Registrar. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from College form may be obtained in the Advising Center or in the Office of the Registrar. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from College and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Murphy Place Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the Fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the Fall for the Spring term and during the Spring for the Fall term. Class Confirmation All students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment arrangements prior to the start of classes. Students who do not confirm their registration before the first day of classes (unless special arrangements have been made) will lose all classes. They may register and confirm during the first five days, but special late fees are assessed and added to their account. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from College form must be picked up in the Advising Center or the Office of the Registrar. It must be signed by Advising Center staff or authorized representative. The completed form must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar. A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension is needed, an updated Leave of Absence form must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence period or an application for readmission will be required. A student on leave of absence is responsible for keeping the Office of the Registrar informed of his or her mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by the returning student. A leave of absence does not defer payment of loans or extend incomplete course deadlines. :(sluaua~!nba~ OZ"""' ('yy.0) a3wuuojrad >!snyy ' - ' - ' ' ' ('yy.0) uo!+e:,npg 3!snn asaqloj Aldde Aeu j!pam ~ a p u w l )uop '1 PI-............ ( y g ) Oqquno3~y -enpe~601 ~ o p d qua~aJ!nbal6 u ! ~ o l l o ~ :suogda3xa % u y i o ~ ~ o j aql alaldwo3 lsnu 'Â£661 '1 henuel aq+ q q ! ~' ~ u a q e d a pauo liue laye (q!pa~>a l o u JO p~ q l ! 6u!~alua) ~ â¬1 ut!q+aroux ON u! aq lieu1 sasmo:, quapnls JapueJl Jo!uas pue ~o!un!IIV sasmo:, uqraluI aq Jsnu OML 8quosear aageq!quenb q asmo:, aug 8 q e a d s u! asmo:, auo - m u ) uo!s!a!a . ( ~ ~ [ Eaq+ LXI u!q+!~auo) ~ U I + U Mu! sasrno3 OML (.sa~g:,adsradro ro[eux aqj u! sasmo3 q + !+am ~ aq dew s+uauxar!nbar a s a q ~.J ) ro 0.z 30 ape18 urnur!qw e VIMS I I ~ uSo ! ~ n p e ~~U!MOIIOJ 3 aqq n g ~ ~y e sqa s~~ n aqa1duo3 o~ uayeq s! axanbas $1101-read e ssaIun squaqedap juarajpp woq OML 'sanypadsrad p p o 1erweN ~ a8eduel anlqeu mod ueqq raqqo q 'sanypadslad aSe&uel OMJ, . . . (anoqe ro 0 0 paraq ~ raddn aq qsnux 11 :asaqq jo .s+!par3 asmo:, EE aqaIduIo3 (-qdmaxaare squaprqs rajsuerq arouxoqdo~).ieu!uraS put! uoqequauo n q m a q a~a1dwo3 :(quauaJ!nbaJ asaqloa Aldde Aeu ypaJ3 ~ajsueq)uopenpe~601 J O ! J ~ q u a u a ~ ! n b a6~u ! ~ o l l oaql ~ alalduo3 lsnu ' ~ 6 '1 6 ~ henuef JaUe 6u!~alua sluapnls Japueq a~ouoqdosput? uetuysay Ile pue uauqsay Mau llv .a8e~ane ~ q o aped d ~~LII+II qeqqen .ro[eu~e 30 uo!qalduxo3 aged uo paqtrxap are sumuqxauI raqw . -uo!qenpefi lo3 pux are s+uauIar!nbar ne qeq arnsua o+srasrape r!aq+ q q ! ~lil+uanbayqnsuo:, oq pue s~uauxa~!nbal uogenper8 IInj aqq d ~ ~ y a peal oq pasrnpe ale spaprqs .SS a8ed uo q8aq q:,!q~ squamar!nbar aadap a~a~dmo:, y Jouue:, pue an!s aqq 103 d l ~ aqwqsqns -uaqarduxo~IOU q +! lXleuxuxns a s y -uo!~ -enper%roj squawar!nbar urnln:,!un3 uo!q -e:,npg praua3 aqq 30 uoysraa paqeparqqe ut! q +syppaq:, a:,uarajar p n b y u i4 Academic Information Satisfy entry level skill requirements in writing. Demonstrate proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports. Achieve a Math Placement Group score of III. Complete 33 course credits. Of these: Complete courses that fulfill the following Perspective Requirements: Two Christian Faith perspectives (One Christian Faith perspective for transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits) One City perspective 11 must be Upper Division (numbered 300 or above) Two must be Interim courses One Western Heritage perspective No more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: Accounting (B.A. ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Music Education (B.M) . . . . . . . . . .17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20 Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 One Social World perspective Other maximums are described on page 57. Completion of a major. Maintain minimum grade point average. One Human Identity perspective One Aesthetic perspective One Intercultural perspective Two Language perspectives, in other than your native language One Natural World perspective Complete courses that fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) One course with a writing component within the major One course with a critical thinking component One course in speaking One course in quantitative reasoning GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advising and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors, page 71. Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a major, the First Year Experience (FYE), a minimum GPA, residence, and general education courses. Because the College is in transition during the change from Distribution to Perspective graduation requirements, the minimum number of credits required may vary depending on date of matriculation, as follows: Students Entering After January1, 1993, Under Perspectives Curriculum Requirements For Graduation: 1. Completion of 33 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 course credits may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: Accounting (B.A.) - 14; Music Education (B.M.) - 17; Music Performance (B.M.) -20; Music Therapy (B.S.) - 17; and Social Work (B.S.) - 15. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 33 total course credits required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no PIN grading is permitted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the credit total for graduation requirements (extra interim courses) may still be counted for meeting perspective or graduation skills requirements. 2. Completion of a Major - Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) - All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program - Academic Information section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically in all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Students Entering Prior to January1, 1993, Under Perspectives Curriculum Requirements For Graduation: 1. Completion of 34 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 14 (Accounting)for the Bachelor of Arts degree, 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (Social Work), and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each trans- fer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 34 total course credits required: three Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no P/N grading is permitted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the credit total for graduation requirements (extra interim courses) may still fulfill perspective or graduation skills requirements. 2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically in all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for detalls. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC Academic Information exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Note: Students completing under Distribution Curriculum Requirements, go to page 64. A definition of students who fall under the Distribution Curriculum or prior catalog requirements is on page 64. SKILLS COMPONENT Entry Level Skills Requirements The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: Reading Word processing Writing Mathematics Critical thinking Placement in writing courses, math courses and critical thinking courses is determined by the assessments. (See page 68.) Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and Sophomore Transfer Students: Take entry level skills assessments and satisfy requirements. If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students are required to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take ENG 101Developmental Writing before ENG 111Effective Writing. Fresh- men should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their Sophomore year. Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory. Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Freshman and Sophomore transfer students will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements. Juniorand Senior Transfer Students Transfer students who enter as juniors and seniors in 1993-'94 or after are exempt from word processing, reading, critical thinking and quantitative assessments. Those who have not taken the ENG 111Effective Writing course must take the entry level test in writing. If they do not achieve exemption from the writing requirement, they must take ENG 111 Effective Writing at Augsburg. Junior and Senior transfers (who enter 1994'95 or after) are required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only the writing component course within the major is required. Math Requirement In order to graduate, students must take the Math Placement exam and achieve a score placing them in Group I11 (college algebra skills). Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course will have their placement level determined by the Registrar's Office. Students who have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam should consult the 57 - Academic Information Mathematics Department. Math placement is indicated on the Evaluation of Transfer Credit form for students who have transfer courses in college-level math. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group determined. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Students needing to advance their Math Placement Group may take the appropriate MAT course or study on their own and retest. Additional information about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Director of Testing in the Academic Dean's Office. Please note that all students majoring in Accounting, Business, Economics, Elementary Education, and Management Information Systems and all students under the current General Education Perspective Curriculum Requirements must attain a t least Math Placement Group 111. In addition, many courses have Math Placement Group requirements. In particular, MIS 379,479; CSC 170,210; SOC 362; PHY 103; all MAT courses; and all courses with a Graduation Skill Component in Quantitative Reasoning have at least Math Placement Group I11 as a prerequisite. In addition, MIS 175 and introductory Physics courses have at least Math Placement Group I1 as a prerequisite. Students should refer to the course descriptions to check the Math Placement Group prerequisites for courses that they are interested in taking. Graduation Level Skills General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Completion of the requisite courses with a miriimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components (at least one within the major) and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives. Lifetime Sports Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35,34, or 33 course credit requirement. W LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be a human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each Perspective. Although courses approved for each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every course meets all the goals of each Perspective. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled by the following policies: 1. A student will choose a minimum of one course from each required perspective category. 2. No single course cim fulfill the requirements in two or more categories. 3. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from Academic Information the same department in meeting perspective requirements. 4. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective emphasis area except: Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith." Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World." Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness." THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE REQUIREMENTS Christian Faith (CF 1, 2 and 3) Emphasizes the college's affiliation with the Lutheran Church. Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers Christian theology and area 3 includes the study of values or religions outside the Christian faith. Three course credits are required to meet this Perspective except for the following: Transfer students entering with 14-23 course credits will be required to take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. The City (C) This Perspective emphasizes the College's location in the heart of a metro- politan area, and its mission of education for service. One course credit or experience is required to meet this Perspective. Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2) Reflection on western themes from politics, art, literature and other disciplines that have shaped our own society. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. Human Identity (HI) An opportunity for self discovery and the study of what it means to be a person. One course credit is required to meet this Perspective. Aesthetics (A) Emphasizes creativity, beauty and selfexpression, and how these enhance the human experience. One course credit is required to meet this Perspective. Social World (SW 1 and 2) The study of social, economic or political systems and how individuals exist within society. One course must focus on current theories.and methods of a social science. Two course credits from different deparbnents are required to meet this Perspective. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. InterculturalAwareness (IA 1) The study of a specific, non-Western culture and how that culture has shaped the world. One course credit is required to meet this part of the Intercultural Awareness Perspective. 59 60 Academic Information (IA 2 and 3) Study of a modem language other than the native tongue. Up to two course credits of a beginning language or one at your placement level is required. Students with previous language study should contact an admissions counselor or the Registrar's Office for placement information. Students whose native language is not English should contact their admissions counselor or the Registrar's Office. Natural World (NW 1 and 2) The study of the self in relation to the physical world. One course must cover the scientific method through laboratory experience. The other reflects history of science, the difference between science and technology and the importance of symbols. Biology, chemistry, physics and other natural sciences may satisfy this requirement. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective unless a two-year sequence is taken. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVES: EXPLANATION Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. The Bible (for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation). 2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious beliefs. 3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside the Christian faith. 4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community. This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and education experiences or by designated or college approved non-credit experiences (such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by seminars related to the experience. Academic Information Perspective: Western Heritage Perspective: Aesthetics This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes (found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization. Attention should be paid to the contributions of and to critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. Aesthetic creations convey fundamental insights and values, express beauty and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been significant for Western society and the relation of these to present world views. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. Forms of artistic expression. 2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms. 3. Different theories of aesthetics. 2. Specific historical themes, trends, events and persons and their roles in shaping both the past and the present. 4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art. 3. Historical and literary methods of ascertawg and conveying the past. Perspective: The Social World This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons, men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences and behaviors. This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identify, examine and critique social, economic or political systems: to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems and to use this knowledge as a participant in society. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1.Methods and approaches that attempt to explain how individual persons think, feel and act. 1.The characteristics and dynamics of human organization at the group and societal level. 2. Scientific or humanistic interpretations of their own development as persons. 2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or economic systems. Perspective: Human Identity 3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and professional lives. 4. Factors involved in physical and mental health. 3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political structures. 4. The relationship between various social, political or economic systems and 61 'L Academic Information the student's own responsibilities in society. 5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across cultures and affect diverse groups in society. Perspective: Intercultural Awareness This Perspective is intended to comple ment the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream North American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of the Perspective, students are required to have demonstrated proficiency in a modern language or American Sign Language for hearing students. The modem language requirement will be determined by assessing previous experience and subsequent placement: Modem Language Course Placement Experience or Requirement College level - none (0-2 semesters in High School) 111,112 College level - 111 (3-4 semesters in High School) 112 College level - 112 (4-6 semesters in High School) 211 College level -211 (7 semesters in High School) 212 College level -212 (8 or more semesters in High School) No course required Students who are required to complete two semesters of modern language must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language. Hearing students who have demonstration compe tence in American Sign Language by passing an approved course sequence will have fulfilled IA-2 and IA-3 Perspectives. Perspective: The Natural World This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. Selected aspects of the natural world. 2. The characteristics, strengths and limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at least in part through practical laboratory experience. 3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social development and the variety of ways persons and civilizations have approached the natural world. 4. The relations and differences between science and theology; the mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/ physical environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment and the interconnectednessof all living systems. 5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting to describe, classlfy and model objects and events. Academic Information H THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVES: RATIONALE The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supporting courses and elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal arts as expressed in the General Education component of the college curriculum. Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists "To develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings: liberal arts perspectives and skills. The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciplinary reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant in society. The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with the Lutheran Church, its insistence on the value of knowing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational program. The third feature - that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution - is also emphasized in the other General Education Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life -of what it is to be human - form the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines. Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person. Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage, students need to learn about and reflect on significant aspects of this heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric: We live in a global society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Attention to moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students to focus upon - 6: 54 Academic Information aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which convey fundamental insights, express beauty and enhance life. Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entrylevel skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing, mathematics and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience. The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an urban setting. STUDENTS ENTERING UNDER DISTRIBUTION CURRICULUM Former Students Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission provided that they have been away from college for at least one calendar year. Regular Students Enrolled Before June,1991 Students enrolled before June, 1991, have a choice of using all graduation requirements in effect when first enrolled or changing to the graduation requirements in effect beginning in September 1991. No combination of requirements may be made. Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later Students entering under the following classifications will follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below. Transfer students who entered in 1991-1992 as sophomores, juniors or seniors; Those entering in 1992-1993classified as juniors or seniors; Those entering in 1993-1994 classified as seniors. All other students entering Augsburg September, 1991, or later will follow the requirements listed in the section titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum" (see page 55). REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION DISTRIBUTION CURRICULUM 1. Completion of 35 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 14 (Accounting) for the Bachelor of Arts degree, 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (Social Work), and 18 for the Bachelor of Academic Information 6: Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the credit total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total course credits required: two courses by independent/ directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (7)also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no P/ N grading is permitted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. 2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the ME Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically in all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Writing A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods and periodically throughout the year. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics/Physics Psychology/Sociology Chemistry/Biology Economics/Political Science English/Speech, Communication History/Philosophy and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Art/Music A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Modem Languages Two courses (111and 112) of one language at Augsburg. Students who place above the 111level of a language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an Inte* course, are required. The number - Academic Information of religion courses required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the Registrar's Office. Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's Office. Lifetime Sports Demonstrated proficiency in two different lifetime sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-course requirement. EXPLANATION OF GRADES Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. PassINo Credit Students who choose the P/N option are cautioned: In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0. Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". P-graded courses do not count toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this requirement. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, pages 55 and 56. Certain courses have restrictions and are offered on one grading system only (i.e. Lifetime Sports are graded only PIN). In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Number Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards 0.5 0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. Academic lntormation An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of the Registrar. If permission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0. Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for aedit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without aedit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs in the Financing Your Education section on page 18. The signature of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total grade points divided by number of courses taken.* *Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim terms. 6; Academic Information Sophomores - Seven courses completed. Juniors - 16 courses completed. Seniors - 24 courses completed. International Baccalaureate Program (IB) Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate Program will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the Registrar's Office. ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for aedit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to course work in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts cumculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. f i e following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) - Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores of 3,4 and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) -This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams - These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: There is a departmental instrument available for the subject area in question. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. The Registrar approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/ no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam of $485.00 for a full course aedit. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP) - This is a aedit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrais Office representative and two faculty members from fields of study Academic Information 6! directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP committee applies the following criteria: There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learing experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts course work. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript if credit is approved. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of course credits applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements, Upper Division, and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight courses (about one-fourth of a baccalau'Ieate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the eight courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the four assessment processes available in the APL program: AP exams, CLEP exams, departmental comprehensive exams and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. English as a Second Language (ESL) Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101Developmental Writing or ENG 111Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (80-100 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the class will determine - Academic Information 'O whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 2171 218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit toward the degree will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language requirement for graduation. ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION AND DISMISSAL The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore -A student who has taken fewer than 16 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 24 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher Senior - A student who has taken 24 or more courses with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelines will either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels stated above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. Dean's List The Dean's List, compiled after each semester, lists students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or Academic Information better. Students must be full-time students (a minimum equivalent of three full course credits for a weekday schedule student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Lf permission is given by the student, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude -3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To quallfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded course credits) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. W FOUR YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM This program applies to students who enter the Day School schedule as full-time freshmen in the fall of 1994 and thereafter. New freshmen are assured that they will be able to graduate,in four years -if they maintain continuous full-time enrollment for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA and follow advising guidelines - or they will receive the needed remaining courses free of additional tuition. A few professional majors are excluded from this program. Contact the Academic Advising Center in Memorial Hall for details. 7' - LOURSE VESCRIPTIONS WITH MAJOR AND '4 A s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College believes that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more Parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a broad general education and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach and requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirements for individual majors and minors follows the narrative. Class Schedule Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered FaU and/or Spring terms unless otherwise indicated. The Schedule of Classes published by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirements and course offerings with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offeredin January Interim, Summer School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in leadership, Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipand the Master of sSocial Work are published in separate Credits A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400s for seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if thereis prior approval by the professor teaching the course and the academic adviser. ACCOUNTING See listing under Business Administration, Accounting and Management Information Systems. AMERICAN lNDIAN STUDIES See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies. A rt is important as a field of study for our time. &survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a sigruficant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide onthe-job, supervised, evaluated experiences which contribute to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly sigruficant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education and science. Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art, such as teaching in public schools and colleges, ceramics, interior design, photography, film and video work, painting, gallery and museum work and design. Augsburg Art Department graduates have worked in many of these fields. Art Faculty Kristin Anderson (Chair), Lynn Bollrnan, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Philip Thompson 'O Art Studio Art Major Majors are required to begin their programs with the Studio Arts Foundations: ART 102 Design ART 107 Drawing One course in two dimensional art from: ART 118 Painting I or ART 223 Printmaking I or ART 225 Communication Design I or ART 360 Watercolor Painting One course in three-dimensional art from: ART 221 Sculpture I or ART 250 Ceramics I Five additional studio arts courses ART 240 Art History Survey And two additional art history courses Art History Major Eight art history courses including: ART 240 Art History Survey ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art Two studio courses from: ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing ART 118 Painting or ART 221 Sculpture Honors Majors GPA-of 3.5 in the major, general growth and development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the Deparfment Chair before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Five courses including ART 240, ART 107 and three additional studio courses. Art History Minor Five art history courses including ART 240. Certificate in Art Eight art courses, including at least one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. ART 102 Design A study of design as the unifying foundation for the visual arts. T w e and three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements and principles. ART 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pen&, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimentalwork. Art STUDIO ART ART 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department. ART 106 Calligraphy Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression and communication with attention to black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35 mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $175-200. (Fall) ART 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider art as a major and/or explore career alternatives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. ART 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. ART 223 Print Making I An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil and mono methods are explored. ART 225 Communication Design I An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design. Students will develop visual communication skills working with typography, symbols, logos and illustration. ART 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basketmaking, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. ART 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 7; - - Art ART 306 Calligraphy II Advanced work in calligraphic media and design. ART 330 ART 351 Communication Design II An advanced study of graphic design using various techniques and tools, including the computer, to create visual communications for the print medium. (Prereq.: ART 225. Spring) Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250) ART 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118) ART 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in bansparent watercolor. ART 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: ART 223) ART 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of art to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. ART 478 Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: ART 221) ART 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. ART HISTORY ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art of the Western world from preliistoric to modem times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides and visits to museums. Note: Thefollowing courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. ART 352 Women and Art A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women. Art 7! ART 382 Scandinavian Arts The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design. ART 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D. ART 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture and architecture in Europe. ART 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. ART 389 American Art A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture and folk arts. See listing under East and Southeast Asian Studies. - DIOLOGY '" UEPARTMENT - BIO B iology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as yet, eluded the grasp of biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on the findings of basic biological research. Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty Esther McLaughlin (Chair), Mary K. Chelberg, Robert Herforth, Dale Pederson, Ralph Sulerud Major Nine courses including: BIO 113 General Biology BIO 114 General Biology BIO 201 Introductory Cellular Biology and at least one from each of the five following groups: A. Molecular and Cellular: BIO 367 Biochemistry BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology B. Cellular to Organismal: BIO 355 Genetics BIO 474 Developmental Biology C. Organismic/Animals: BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology BIO 473 Animal Physiology D. Organismic/Plants: BIO 361 Plant Biology BIO 440 Plant Physiology Biology E. Environmental: BIO 476 Microbiology BIO 481 Ecology The ninth course may be BIO 203 Principles of Nutrition or any Upper Division biology course, including an Interim course. BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is required of all juniors and seniors. Required Supporting Courses CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115 General Chemistry CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 116 General Chemistry CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry PHY 116 Introduction to Physics Math Placement Group IV Graduate and Professional Training Students who intend to enter graduate school or professions such as medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine should consult with the Biology Department as schools vary in their admission requirements. These may include CHM 351/352 instead of CHM 223, PHY 121/122 instead of PHY 116, and MAT 145/146 or one year of calculus. Training as a physician's assistant, physical therapist or occupational therapist requires specific coursework which should be discussed with a member of the Biology Department. Cooperative Education Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. The Department works with the Cooperative Education Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. Students interested should consult with the Biology Department Cooperative Education Coordinator. Minor Teaching Licensure Major Five courses, including BIO 113,114 and three Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116 (or CHM 105,106). The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. 81 - 32 Biology BIO 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view: what makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 102 The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 105 Biology and Society A consideration of the biological basis of some of the problems facing society, such as toxic pollutants in air, water and soil, genetic engineering, AIDS, genetic diseases and counseling, extinction, wilderness ethics, global warming, cancer, hunger, drugs, biodiversity. (Three hours lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) BIO 113, 114 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Fall: 113; Spring: 114) BIO 199 lnternshi~ A work-based experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which,enablesthe student to consider biology as a major and/or explore career alternatives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering. (Prereq.: BIO 114) BIO 201 Introductory Cellular Biology An introduction to function and structure in the basic unit of life, the cell. A variety of methods are employed, including microscopy, cell culture and various separation and analytical techniques. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 203 Principles of Nutrition A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort will be made to differentiatefact from fiction in this controversial biological field. (Threehours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification,morphology, behavior, life history and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Fall: alternate years) BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, organ system structure and function, and evolution of the vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stresses Drosophila genetics. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Fall) BIO 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi and plants, including the study of structure, physiology, life histories and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediate metabolism. (Three hours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 201, CHM 223 or 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) Internship A work-based experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of biology to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Department and Internship office before registering. (Prereq.: BIO 201) BIO 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth, development and water relationships in plants including the relationships of these processes to structure and life histories. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years) BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology An examination of the molecular organization of the cell, including the nature and function of organelles, chemical communication, growth and division, cytoskeleton and motility, the cell surface and gene expression. - Biology ~4 (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201 and CHM 223 or 352. Spring) BIO 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Topics include digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement and sensory perception as well as the neural and hormonal control of these functions. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of instructor. Fall) BIO 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during development, with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental and descriptive studies are included in the laboratory. Embryonic development, malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Spring) BIO 476 BIO 481 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Environmental, industrial and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human pathogens. (Three hours lecture, four hour laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Fall) Ecology A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal relationsh$s between organisms and their environments. (Threehours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 491 Seminar (.O course) A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring) BIO 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: BIO 201 and previous arrangement with instructor.) DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, 0 ur mission is to -prepare - students for professional careers in business or for graduate studies. This preparation involves a curriculum which stresses analysis and communication, emphasizes both theory and practice, and is shaped by the needs of the business community. The Department fosters close ties with the corporate community which provide a wealth of practical expertise, a variety of internship opportunities and future job prospects. The faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based and socially aware. Faculty Amin Kader (Chair, Accounting and International Business Coordinator),John C. Cemto (Management Coordinator), Fekri Meziou (Marketing Coordinator), Milo Schield (MIS Coordinator),Thomas Morgan (Finance Coordinator), Diane F. Busico, Steven J. LaFave, Lori L. Lohrnan, Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp, Kathy Schwalbe and Stuart M. Stoller. Within the Business Administration major there are four specializations: Marketing, Management, Finance and International Business. Within the Accounting major there are three specializations: General Accounting, Public Accounting and Managerial Accounting. Graduation Requirements To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimal number required (see page 55), students must avoid taking too many electives or exceeding the 13-courselimit per academic department. Courses designated as ACC, BUS and MIS are considered as being in the same academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular combination of major and minor may require students to complete more than the minimum number of credits required for graduation. Transfer Students Transfer students must complete at least four of the Upper Division courses required in the major at Augsburg or obtain an exemption from the Department. Advising Majors The Department of Business, Accounting and MIS offers four majors: Business Administration (BUS), Accounting (ACC), Management Information Systems (MIS), and a combined major in Business and Economics. Specializations Students who plan to major in Business, Accounting or MIS are strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This should be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel majors on their careers, assist majors in obtaining intemships or jobs, and provide letters of 85 - Business Administration recommendation for prospective employers or graduate programs. Internships Students are strongly encouraged to work with the Cooperative Education and Department faculty to obtain an Internship (BUS/ACC/MIS 399) during their junior or T he major in Business Administration prepares students for professional careers in business administration or for graduate studies. The four specializations within this major share a common business core. This common core provides students with a broad foundation so they can readily adapt to internal changes in interests and goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities. Business Core 10 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Miaoeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics BUS 301 Business Law BUS 331 Financial Management senior year. Although an Internship may count against the 13-course limit, students may petition for an exception. An Internship may satisfy the perspective on the City. Internships can provide students with experience that may be v~luablein competing for jobs after graduationyour adviser on this matter. Specialization in Marketing Business core plus 3 courses: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 355 Marketing Communications or BUS 357 Advertising BUS 450 Marketing Management Specialization in Management Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management BUS 465 International Management MIS 376 Project ~ a n a ~ e m e n t or ECO 318 Management Science Specialization in Finance Business core plus 4 courses: ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice BUS 438 Investment Theory and one of the following: ECO 311 Public Finance ECO 312 Intermediate Maaoeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 315 Money and Banking MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Specialization in International Business Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 362 International Business BUS 465 International Management BUS 466 International Marketing and one additional Upper Division course in either International Business or International Economics. I , GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.1 overall ?nior thesis and comprehensive oral .m in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should conta~ the Department Chair. Minor in Business Administration Students must also complete three semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be waived for international students. Contact the International Business Coordinator for details on language equivalents or other configurations. Six courses including: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS 242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379. Combined Major in Business Administration and Economics Six courses including: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252, and three Upper Division courses in International Business (or one Upper Division course in International Economics i ~in i ~ ~ and two upper~ i ~courses international ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ This minor is automatically completed while completing a major in Accounting or MIS. Minor in International Business 11 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 of ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics and one other Upper Division Economics course ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics or BUS 331 Financial Management and one other Upper Division Business Administration, Accounting or MIS course BUS 199 Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable altematives in International Economics. Internship Lower Division Internship BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Business Administration BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. BUS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit BUS 301 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. BUS 302 Business Ethics Examines individual choices in business using various ethical standards. Reviews critical thinking skills in relation to moral reasoning. Analyzes and evaluates various business practices and policies. Emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing andspeaking (&ereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or Junior/Senior standing) BUS 331 Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222) BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision-making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,379, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) BUS 355 Marketing Communications Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis is placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs. (Prereq.: BUS 252) Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit but not both. BUS 357 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both. Business Administration BUS 362 International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an intemational context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in intemational business. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or 252, or consent of instructor. Spring) BUS 364 Contemporary East-West Relations An analysis of the conditions and motivations for East-West trade, economic and industrial cooperation. The commercial policies will be explained, including the changes in the organization of foreign trade in the organization of foreign trade in Eastern Europe and Russia. The effectsof GATT, the World Bank, IMF, and EEC on East-West relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of Japan An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed, involving film, television documentaries, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of students. (Prereq.:junior standing or consent of instructor) BUS 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduationbut not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the risk/retum relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core courses or consent of instructor) BUS 439 Risk Management and Insurance Analyzes exposure to accidental loss - its identification, measurement and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379) BUS 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242) 89 90 Business Administration BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision-making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357) BUS 465 International Management To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the influence of national and international institutions on the multinational corporation and on the strategies, sbuctures, practices and effects of the national corporation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended) BUS 466 International Marketing This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362) BUS 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ACCOUNTING - ACC T ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I he major in accounting - prepares ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 students for professional careers in a wide MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for variety of accounting-related positions. Business and Economics This major has two tracks: General BUS 301 Business Law Accounting and Professional Accounting. BUS 331 Financial Management The General Accounting specialization is 4 -2E-35adequate for a wide variety of positions. Practice I The Professional Accounting track includes ACC 323 Accounting Theory and two specializations: public accounting and Practice I1 managerial accounting. The public accountACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting ing specialization is recommended for ACC 425 Advanced Accounting positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended (It is recommended that students take for positions with large or rapidly-growing the courses in the sequence given above.) companies. Specialization in General Accounting The two professional specializations No additional courses required. relate to two professional designations: the - CPA and the CMA. A Certified Public Accountant (CPA) focuses on external reporting; a Certified Management Accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting. The public accounting specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CPA exam; the managerial specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in addition to passing the national exam. Under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy, Accounting majors in the Public Accounting specialization are qualified to sit for the CPA examination during their last semester. Accounting Core 14 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Specialization in Public Accounting Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 326 Tax Accounting and 423 Auditing. Specialization in Managerial Accounting Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 424 Internal and Operational Audit and MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the Department Chair. Minor in Accounting Six courses including: ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC 322,323 and one of the following: MIS 175,379, ECO 112 or 113. This minor is recommended for majors in MIS and Finance. Accounting ACC 199 Internship Lower Division Internship ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221) ACC 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222) ACC 323 Accounting Theory and Practice II A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.:ACC 322) ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221,222, BUS 242,252, MIS 379, or consent of instructor) ACC 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) ACC 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Accounting 93 ACC 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 424 Internal and Operational Audit Integrating the business arts of accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS to incorporate and learn the techniques of internal and operation auditing. Also integrated are the professional skills of oral and written communications, problem-solving in an unstructured environment and team projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221,222, BUS 242,252, 331, MIS 175,379) ACC 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ACC 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) v4 IVIANAGEMENT INFORMATION 3YSTEMS - MIS T he major in Management Information Systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS studies information systems as both a resource and a tool for decision-making. Students learn to analyze and evaluate existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and includes courses from Computer Science, Mathematics, Economics, Business and Accounting, as well as from MIS. Management Information Systems Major 16 courses including: A. Six courses in Economics, Business and Accounting: ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 B. Three courses in Mathematics and Computer Science: CSC 170 Structured Programming MAT 121 Finite Mathematics or MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics and one of the following: ' CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UNIX and C C. Seven courses in MIS: MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business or CSC 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Accounting, Economics and MIS or CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design MIS 476 Information Systems Projects and one of the following; MIS 376 Project Management MIS 479 Advanced Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ECO 318 Management Science CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concent~ation. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the Department Chair. Minor in MIS Seven courses including: MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252, MIS 370 or CSC 352, MIS 375, ECO 113 and one of the following: MIS 376, 475,479 or ECO 318 Mathematics Placement Croup (MPC) Requirements MIS 175,370,379,479, CSC 170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since all majors in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 379, they all must have at least MPG 111. MIS 95 - MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Introduction to business applications, operating systems, computer hardware and languages. Strong emphasis on spreadsheets (basic commands, functions, graphics and database.) Lesser emphasis on database. Emphasis on concepts and relation to business. (To test out of MIS 175, pass either a ' comprehensive exam or MIS 370.) (Prereq.: MPG I1 or a Pass in MAT 103.) MIS 199 Internship Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399). MIS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of Management Information Systems. MIS 299 Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499). MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business An investigation of p~ogrammablesystems using personal computers. Examine basic algorithms and associated flow charts. Apply these concepts by programming various applications (spreadsheets, word and database) and application-oriented languages such as Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG I11 or a Pass in MAT 105. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with permission of instructor, extensive experience with spreadsheets and personal computers. Fall) MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in organizations. Analyze various kinds of information systems in terms of their computer components and their benefits to staff and management. Introduction to a CASE tool such as Excelerator. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, CSC 160 or 170. Recommended: ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 379, BUS 331. Spring) MIS 376 Project Management Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes and problems associated with project management. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 175 or 370.) MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing. Emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. Computer software may be used to analyze survey data. (Prereq.: MIS 175 and either Math Placement Group I11 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) MIS 399 Internship Program A student may receive credit through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Prereq.: MIS 375. Fall) MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 475. Spring) MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 379. Fall) MIS 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to provide an opportunity to analyze a topic in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) c hemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. *To provide an afmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. Chemists as scientists must be well versed in the science of chemistry, knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems, and capable of providing a public understanding of their work including potential problems as well as benefits. *To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemisty major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists: *To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. *To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. *To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences. Chemistry Faculty Earl R. Alton (Chair), Arlin E. Gyberg, Joan C. Kunz, Sandra L. Olrnsted 0 . BACHELOR OF ARTS Graduation Major in Chemistry CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351 Organic Chemistry CHM 352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar and one additional course from: CHM 364 Physical Chemistry CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry - Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry BIO 367 Biochemistry Also required: PHY 121,122 General Physics I, II MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I & I1 or one year of calculus Because Upper Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure in Physical Science The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identdy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major The same as the Graduation Major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE American Chemical Society Approved Major 12 courses including: CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I & I1 or one year of calculus MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I or approved math course PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1 (should be taken in sophomore year) Recommended: Modem Physics, additional mathematics, research experience, reading ability in German and computer proficiency. Honors Major Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved , research; participation in seminar. Minor Five courses which must include: CHM 105,106 or CHM 115,116, CHM 353, and two other Chemistry courses from: CHM 223, CHM 351,352, CHM 361, or BIO 367 Note: credit will not be granted for both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the course descriptions. Chemistry CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change, chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics and equilibrium. The sequence, CHM 105,106, is designed for students who have not studied chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major in chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall) CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three onehour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG III. Spring) CHM 115 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 111. Fall ) CHM 116 General Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: 115. Spring) CHM 199 Internship A work-based learning experience at the sophomore chemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Participatim in a mcurrent I seminar is expected. Prior to the b e w i n g of the ~ I BJregistrzrtim, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register. CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry This onesemester course is designed for students whose professional goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered will include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry major, nor will credit be given for this course if CHM 351,352 is taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352, nor does it meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Spring) CHM 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing. Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty member in the Chemistry Department. - Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy relations and reaction mechanism. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; Spring; CHM 352) CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 111. Fall) CHM 361 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry; thermodynamics, kinetics and quantum chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122. Fall) CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (.5 course) Physical c h e m i s e ~ a b o r a t ointroduces j students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration.) CHM 364 Physical Chemistry Applications of concepts studied in CHM 361 to areas of solutions, phase equilibria, electrolytes, molecular structure and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring) CHM 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (.5 course) CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four one-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring) CHM 399 Internship A work-based learning experience at the junior-senior chemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register. CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlationsfor IR, UV, NMR and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. (Three one-hour lectures, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,353,361 or consent of instruc- Chemistry tor. Some reading knowledge of German recommended. Fall) CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (Three o n e hour lectures, one four-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Spring) CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall ) CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger'swave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 364 or consent of instructor. Spring) CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (.O course) This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. CHM 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation which may be obtained by working on a summer research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) CHM 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) See listing under Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. -1' " LOMPUTER 3CIENCE - CSC T he Augsburg Computer Science ~e~artmentstrives to give students a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a B.A. and a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places emphasis on networks, communications and the use of computers as an information access tool. The course work provides students a strong base in computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We encourage students to strengthen their course work by electing an Internship or Cooperative Education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add practical applications to their education. and two courses, at least one of which is upper division, from: PHY 261 Electronics CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UNIX and C CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design CSC 399 Internship CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (may be repeated once) CSC 499 Independent Study Computer Science Faculty Larry Ragland (Chair), Larry Crockett, Noel Petit BACHELOR OF ARTS Computer Science Major 11 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 330 Theory of Computation CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (may be repeated) MAT 145 Augment Mathematics I BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Computer Science Major 15 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 330 Theory of Computation CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science MAT 145 Augment Mathematics I MAT 146 Augment Mathematics I1 MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning II Computer Science 1 and two courses, at least one of which is upper division, from: PHY 261 Electronics CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UND( and C CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design CSC 399 Internship CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (may be repeated) CSC 499 Independent Study CSC 145 CSC 160 Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in computer science and mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an independent study project. Minor Six courses including CSC 160,170,210, 345, MAT 145, and one Upper Division Computer Science course. Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a computer science major or minor. Introduction to Computing and Communications. Basic computer applicationsusing word processing, spreadsheets and databases; files and disks; using the computer as an information accessing tool through remote access to the library; use of e-mail, Internet, news, and information services; simple programming. (Prereq.: MPG 111) CSC 170 CSC 210 Structured Programming An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or BUS 279 or MPG Iv) Data Structures Data structures such as linked lists, stacks and queues; recursion; objects, classes and methods. (Prereq.: CSC 170) CSC 270 FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) - Computer Science CSC 271 COBOL Study of the COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 272 UNIX and C Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 320 Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MAT 145) CSC 330 Theory of Computation Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata and computability. Topics include regular and context-free languages, finite automata, Turing machines, the halting problem and unsolvability. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or 345; MAT 145) CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: csc 345) CSC 345 CSC 352 Principles of Computer Organization An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 160) Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210) CSC 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of computer science to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Computer Science Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications Network management; client/se~erdatabases and workstations; TCP/IP, IPX, Appletalk networks. (Prereq.: CSC 340) Computer Science CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC 345) CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: CSC 210) CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) CSC 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. - EASTAND SOUTHEASTASIANSTUDIES A major in East Asian Studies is offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which is available as a result of the cooperation and crossregistration possibilities among Augsburg College, Hamline University, Macalester College, The College of St. Catherine and the University of St. Thomas. The program pools the resources and expertise within the five institutions. This major enables students to acquire a broad knowledge of Japan, China and other East Asian nations and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country. Career opportunities for those who attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian Studies are diverse. Majors have the opportunity to be involved in government service, international business, journalism, language instruction, Asian arts and intercultural communication. The major provides a foundation for graduate work in various fields such as anthropology, economics, history, international relations, business, law, political science, sociology and theatre. This major is also recommended for those interested in education and work with social and recreational agencies. East and Southeast Asian Studies Faculty Martha Johnson, Director courses, two of which must be Upper Division (strongly recommended that one of these be a history course on China or Japan); and an East Asian Studies Seminar. A term of study abroad and the completion of a minor in a discipline are strongly recommended. Study abroad opportunities for the semester or a year are available in Hong Kong, Japan, Korea and the People's Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization. Language Courses Elementary and intermediate courses in Chinese are offered at Hamline University. Elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese are offered at Macalester College and the University of St. Thomas. There is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese languages (without extra tuition charges); see campus adviser. Non-majors are also eligible to take the Chinese and Japanese language courses. Minor in East Asian Studies Five courses, no more than two of which may be in the language. A minor in East Asian studies provides exposure to an area of East Asia which would complement other disciplines. Minor in East a'nd Southeast Asian Studies Major in East Asian Studies The requirements for the major consist of nine courses. Courses in the major must be approved by the campus adviser, and are distributed as follows: four courses in an East Asian language; four additional A minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies is an area of concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. East and Southeast Asian btudies - Five courses including one from: PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy REL 356 History of Religions SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology and one course from: HIS 474 The World and the West POL 351 Topics in Communist/Post Communist Systems POL 363 Foreign Policy: China and Russia and one course from: HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life HIS 399 Internship HIS 495 Seminar Recommended: HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World Note: Interim courses or new courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies Program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the campus adviser. Faculty advising is recommended at all stages of the major to plan a coherent and effective program. Each campus has a member on the ACTC East Asian Studies committee who can assist students. The current advisers are: Augsburg College -Khin Khin Jensen 330-1193, Hamline University -Richard Kagan 641-2433, Macalester -Yue-him Tam 696-6262, St. Catherine -Martha Hardesty 690-6189, St. Thomas -Robert Werner 962-5565. Approved Augsburg College courses for the East Asian Studies Program (consult program director for ACTC listing of approved courses): BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of Japan HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy POL 363 Foreign Policy: China and Russia REL 356 History of Religions THR 245 Introduction to Asian American Theatre - tCONOMlCS DEPARTMENT - ECO T he Economics Department at Augsburg offers s t u d e k a program which stresses a strong theoretical background, quantitative analysis and an emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate with a major in the Economics Department are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or to work successfully in the business world and government because of the strong liberal arts emphasis within the major. Currently, three Economics majors are offered to students. The Economics major is designed primarily for students who are planning graduate or advanced professional studies. The Applied Economics major generally leads to careers in the business world or government. Finally, the combined Economics/Business Administration major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in planning their program of study. As graduates, students will face a world in constant change. Students have to prepare themselves to take advantage of whatever opportunities become available. The study of Economics provides a firm foundation for confronting change because it presents a disciplined way to analyze and to make choices. Some reasons for studying economics are: economics deals with current problems; economics is a successful and prestigious social science; economics employs theoretical models and the scientific method; an economics major prepares students for community leadership; and an economics major leads to a great diversity of career opportunities. These include careers in business, law, teaching, journalism, politics, banking and finance, service in government, educational administration, both private and public international service and industrial relations. A degree in Economics may prove to be a valuable credential. We encourage students who major in economics to learn to be somebody rather than to simply learn to do something. Students are also able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, computer science, management information systems (MIS), political science, history and Nordic Area Studies. Internships are available and highly recommended. Students must consult with the Department chair and the Internship office before registering for academic credit. Economics Faculty Satya P. Gupta (Chair), Jeanne Boeh, Edward Sabella. Maior in Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Maaoeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 414 Welfare Economics and three other Upper Division Economics courses: MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MAT 114 Elementary Functions or MAT 121 Finite Mathematics or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Economics 1( The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended. BUS 331 Financial Management or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics and one other Upper Division Business course Major in Applied Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 311 Public Finance or ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 Money and Banking ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 360 International Economics ECO 318 Management Science or ECO 415 Managerial Economics ECO 413 Labor Economics ECO 399 Internship Program or ECO 499 Independent Study MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity Combined Major in Economics and Business Administration Five Economics courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics And one other Upper Division Economics course and six Accounting/Business Adrninistration/MIS courses including: ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre-hensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Note: Students who plan to major in the Department are strongly encouraged to select a Department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed on the following pages, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains and Soviet Economy. lo Economics ECO 110 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration or MIS). ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 11) ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independentlyof ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 11) ECO 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider Economics as a major and/or explore career alternatives. ECO 219 History of Economic Thought A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. Major topics may include ancient, medieval, mercantilist, classical, socialist/utopian and contemporary economic thought. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) ECO 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies. ECO 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall) Economics 11 ECO 312 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall, Spring) ECO 313 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113) ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112) ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 111) ECO 360 International Economics A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring) ECO 399 Internship Program A work-based leaming experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of Economics to the opportunities found in the placement. (Prereq.: 50 percent completion of major or consent of instructor) ECO 41 3 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) ECO 414 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) 'f Economics ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313. Spring) ECO 416 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,313, MAT 122) ECO 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. ECO 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford hirn/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. LDUCATION DEPARTMENT - EDE, s tudents interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education. Professional education combines the study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. Classroom teaching is the career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and abroad. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves as a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas. As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take the PPST (a set of basic competency tests prescribed by the Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDS, EDU Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics prior to beginning Upper Division courses. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any Education course grade below 2.0 must be retaken. Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is available both through Day School and Weekend College. Selected secondary education programs are also available in Weekend College. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in an International Student Teaching Abroad program. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the international and American School network. Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. Education Faculty Rich Germundsen (Chair), Virginia Allery, Mary Ann Bayless, Bruce Drewlow, Mary Endorf, Joseph Erickson, Ann Fleener, Ethelind Garetz, Gretchen Irvine, Marie McNeff, Mildred Mueller, Vicki Olson EDU 341 Media Technology EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten Elementary and Field Experience l4 Elementary Education - EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculm: Art, Music EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curridum: Physical Education EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature EDE 387 Kindergarten-Elementary Curridum: Language Arts EDE 388 Human Relations EDE 481,482,483 student hi^^ K-6 EDE 484 Student Teaching K-6 (optional) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education PHY 103 HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators SWK 260 Humans Developing PHY 103 Conceptual Physics or MAT 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts EDS 377 Mathematics Methods and an academic minor If students also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten is also required. A GPA of 2.5 overall and 2.5 in the major and grades of P in student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.0 in all Education courses. The criteria for acceptance into the Department Licensure are available in the Education Department. Conceptual Physics (See Physics Department for course description.) EDU 120 EDE 199 Learning in an Urban Setting This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban educational settings. Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a major and/or consider its career is expected. Students alternatives. Participation in a concurrent se*ar must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator before registering for academic credit. Seminar participation required. EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience hvestigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and ENG 111) EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education for course description.) Elementary Education EDE 295 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDE 299 Directed Study Lower Division independent study. EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, and evaluation of effective audievisual m&erks for teaching/leaming situations. Computer training will be included in this course. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field Experience The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. (Prereq.: PPST) EDU 370 Classroom Management (.5 course) A class for Elementary and Secondary education students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage ment techniques. It is designed to empower future teachers with insights and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build self esteem in their students. (Prereq.: PPST. Spring) EDU 371 Teaching the Individual Learner (.5 course) A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282 Introduction to Special Education prior to registering for this course. (Prereq.: PPST. Fall) EDE 375 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course) Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics lo Elementary Education - at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and r,esources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. (P/N grading only) EDE 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, f a d t y member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult with the Department and the Internship Office before registering. EDE 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education for course description.) EDE 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to enrolling for the courses. A full term of student teaching is required for all students pursuing an initial license. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary course work satisfactorily completed and admission into the Education Department Licensure program.) EDE 491 Pradicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education for course description) Secondary Education EDE 495 Topics in Education (.5 course) Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDE 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). EDE 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the Kindergarten-Elementary education faculty. 1 t is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are expected to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements in the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; and the following courses: EDU 210 Learning and Developing in an Educational Setting EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDU 341 Media Technology EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary Field Experience EDU 388 Human Relations EDS 478 School and Society EDS 481,482,483 Student Teaching EDS 484 Student Teaching Seminar (for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors) HPE 114 Health Safety Education (or equivalent) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators Methods course in major/minor areas GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in Education, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching required. All required EDU/EDS courses must have a grade of 2.0 or higher. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure Program required. Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education Department. '1 Secondary Education Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take four courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 361,3